<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link href="https://feeds.simplecast.com/Qb_qohbx" rel="self" title="MP3 Audio" type="application/atom+xml"/>
    <atom:link href="https://simplecast.superfeedr.com" rel="hub" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"/>
    <generator>https://simplecast.com</generator>
    <title>The Design Dialogues Podcast</title>
    <description>The Design Dialogues Podcast is your go to interior design podcast. Through our conversations we will be inspired and educated so that you can build a succesful interior design studio.</description>
    <copyright>2023- The Design Dialogues Podcast</copyright>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 19:00:12 +0000</lastBuildDate>
    <image>
      <link>https://the-design-dialogues-podcast.simplecast.com</link>
      <title>The Design Dialogues Podcast</title>
      <url>https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a6242e22-01a4-401e-a540-ab58eab6b6bf/3000x3000/tdd-podcast-coverart-optiontwo.jpg?aid=rss_feed</url>
    </image>
    <link>https://the-design-dialogues-podcast.simplecast.com</link>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:summary>The Design Dialogues Podcast is your go to interior design podcast. Through our conversations we will be inspired and educated so that you can build a succesful interior design studio.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
    <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a6242e22-01a4-401e-a540-ab58eab6b6bf/3000x3000/tdd-podcast-coverart-optiontwo.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.simplecast.com/Qb_qohbx</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, projectmanagementsoftware</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Beth Bieske</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>beth@moretimetodesign.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:category text="Arts">
      <itunes:category text="Design"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Entrepreneurship"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Technology"/>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">223190ec-020d-4d29-bd32-4fe3a574220a</guid>
      <title>133 Pressing Pause: Reflecting on 133 Episodes</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>After 133 episodes, 85 interviews, 54 solo shows, and two live events… I’m pressing pause on the Design Dialogues podcast. This isn’t goodbye forever, but it does feel like the right moment to stop, breathe, and reflect on what’s next.</p><p>When I started this podcast back in July 2023, I honestly didn’t know if anyone would listen. But week after week, you showed up. You tuned in on commutes, while walking the dog, late at night after wrapping up drawings. And together, we built something I’ll always be proud of — a space for real, honest conversations about the business of design.</p><p>This episode is part reflection, part thank you, and part love letter to this community.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Looking back at the journey: from Episode 1 to Episode 133<br />. What I’ve learned from the incredible designers and experts I’ve spoken to<br />. Why pressing pause feels both scary and necessary<br />. The changing landscape of the design industry — and what it means for us<br />. A heartfelt thank you to you — the listeners who made this podcast what it is</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Pausing isn’t failing — it’s making space for clarity, creativity, and renewal.<br />. Our businesses are meant to evolve as we do. It’s okay if what excited you two years ago isn’t what lights you up today.<br />. The design industry may be noisy, but true transformation happens when we invest in ourselves and our businesses.<br />. Gratitude isn’t just a nice-to-have — it’s what sustains us through the highs and lows.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>Sometimes the bravest business move you can make is to stop and listen — to yourself, to your clients, to what you need most. A pause creates space for the next chapter to emerge, even if you don’t yet know what it looks like.</p><p>This Episode is Perfect For:</p><p>. Designers standing at a crossroads, wondering what comes next<br />. Anyone who needs permission to take a step back before moving forward<br />. Listeners who want to celebrate the journey of Design Dialogues<br />. Business owners ready to embrace change with courage and heart</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-133</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9619f674-4bf4-46d5-ba88-f9ab3c6a0e06/episode-20133.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After 133 episodes, 85 interviews, 54 solo shows, and two live events… I’m pressing pause on the Design Dialogues podcast. This isn’t goodbye forever, but it does feel like the right moment to stop, breathe, and reflect on what’s next.</p><p>When I started this podcast back in July 2023, I honestly didn’t know if anyone would listen. But week after week, you showed up. You tuned in on commutes, while walking the dog, late at night after wrapping up drawings. And together, we built something I’ll always be proud of — a space for real, honest conversations about the business of design.</p><p>This episode is part reflection, part thank you, and part love letter to this community.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Looking back at the journey: from Episode 1 to Episode 133<br />. What I’ve learned from the incredible designers and experts I’ve spoken to<br />. Why pressing pause feels both scary and necessary<br />. The changing landscape of the design industry — and what it means for us<br />. A heartfelt thank you to you — the listeners who made this podcast what it is</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Pausing isn’t failing — it’s making space for clarity, creativity, and renewal.<br />. Our businesses are meant to evolve as we do. It’s okay if what excited you two years ago isn’t what lights you up today.<br />. The design industry may be noisy, but true transformation happens when we invest in ourselves and our businesses.<br />. Gratitude isn’t just a nice-to-have — it’s what sustains us through the highs and lows.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>Sometimes the bravest business move you can make is to stop and listen — to yourself, to your clients, to what you need most. A pause creates space for the next chapter to emerge, even if you don’t yet know what it looks like.</p><p>This Episode is Perfect For:</p><p>. Designers standing at a crossroads, wondering what comes next<br />. Anyone who needs permission to take a step back before moving forward<br />. Listeners who want to celebrate the journey of Design Dialogues<br />. Business owners ready to embrace change with courage and heart</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2750607" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f982e18f-a165-4dc9-a1e4-d6e0f6c9bd30/audio/f345a640-e35c-402f-a947-3fb87f938d7a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>133 Pressing Pause: Reflecting on 133 Episodes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/ea6d4207-319a-4093-840e-8818b976a3ce/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20133.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>After 133 episodes, 85 interviews, 54 solo shows, and two live events… I’m pressing pause on the Design Dialogues podcast. This isn’t goodbye forever, but it does feel like the right moment to stop, breathe, and reflect on what’s next.

When I started this podcast back in July 2023, I honestly didn’t know if anyone would listen. But week after week, you showed up. You tuned in on commutes, while walking the dog, late at night after wrapping up drawings. And together, we built something I’ll always be proud of — a space for real, honest conversations about the business of design.

This episode is part reflection, part thank you, and part love letter to this community.

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>After 133 episodes, 85 interviews, 54 solo shows, and two live events… I’m pressing pause on the Design Dialogues podcast. This isn’t goodbye forever, but it does feel like the right moment to stop, breathe, and reflect on what’s next.

When I started this podcast back in July 2023, I honestly didn’t know if anyone would listen. But week after week, you showed up. You tuned in on commutes, while walking the dog, late at night after wrapping up drawings. And together, we built something I’ll always be proud of — a space for real, honest conversations about the business of design.

This episode is part reflection, part thank you, and part love letter to this community.

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design business reflection, interior design podcast, gratitude in business, creative pause, creative clarity, creative career transitions, beth bieske design dialogues, design business growth, more time to design, interior design business podcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>133</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">80c95f2f-724c-4174-b81b-031f4b018d51</guid>
      <title>132 Your Second (or Third) Career: Why Your Past Experience is Your Secret Weapon</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m sharing why your second, third, or even fourth career is not a setback — it’s actually your biggest strength as a designer.</p><p>I know it’s easy to feel like you’re behind if you didn’t study interiors straight out of school. But the truth is, the skills and experiences you’ve gained in other industries can give you a real advantage in building your design studio. From communication and project management to finance, creativity, and resilience — these are the tools that make clients trust you and projects run smoothly.</p><p>If you’ve ever wondered whether your past career was wasted time, I want to reframe it for you: you didn’t start late, you started with a head start.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why your past career experience is never wasted<br />. How transferable skills strengthen your design business<br />. Examples of skills from teaching, finance, retail, marketing, and more<br />. Why maturity and lived experience help you connect with clients<br />. How to reframe the story you tell yourself about “starting late”<br />. A practical exercise to uncover your past career strengths</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Your career journey is part of your brand story. Clients connect with the full picture, not just your design skills.<br />. Transferable skills are design superpowers. Communication, budgeting, project management, and creativity give you an edge.<br />. Experience builds trust. Clients value maturity, perspective, and real-world know-how.<br />. Reframe your story. Stop saying “I’m behind.” Start saying “I started with a head start.”</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>This week, try this simple exercise:<br />. Write down the last two industries you worked in.<br />. List three skills you gained from each.<br />. Look at how these six skills can support your design studio.<br />. Weave them into your brand story, your website, your Instagram bio, and client conversations.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Designers building their business after a career change<br />. Second or third career professionals moving into interiors<br />. Creatives who want to highlight their unique story in their brand<br />. Anyone who feels “behind” and needs a reminder of their strengths</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Sep 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-132</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0dd1cea0-a501-4404-afd8-2e06d2314b7d/episode-20132.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m sharing why your second, third, or even fourth career is not a setback — it’s actually your biggest strength as a designer.</p><p>I know it’s easy to feel like you’re behind if you didn’t study interiors straight out of school. But the truth is, the skills and experiences you’ve gained in other industries can give you a real advantage in building your design studio. From communication and project management to finance, creativity, and resilience — these are the tools that make clients trust you and projects run smoothly.</p><p>If you’ve ever wondered whether your past career was wasted time, I want to reframe it for you: you didn’t start late, you started with a head start.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why your past career experience is never wasted<br />. How transferable skills strengthen your design business<br />. Examples of skills from teaching, finance, retail, marketing, and more<br />. Why maturity and lived experience help you connect with clients<br />. How to reframe the story you tell yourself about “starting late”<br />. A practical exercise to uncover your past career strengths</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Your career journey is part of your brand story. Clients connect with the full picture, not just your design skills.<br />. Transferable skills are design superpowers. Communication, budgeting, project management, and creativity give you an edge.<br />. Experience builds trust. Clients value maturity, perspective, and real-world know-how.<br />. Reframe your story. Stop saying “I’m behind.” Start saying “I started with a head start.”</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>This week, try this simple exercise:<br />. Write down the last two industries you worked in.<br />. List three skills you gained from each.<br />. Look at how these six skills can support your design studio.<br />. Weave them into your brand story, your website, your Instagram bio, and client conversations.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Designers building their business after a career change<br />. Second or third career professionals moving into interiors<br />. Creatives who want to highlight their unique story in their brand<br />. Anyone who feels “behind” and needs a reminder of their strengths</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5223880" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/05d8811a-581c-420c-87b1-1419ba525952/audio/9b8a2e6c-dfc0-48d8-ac9c-816d3ff97bd5/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>132 Your Second (or Third) Career: Why Your Past Experience is Your Secret Weapon</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/d2447752-7f9c-4900-9a7b-04e61c7620a0/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20132.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m sharing why your second, third, or even fourth career is not a setback — it’s actually your biggest strength as a designer.

I know it’s easy to feel like you’re behind if you didn’t study interiors straight out of school. But the truth is, the skills and experiences you’ve gained in other industries can give you a real advantage in building your design studio. From communication and project management to finance, creativity, and resilience — these are the tools that make clients trust you and projects run smoothly.

If you’ve ever wondered whether your past career was wasted time, I want to reframe it for you: you didn’t start late, you started with a head start.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m sharing why your second, third, or even fourth career is not a setback — it’s actually your biggest strength as a designer.

I know it’s easy to feel like you’re behind if you didn’t study interiors straight out of school. But the truth is, the skills and experiences you’ve gained in other industries can give you a real advantage in building your design studio. From communication and project management to finance, creativity, and resilience — these are the tools that make clients trust you and projects run smoothly.

If you’ve ever wondered whether your past career was wasted time, I want to reframe it for you: you didn’t start late, you started with a head start.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>building a design studio, brand story for designers, career change interior design, past career advantages, design dialogues podcast, second career interior designer, interior design business tips, beth bieske, transferable skills for designers</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6fba884f-c5ce-4a12-b32c-7faf22a856eb</guid>
      <title>131 A Dialogue with Alison Wheeler</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week on Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Alison Wheeler, founder of boutique digital advertising agency Society State. Alison’s mission? To take the mystery (and stress!) out of social media advertising for small creative businesses.</p><p>From starting out in PR and events to running a thriving agency while raising two little ones, Alison has walked the walk. She shares exactly how much budget you really need to get started, why strategy always beats the “boost” button, and the simple shifts that make ads work harder for your design business.</p><p>If you’ve been thinking, “I don’t have the budget for ads,” or you’ve tried before and felt like you were throwing money away, this conversation will give you clarity, confidence, and a fresh perspective.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Alison’s story of building her boutique agency, Society State<br />. Why “broad experience” gave her an edge in digital advertising<br />. The truth about ad budgets (spoiler: you can start smaller than you think!)<br />. How organic content and paid ads work hand in hand<br />. What to look for when choosing an agency that actually delivers<br />. Productivity hacks for running a business and raising kids<br />. Alison’s next big goals for her brand and why she’s excited about a refresh 🎉</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Start with strategy, not budget → clarity first, ads second.<br />. Organic + paid = power duo → ads amplify what already works.<br />. Be patient → results build over time (think 3 months, not 3 days).<br />. Say no to boost → Ads Manager gives you real control.<br />. Ask smart questions → experience, deliverables, and reporting matter.</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>. You can kick off ads from $500–$1000/month with the right strategy.<br />. Keep socials fresh and consistent — they’re your “digital storefront.”<br />. Ads work best when they support your existing customer journey.<br />. Twice a week posting beats being silent for months.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Creatives + designers ready to grow with ads but not sure where to start<br />. Small business owners tired of wasting $$ on boosted posts<br />. Parents balancing family + business who want real-life hacks<br />. Anyone craving clarity and confidence around digital advertising</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>“Don’t start with budget and say, ‘I don’t have enough.’ Start with strategy.” – Alison Wheeler</p><h2>Connect with Alison Wheeler</h2><p>Website: <a href="https://societystate.com.au/services/">https://societystate.com.au/services/</a> - Meta & Google Ads Management, Coaching & Training, Ads Audits<br />Instagram: @societystate</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Sep 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Alison Wheeler, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-131</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/75f00ddc-2a68-40c1-8e6b-4d236a97d464/episode-20131-2-20-youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week on Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Alison Wheeler, founder of boutique digital advertising agency Society State. Alison’s mission? To take the mystery (and stress!) out of social media advertising for small creative businesses.</p><p>From starting out in PR and events to running a thriving agency while raising two little ones, Alison has walked the walk. She shares exactly how much budget you really need to get started, why strategy always beats the “boost” button, and the simple shifts that make ads work harder for your design business.</p><p>If you’ve been thinking, “I don’t have the budget for ads,” or you’ve tried before and felt like you were throwing money away, this conversation will give you clarity, confidence, and a fresh perspective.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Alison’s story of building her boutique agency, Society State<br />. Why “broad experience” gave her an edge in digital advertising<br />. The truth about ad budgets (spoiler: you can start smaller than you think!)<br />. How organic content and paid ads work hand in hand<br />. What to look for when choosing an agency that actually delivers<br />. Productivity hacks for running a business and raising kids<br />. Alison’s next big goals for her brand and why she’s excited about a refresh 🎉</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Start with strategy, not budget → clarity first, ads second.<br />. Organic + paid = power duo → ads amplify what already works.<br />. Be patient → results build over time (think 3 months, not 3 days).<br />. Say no to boost → Ads Manager gives you real control.<br />. Ask smart questions → experience, deliverables, and reporting matter.</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>. You can kick off ads from $500–$1000/month with the right strategy.<br />. Keep socials fresh and consistent — they’re your “digital storefront.”<br />. Ads work best when they support your existing customer journey.<br />. Twice a week posting beats being silent for months.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Creatives + designers ready to grow with ads but not sure where to start<br />. Small business owners tired of wasting $$ on boosted posts<br />. Parents balancing family + business who want real-life hacks<br />. Anyone craving clarity and confidence around digital advertising</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>“Don’t start with budget and say, ‘I don’t have enough.’ Start with strategy.” – Alison Wheeler</p><h2>Connect with Alison Wheeler</h2><p>Website: <a href="https://societystate.com.au/services/">https://societystate.com.au/services/</a> - Meta & Google Ads Management, Coaching & Training, Ads Audits<br />Instagram: @societystate</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15926770" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/41e099dc-ca48-498d-8b4a-63618bd20f1a/audio/8e0224c0-b0dd-4eaa-9242-0ef9874812e4/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>131 A Dialogue with Alison Wheeler</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Alison Wheeler, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3bb9278c-b0f4-404c-8761-53d845474c8c/3000x3000/episode-20-131-2.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:33:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This week on Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Alison Wheeler, founder of boutique digital advertising agency Society State. Alison’s mission? To take the mystery (and stress!) out of social media advertising for small creative businesses.

From starting out in PR and events to running a thriving agency while raising two little ones, Alison has walked the walk. She shares exactly how much budget you really need to get started, why strategy always beats the “boost” button, and the simple shifts that make ads work harder for your design business.

If you’ve been thinking, “I don’t have the budget for ads,” or you’ve tried before and felt like you were throwing money away, this conversation will give you clarity, confidence, and a fresh perspective.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This week on Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Alison Wheeler, founder of boutique digital advertising agency Society State. Alison’s mission? To take the mystery (and stress!) out of social media advertising for small creative businesses.

From starting out in PR and events to running a thriving agency while raising two little ones, Alison has walked the walk. She shares exactly how much budget you really need to get started, why strategy always beats the “boost” button, and the simple shifts that make ads work harder for your design business.

If you’ve been thinking, “I don’t have the budget for ads,” or you’ve tried before and felt like you were throwing money away, this conversation will give you clarity, confidence, and a fresh perspective.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>small business growth, pinterest advertising, alison wheeler society state, social media advertising, boutique ad agency, design business marketing, facebook ads for small business, organic vs paid social, design dialogues podcast, instagram ads tips</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7798bf25-1f44-4692-b2ba-6bdfa5778df2</guid>
      <title>130 Conquering the Showroom Jitters: How to Walk In With Confidence</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m tackling a topic every interior designer has faced at some point: the nerves that come with walking into a showroom. From imposter syndrome to sales pressure, I’ve been there myself (yes, awkward mumbling about fabric samples included!).</p><p>But here’s the truth: showrooms need us as much as we need them. In this episode, I share practical strategies, mindset shifts, and personal stories to help you replace nerves with confidence, build stronger relationships with reps, and start seeing showrooms as an essential tool for your success.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why even experienced designers can feel nervous about walking into showrooms<br />. The most common fears: imposter syndrome, comparison, lack of knowledge, and sales pressure<br />. How to reframe your mindset: showrooms are a resource, not a gatekeeper<br />. Building long-term relationships with showroom reps for trust and support<br />. Practical tips to make your first visits easier</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. You belong there. Showrooms exist for designers — you’re not an intruder, you’re a partner.<br />. Preparation builds confidence. Do a little research, bring your plans, and have a few questions ready.<br />. Relationships matter. Investing in reps creates future support, opportunities, and insider knowledge.<br />. Start small. One positive visit leads to another — confidence grows with practice.</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>. Treat showroom visits like a chef at a farmer’s market: explore, ask questions, and gather inspiration.<br />. Take a buddy for your first visit — it makes the experience lighter and less intimidating.<br />. Practice a simple opener: “Hi, I’m [your name], I run a design studio and I’m sourcing X for a project. Can you help?”<br />. Build a hit list of 20 showrooms to visit over the year, focusing on relationship-building as much as product.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers new to the industry<br />. Designers feeling nervous or “not experienced enough” to walk into showrooms<br />. Studio owners who want to build stronger supplier relationships<br />. Anyone wanting to boost confidence in client and supplier interactions</p><p>Keywords</p><p>interior design showrooms, showroom confidence, overcoming imposter syndrome, building supplier relationships, interior designer tips, design business support, showroom reps, interior design confidence</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 3 Sep 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (beth bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-130</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9617e217-6730-4275-b0c1-a322ac69f0cf/episode-20130.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m tackling a topic every interior designer has faced at some point: the nerves that come with walking into a showroom. From imposter syndrome to sales pressure, I’ve been there myself (yes, awkward mumbling about fabric samples included!).</p><p>But here’s the truth: showrooms need us as much as we need them. In this episode, I share practical strategies, mindset shifts, and personal stories to help you replace nerves with confidence, build stronger relationships with reps, and start seeing showrooms as an essential tool for your success.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why even experienced designers can feel nervous about walking into showrooms<br />. The most common fears: imposter syndrome, comparison, lack of knowledge, and sales pressure<br />. How to reframe your mindset: showrooms are a resource, not a gatekeeper<br />. Building long-term relationships with showroom reps for trust and support<br />. Practical tips to make your first visits easier</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. You belong there. Showrooms exist for designers — you’re not an intruder, you’re a partner.<br />. Preparation builds confidence. Do a little research, bring your plans, and have a few questions ready.<br />. Relationships matter. Investing in reps creates future support, opportunities, and insider knowledge.<br />. Start small. One positive visit leads to another — confidence grows with practice.</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>. Treat showroom visits like a chef at a farmer’s market: explore, ask questions, and gather inspiration.<br />. Take a buddy for your first visit — it makes the experience lighter and less intimidating.<br />. Practice a simple opener: “Hi, I’m [your name], I run a design studio and I’m sourcing X for a project. Can you help?”<br />. Build a hit list of 20 showrooms to visit over the year, focusing on relationship-building as much as product.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers new to the industry<br />. Designers feeling nervous or “not experienced enough” to walk into showrooms<br />. Studio owners who want to build stronger supplier relationships<br />. Anyone wanting to boost confidence in client and supplier interactions</p><p>Keywords</p><p>interior design showrooms, showroom confidence, overcoming imposter syndrome, building supplier relationships, interior designer tips, design business support, showroom reps, interior design confidence</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5341954" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/b3f00c5e-18c4-4a65-ab97-3e66cb6d3eb1/audio/753f1873-ddb7-4bdb-8abe-0325c75f3eb2/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>130 Conquering the Showroom Jitters: How to Walk In With Confidence</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>beth bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/6c53d969-5f1b-4cea-bb07-61a343cde311/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20130.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I’m tackling a topic every interior designer has faced at some point: the nerves that come with walking into a showroom. From imposter syndrome to sales pressure, I’ve been there myself (yes, awkward mumbling about fabric samples included!).

But here’s the truth: showrooms need us as much as we need them. In this episode, I share practical strategies, mindset shifts, and personal stories to help you replace nerves with confidence, build stronger relationships with reps, and start seeing showrooms as an essential tool for your success.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I’m tackling a topic every interior designer has faced at some point: the nerves that come with walking into a showroom. From imposter syndrome to sales pressure, I’ve been there myself (yes, awkward mumbling about fabric samples included!).

But here’s the truth: showrooms need us as much as we need them. In this episode, I share practical strategies, mindset shifts, and personal stories to help you replace nerves with confidence, build stronger relationships with reps, and start seeing showrooms as an essential tool for your success.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>showroom confidence, interior design confidence, showroom reps, interior designer tips, overcoming imposter syndrome, interior design showrooms, design business support, building supplier relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>130</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e140b803-8f4f-4da3-acf6-44fb6cbc4156</guid>
      <title>129 A Dialogue with Lisa Sinagra</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week I’m joined by Lisa Sinagra, interior designer, founder of Stylis Creations, and the driving force behind the Perth Design Community. With more than 20 years in the industry, Lisa knows the real ups and downs of running a design business—and she’s passionate about making sure other designers don’t have to figure it all out the hard way.</p><p>In our chat, Lisa shares the lessons she’s learned about pricing, building confidence, and finding the right support. She’s honest, practical, and incredibly generous with her advice—exactly the kind of conversation you’ll want to grab a coffee and listen in on.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Lisa’s journey from boutique luxury projects to running her own design business.<br />. Why she started the Perth Design Community—and how it’s helping designers thrive.<br />. The never-ending question: how do you really price your services?<br />. How collaboration can take the pressure off and open up opportunities.<br />. Why confidence comes from action, not waiting until you “feel ready.”<br />. The reminder that your niche doesn’t have to be forever—it can evolve as you do.</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. You don’t need to do everything on your own.<br />. Pricing is messy for everyone—you’re not behind.<br />. Collaboration isn’t weakness—it’s smart business.<br />. Confidence grows the more you show up and connect.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>Community and connection aren’t just “nice to have”—they can be the difference between staying stuck and moving forward with clarity.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Designers who feel isolated or unsure where to turn.<br />. Anyone wrestling with pricing or second-guessing their value.<br />. New designers starting out and looking for direction.<br />. Studio owners who’d love more support (and less competition).</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>"You don’t have to do it all. Lean into what you love, and find others who can fill the gaps." – Lisa Sinagra</p><h2>Connect with Guest</h2><p>Follow Lisa Sinagra on Instagram: @styliscreations @theperthdesigncommunity<br />Explore her work: styliscreations.com.au<br />Learn more about the Perth Design Community: <a href="https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz%5D">https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz]</a>(<a href="https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz">https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 1 Sep 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (lisa sinagra, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-129</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5159d0d1-913a-4c0c-9cd7-b6d870a2fc5e/episode-20129-20-youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week I’m joined by Lisa Sinagra, interior designer, founder of Stylis Creations, and the driving force behind the Perth Design Community. With more than 20 years in the industry, Lisa knows the real ups and downs of running a design business—and she’s passionate about making sure other designers don’t have to figure it all out the hard way.</p><p>In our chat, Lisa shares the lessons she’s learned about pricing, building confidence, and finding the right support. She’s honest, practical, and incredibly generous with her advice—exactly the kind of conversation you’ll want to grab a coffee and listen in on.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Lisa’s journey from boutique luxury projects to running her own design business.<br />. Why she started the Perth Design Community—and how it’s helping designers thrive.<br />. The never-ending question: how do you really price your services?<br />. How collaboration can take the pressure off and open up opportunities.<br />. Why confidence comes from action, not waiting until you “feel ready.”<br />. The reminder that your niche doesn’t have to be forever—it can evolve as you do.</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. You don’t need to do everything on your own.<br />. Pricing is messy for everyone—you’re not behind.<br />. Collaboration isn’t weakness—it’s smart business.<br />. Confidence grows the more you show up and connect.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>Community and connection aren’t just “nice to have”—they can be the difference between staying stuck and moving forward with clarity.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Designers who feel isolated or unsure where to turn.<br />. Anyone wrestling with pricing or second-guessing their value.<br />. New designers starting out and looking for direction.<br />. Studio owners who’d love more support (and less competition).</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>"You don’t have to do it all. Lean into what you love, and find others who can fill the gaps." – Lisa Sinagra</p><h2>Connect with Guest</h2><p>Follow Lisa Sinagra on Instagram: @styliscreations @theperthdesigncommunity<br />Explore her work: styliscreations.com.au<br />Learn more about the Perth Design Community: <a href="https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz%5D">https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz]</a>(<a href="https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz">https://subscribepage.io/VYc6Vz</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16344938" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/8ca0d2ec-a565-4250-af21-e7715da7c2dd/audio/508c51e3-f13c-467d-9d16-7d8d3143e796/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>129 A Dialogue with Lisa Sinagra</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>lisa sinagra, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0b2cdfad-56c3-451b-aabb-4ea744f65749/3000x3000/episode-20-129.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This week I’m joined by Lisa Sinagra, interior designer, founder of Stylis Creations, and the driving force behind the Perth Design Community. With more than 20 years in the industry, Lisa knows the real ups and downs of running a design business—and she’s passionate about making sure other designers don’t have to figure it all out the hard way.

In our chat, Lisa shares the lessons she’s learned about pricing, building confidence, and finding the right support. She’s honest, practical, and incredibly generous with her advice—exactly the kind of conversation you’ll want to grab a coffee and listen in on.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This week I’m joined by Lisa Sinagra, interior designer, founder of Stylis Creations, and the driving force behind the Perth Design Community. With more than 20 years in the industry, Lisa knows the real ups and downs of running a design business—and she’s passionate about making sure other designers don’t have to figure it all out the hard way.

In our chat, Lisa shares the lessons she’s learned about pricing, building confidence, and finding the right support. She’s honest, practical, and incredibly generous with her advice—exactly the kind of conversation you’ll want to grab a coffee and listen in on.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>support for interior designers, stylis creations, design collaboration, pricing for designers, interior design podcast, lisa sinagra, building a design business, design community perth, perth design community, design dialogues, beth bieske</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f40baea-6f54-45e0-b34c-b157b3a79c6d</guid>
      <title>128 Why Your Brand Story Matters More Than Ever</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode of Design Dialogues, I’m exploring one of the most powerful tools an interior designer has in today’s crowded market: your brand story. With more designers setting up studios across Australia — from city hubs to growing regional areas — standing out is no longer just about your logo or your aesthetic. It’s about how you tell your story.</p><p>I share why your brand story is so important, how it helps you connect with clients on a deeper level, and the role it plays in setting you apart from the other designers in your area. Whether you’re helping a young family into their first home, supporting downsizers, or guiding clients through life transitions, your story becomes the bridge between their needs and your expertise.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt like you’re competing for attention in a saturated market, this episode will help you see why clarity and storytelling are just as crucial as your design skills.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why interior design markets are becoming more saturated (and what that means for your business)<br />. The difference between branding, style, and brand story<br />. How your brand story connects emotionally with clients — beyond just design aesthetics<br />. Common transitions your clients are facing (and how to weave those into your story)<br />. Why your story should be visible across social media, newsletters, and client touchpoints<br />. Simple ways to start crafting or refining your brand story today</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Style alone isn’t enough: Aesthetic preferences may attract clients, but your story is what keeps you memorable and relatable.<br />. Brand stories evolve: Your story should grow as your studio grows — reflecting who you serve and how you help.<br />. Client transitions are key: Whether it’s upsizing, downsizing, or designing for lifestyle shifts, clients are looking for someone who understands their journey.<br />. Consistency matters: Your story should filter through every client-facing touchpoint — from Instagram captions to proposals.</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>Here are a few prompts I share to help you shape your brand story:<br />. Who do I most love designing for, and what transitions are they experiencing?<br />. How does my process support them through those changes?<br />. What values or personal experiences shape how I design?<br />. How can I reflect my brand story consistently across all platforms?</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers in saturated markets<br />. Designers in regional or growing areas competing with more studios<br />. Studio owners who want to stand out beyond their visual style<br />. Designers ready to connect with clients more authentically</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-128</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0b472250-b952-4f5e-8e30-d6a9c2eaabda/episode-20128.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode of Design Dialogues, I’m exploring one of the most powerful tools an interior designer has in today’s crowded market: your brand story. With more designers setting up studios across Australia — from city hubs to growing regional areas — standing out is no longer just about your logo or your aesthetic. It’s about how you tell your story.</p><p>I share why your brand story is so important, how it helps you connect with clients on a deeper level, and the role it plays in setting you apart from the other designers in your area. Whether you’re helping a young family into their first home, supporting downsizers, or guiding clients through life transitions, your story becomes the bridge between their needs and your expertise.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt like you’re competing for attention in a saturated market, this episode will help you see why clarity and storytelling are just as crucial as your design skills.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why interior design markets are becoming more saturated (and what that means for your business)<br />. The difference between branding, style, and brand story<br />. How your brand story connects emotionally with clients — beyond just design aesthetics<br />. Common transitions your clients are facing (and how to weave those into your story)<br />. Why your story should be visible across social media, newsletters, and client touchpoints<br />. Simple ways to start crafting or refining your brand story today</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Style alone isn’t enough: Aesthetic preferences may attract clients, but your story is what keeps you memorable and relatable.<br />. Brand stories evolve: Your story should grow as your studio grows — reflecting who you serve and how you help.<br />. Client transitions are key: Whether it’s upsizing, downsizing, or designing for lifestyle shifts, clients are looking for someone who understands their journey.<br />. Consistency matters: Your story should filter through every client-facing touchpoint — from Instagram captions to proposals.</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>Here are a few prompts I share to help you shape your brand story:<br />. Who do I most love designing for, and what transitions are they experiencing?<br />. How does my process support them through those changes?<br />. What values or personal experiences shape how I design?<br />. How can I reflect my brand story consistently across all platforms?</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers in saturated markets<br />. Designers in regional or growing areas competing with more studios<br />. Studio owners who want to stand out beyond their visual style<br />. Designers ready to connect with clients more authentically</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5001944" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/fd346bb0-ca19-489f-8f56-22f85f6ceaf1/audio/57a0372c-30bc-48c9-9cc3-474d4dea5adf/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>128 Why Your Brand Story Matters More Than Ever</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a766c9c2-99d1-4676-8cfe-6a676a62adf9/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20128.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this solo episode of Design Dialogues, I’m exploring one of the most powerful tools an interior designer has in today’s crowded market: your brand story. With more designers setting up studios across Australia — from city hubs to growing regional areas — standing out is no longer just about your logo or your aesthetic. It’s about how you tell your story.

I share why your brand story is so important, how it helps you connect with clients on a deeper level, and the role it plays in setting you apart from the other designers in your area. Whether you’re helping a young family into their first home, supporting downsizers, or guiding clients through life transitions, your story becomes the bridge between their needs and your expertise.

If you’ve ever felt like you’re competing for attention in a saturated market, this episode will help you see why clarity and storytelling are just as crucial as your design skills.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this solo episode of Design Dialogues, I’m exploring one of the most powerful tools an interior designer has in today’s crowded market: your brand story. With more designers setting up studios across Australia — from city hubs to growing regional areas — standing out is no longer just about your logo or your aesthetic. It’s about how you tell your story.

I share why your brand story is so important, how it helps you connect with clients on a deeper level, and the role it plays in setting you apart from the other designers in your area. Whether you’re helping a young family into their first home, supporting downsizers, or guiding clients through life transitions, your story becomes the bridge between their needs and your expertise.

If you’ve ever felt like you’re competing for attention in a saturated market, this episode will help you see why clarity and storytelling are just as crucial as your design skills.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>how to build a brand story, brand story for designers, marketing for interior design studios, standing out as an interior designer, interior design brand story, interior design competition, regional interior designers, interior design business strategy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>128</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">229ea157-b497-46ab-906e-a61184d70c28</guid>
      <title>127 A Dialogue with Marc Bennett</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m joined by Marc Bennett, Marketing Director at Momo Handles, a brand that has redefined what thoughtful, well-designed hardware can do for a space.</p><p>Marc’s story is one of longevity, craftsmanship, and connection. With over 30 years of experience in the interiors industry, he’s seen trends come and go — and he’s learned that the brands that truly last are the ones that focus on more than just product.</p><p>We dive into what makes Momo Handles stand out: the brand’s commitment to timeless curation, to service that feels personal, and to delivering small details that leave a big impression. Whether you’re running a design studio, curating your own product range, or simply looking for inspiration on how to strengthen your business’s identity, this conversation is packed with insight.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why Momo Handles sees cabinet hardware as the jewellery of the kitchen<br />. Marc’s career shift from fashion and wine brands to hardware — and why it works<br />. The “brand triangle” and how it creates authenticity, equity, and loyalty<br />. How to curate a product (or service) offering to stand out without overwhelming clients<br />. Turning clients into brand ambassadors and why it’s the best marketing you can get<br />. Balancing aesthetic beauty with functional reliability<br />. How listening to your audience can spark entire new product lines<br />. Productivity habits for busy creatives and marketers<br />. Why the design industry is becoming braver and bolder with colour, texture, and materials</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Your brand isn’t just your product — it’s your story, values, and the experience you deliver<br />. Curating your offer makes it easier for clients to choose and builds a stronger brand identity<br />. Listen to both positive and constructive feedback — it can uncover opportunities for growth<br />. Brand perception comes from the little touches that make you memorable and trustworthy<br />. Consistency in presentation builds credibility over time<br />. Designers can borrow corporate brand strategies to elevate their studios</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you’re building a design business, think about your own “brand triangle” — your true brand, your presentation, and your perception. Ask yourself:<br />. Who am I really, and what do I stand for?<br />. Do all my touchpoints (website, proposals, social media) reflect that truth?<br />. What little extras can I offer to create an unforgettable client experience?</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers who want to elevate their business beyond just “beautiful projects”<br />. Creative business owners looking to strengthen their brand presence<br />. Product makers and suppliers who want to stand out in a competitive market<br />. Anyone curious about how corporate marketing strategies apply to small businesses</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>"Brand marketing isn’t just about the product you offer — it’s about creating an emotional connection, building trust, and making your audience want to advocate for you." – Marc Bennett</p><h2>Connect with Guest</h2><p>Marc Bennett – Marketing Director, Momo Handles<br />Website: momohandles.com.au<br />Instagram: @momohandlesaus</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Marc Bennett, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-127</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9e41aac1-d57c-4281-9519-fe89ca8d8e95/episode-20127-20-youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m joined by Marc Bennett, Marketing Director at Momo Handles, a brand that has redefined what thoughtful, well-designed hardware can do for a space.</p><p>Marc’s story is one of longevity, craftsmanship, and connection. With over 30 years of experience in the interiors industry, he’s seen trends come and go — and he’s learned that the brands that truly last are the ones that focus on more than just product.</p><p>We dive into what makes Momo Handles stand out: the brand’s commitment to timeless curation, to service that feels personal, and to delivering small details that leave a big impression. Whether you’re running a design studio, curating your own product range, or simply looking for inspiration on how to strengthen your business’s identity, this conversation is packed with insight.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why Momo Handles sees cabinet hardware as the jewellery of the kitchen<br />. Marc’s career shift from fashion and wine brands to hardware — and why it works<br />. The “brand triangle” and how it creates authenticity, equity, and loyalty<br />. How to curate a product (or service) offering to stand out without overwhelming clients<br />. Turning clients into brand ambassadors and why it’s the best marketing you can get<br />. Balancing aesthetic beauty with functional reliability<br />. How listening to your audience can spark entire new product lines<br />. Productivity habits for busy creatives and marketers<br />. Why the design industry is becoming braver and bolder with colour, texture, and materials</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Your brand isn’t just your product — it’s your story, values, and the experience you deliver<br />. Curating your offer makes it easier for clients to choose and builds a stronger brand identity<br />. Listen to both positive and constructive feedback — it can uncover opportunities for growth<br />. Brand perception comes from the little touches that make you memorable and trustworthy<br />. Consistency in presentation builds credibility over time<br />. Designers can borrow corporate brand strategies to elevate their studios</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you’re building a design business, think about your own “brand triangle” — your true brand, your presentation, and your perception. Ask yourself:<br />. Who am I really, and what do I stand for?<br />. Do all my touchpoints (website, proposals, social media) reflect that truth?<br />. What little extras can I offer to create an unforgettable client experience?</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers who want to elevate their business beyond just “beautiful projects”<br />. Creative business owners looking to strengthen their brand presence<br />. Product makers and suppliers who want to stand out in a competitive market<br />. Anyone curious about how corporate marketing strategies apply to small businesses</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>"Brand marketing isn’t just about the product you offer — it’s about creating an emotional connection, building trust, and making your audience want to advocate for you." – Marc Bennett</p><h2>Connect with Guest</h2><p>Marc Bennett – Marketing Director, Momo Handles<br />Website: momohandles.com.au<br />Instagram: @momohandlesaus</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15421249" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/14746c39-895c-4f65-930a-a3ddfe628398/audio/59ca990d-07c2-48c5-8ee8-db818121ee36/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>127 A Dialogue with Marc Bennett</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Marc Bennett, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b4fbd0e8-091e-47fa-a39a-91da6f807bbd/3000x3000/episode-20-127.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I’m joined by Marc Bennett, Marketing Director at Momo Handles, a brand that has redefined what thoughtful, well-designed hardware can do for a space.

Marc’s story is one of longevity, craftsmanship, and connection. With over 30 years of experience in the interiors industry, he’s seen trends come and go — and he’s learned that the brands that truly last are the ones that focus on more than just product.

We dive into what makes Momo Handles stand out: the brand’s commitment to timeless curation, to service that feels personal, and to delivering small details that leave a big impression. Whether you’re running a design studio, curating your own product range, or simply looking for inspiration on how to strengthen your business’s identity, this conversation is packed with insight.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I’m joined by Marc Bennett, Marketing Director at Momo Handles, a brand that has redefined what thoughtful, well-designed hardware can do for a space.

Marc’s story is one of longevity, craftsmanship, and connection. With over 30 years of experience in the interiors industry, he’s seen trends come and go — and he’s learned that the brands that truly last are the ones that focus on more than just product.

We dive into what makes Momo Handles stand out: the brand’s commitment to timeless curation, to service that feels personal, and to delivering small details that leave a big impression. Whether you’re running a design studio, curating your own product range, or simply looking for inspiration on how to strengthen your business’s identity, this conversation is packed with insight.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>momo handles, marc bennett interview, brand triangle, client experience design, jewellery of the kitchen, marketing strategies for designers, curated product offering, brand presentation, true brand, brand building for designers, western sydney business, brand perception, cabinet hardware design, turning clients into brand advocates</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bff50f96-2c9a-420c-88fc-7bd60df4cbbc</guid>
      <title>126 The Missing Piece: What Design School Doesn’t Prepare You For</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I’m exploring a question I hear so often from interior designers who are just starting out — how do you bridge the gap between design school and running your own studio?</p><p>Whether you’re stepping into design as a second or third career, or you’re graduating and wondering what comes next, this episode will help you think about what skills you already bring, what knowledge you’re gaining, and most importantly — the gaps in between. Because it’s not just about design education. It’s about sales, marketing, finance, systems, and the confidence to run a business that works for you.</p><p>I share insights on how to identify those gaps, how to start filling them while you’re still in school (or transitioning from another career), and how to prepare yourself for either joining a small studio or stepping straight into business ownership.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why moving from design school into a large corporate firm (like Gensler) may not suit every stage of life<br />. The common challenges second-or third-career designers face when shifting into interiors<br />. How to identify the gaps between your past experience, your design education, and the realities of running a business<br />. Why it’s just as important to learn about sales and marketing as it is about design principles<br />. Practical ways to prepare if you want to start your own studio right after graduation<br />. Options for filling your knowledge gaps: coaching, formal training, or self-paced learning<br />. Why being clear on what you actually want from your career path is the first step to success</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Your design degree teaches the creative fundamentals — but not always the business foundations.<br />. Corporate design firms can offer great training, but may not give you flexibility, creativity, or decision-making power early on.<br />. If you need a career that balances creativity with flexibility (family, lifestyle, location), small studios or self-employment may suit you better.<br />. Identifying your knowledge gaps early will help you avoid overwhelm when starting your studio.<br />. Marketing, sales, and systems are just as important as creativity in building a sustainable design business.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you’re at design school or transitioning careers, take time to:<br />. List the skills you already bring from previous careers (finance, HR, marketing, etc.)<br />. Identify the areas you know little about — sales, systems, business structure, documentation, etc.<br />. Start building knowledge in those areas now, even at a basic level, so you’re not starting from scratch when you open your studio.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior design students nearing graduation<br />. Second- or third-career designers entering the industry<br />. Designers considering starting their own studio straight from school<br />. Anyone feeling uncertain about the business side of design</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-126</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/096b8dfa-606a-45ab-bbd9-9581ab1ceade/episode-20126.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I’m exploring a question I hear so often from interior designers who are just starting out — how do you bridge the gap between design school and running your own studio?</p><p>Whether you’re stepping into design as a second or third career, or you’re graduating and wondering what comes next, this episode will help you think about what skills you already bring, what knowledge you’re gaining, and most importantly — the gaps in between. Because it’s not just about design education. It’s about sales, marketing, finance, systems, and the confidence to run a business that works for you.</p><p>I share insights on how to identify those gaps, how to start filling them while you’re still in school (or transitioning from another career), and how to prepare yourself for either joining a small studio or stepping straight into business ownership.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Why moving from design school into a large corporate firm (like Gensler) may not suit every stage of life<br />. The common challenges second-or third-career designers face when shifting into interiors<br />. How to identify the gaps between your past experience, your design education, and the realities of running a business<br />. Why it’s just as important to learn about sales and marketing as it is about design principles<br />. Practical ways to prepare if you want to start your own studio right after graduation<br />. Options for filling your knowledge gaps: coaching, formal training, or self-paced learning<br />. Why being clear on what you actually want from your career path is the first step to success</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Your design degree teaches the creative fundamentals — but not always the business foundations.<br />. Corporate design firms can offer great training, but may not give you flexibility, creativity, or decision-making power early on.<br />. If you need a career that balances creativity with flexibility (family, lifestyle, location), small studios or self-employment may suit you better.<br />. Identifying your knowledge gaps early will help you avoid overwhelm when starting your studio.<br />. Marketing, sales, and systems are just as important as creativity in building a sustainable design business.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you’re at design school or transitioning careers, take time to:<br />. List the skills you already bring from previous careers (finance, HR, marketing, etc.)<br />. Identify the areas you know little about — sales, systems, business structure, documentation, etc.<br />. Start building knowledge in those areas now, even at a basic level, so you’re not starting from scratch when you open your studio.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior design students nearing graduation<br />. Second- or third-career designers entering the industry<br />. Designers considering starting their own studio straight from school<br />. Anyone feeling uncertain about the business side of design</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5532543" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f9f156da-e7de-4c51-a79a-e22898dc75fb/audio/fe5b9e12-2fa3-4823-bfc3-1f3cdf497f70/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>126 The Missing Piece: What Design School Doesn’t Prepare You For</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5fe6cfbb-d2a2-425a-869f-a0af63b06f83/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20126.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this solo episode, I’m exploring a question I hear so often from interior designers who are just starting out — how do you bridge the gap between design school and running your own studio?

Whether you’re stepping into design as a second or third career, or you’re graduating and wondering what comes next, this episode will help you think about what skills you already bring, what knowledge you’re gaining, and most importantly — the gaps in between. Because it’s not just about design education. It’s about sales, marketing, finance, systems, and the confidence to run a business that works for you.

I share insights on how to identify those gaps, how to start filling them while you’re still in school (or transitioning from another career), and how to prepare yourself for either joining a small studio or stepping straight into business ownership.

Hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this solo episode, I’m exploring a question I hear so often from interior designers who are just starting out — how do you bridge the gap between design school and running your own studio?

Whether you’re stepping into design as a second or third career, or you’re graduating and wondering what comes next, this episode will help you think about what skills you already bring, what knowledge you’re gaining, and most importantly — the gaps in between. Because it’s not just about design education. It’s about sales, marketing, finance, systems, and the confidence to run a business that works for you.

I share insights on how to identify those gaps, how to start filling them while you’re still in school (or transitioning from another career), and how to prepare yourself for either joining a small studio or stepping straight into business ownership.

Hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>business skills for designers, interior design career, running a design studio, interior design students, starting your own studio, design school to business, design education gaps, interior design podcast, interior design mentoring, second career interior design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>126</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0bbb66ea-8558-4e06-a446-2cd52850f22a</guid>
      <title>125 A Dialogue with Laura Hur</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Washington, DC–based interior designer Laura Hur, founder of Lorla Studio. Laura’s journey into design is anything but conventional — from growing up in Key West surrounded by stacks of shelter magazines, to earning her master’s at Pratt Institute, working for Gensler, and eventually building her own thriving luxury residential practice.</p><p>Laura shares the realities of working at the high end of the market — why she spends 80% of her time on client management and only 20% on design — and the pivotal lessons she’s learned through years of trial and error. We also talk about navigating a changing economy, creating smaller service offerings like “Design Days,” and how outsourcing has allowed her studio to operate like a much larger firm without the heavy overhead.</p><p>Whether you’re refining your own market positioning, trying to streamline your client communications, or thinking about how to grow your studio sustainably, Laura’s story is full of practical insights you can apply straight away.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Laura’s path from Key West to launching Lorla Studio<br />.Transitioning from big commercial firms to boutique residential design<br />. Why client management often outweighs design time<br />. The benefits and drawbacks of outsourcing versus hiring in-house<br />. How “Design Days” became a strategic service offering in a shifting economy<br />. Setting clear, structured communication protocols with clients<br />. Navigating the expectations of luxury clientele<br />. The rise of the “no-trend” trend in design</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Niche matters — Working with clients who align with your process, values, and budget makes for smoother projects and better outcomes.<br />. Boundaries are essential — Clear communication structures help avoid overwhelm and keep everyone on the same page.<br />. Outsource wisely — Bringing in experts for finance, marketing, or legal frees you to focus on the creative and strategic work you do best.<br />. Adapt to change — Smaller, clearly defined services can help bridge slower seasons.<br />. Own your value — If you’re providing a luxury service, embrace the expertise and quality you deliver.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you bill hourly, consider giving clients regular but concise updates so they’re never surprised when an invoice arrives. Pair this with well-defined deliverables and boundaries — especially for smaller service offerings — so you protect both your time and your margins.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers growing or repositioning their business<br />. Studio owners thinking about outsourcing core business functions<br />. Designers looking to improve client management and communication<br />. Creatives curious about the realities of the luxury residential market</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>“I’m absolutely a designer and an artist on one hand, but the only way it’s successful is marrying that with the business owner. We’re not running a charity.” — Laura Hur</p><h2>Connect with Laura Hur</h2><p>Website: Lorla Studio<br />Instagram: @lorlastudio</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Laura Hur, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-125</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/db59c89f-79ad-486c-8347-2c8d1f109c6b/episode-20125-20-youtube-20-2.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Washington, DC–based interior designer Laura Hur, founder of Lorla Studio. Laura’s journey into design is anything but conventional — from growing up in Key West surrounded by stacks of shelter magazines, to earning her master’s at Pratt Institute, working for Gensler, and eventually building her own thriving luxury residential practice.</p><p>Laura shares the realities of working at the high end of the market — why she spends 80% of her time on client management and only 20% on design — and the pivotal lessons she’s learned through years of trial and error. We also talk about navigating a changing economy, creating smaller service offerings like “Design Days,” and how outsourcing has allowed her studio to operate like a much larger firm without the heavy overhead.</p><p>Whether you’re refining your own market positioning, trying to streamline your client communications, or thinking about how to grow your studio sustainably, Laura’s story is full of practical insights you can apply straight away.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. Laura’s path from Key West to launching Lorla Studio<br />.Transitioning from big commercial firms to boutique residential design<br />. Why client management often outweighs design time<br />. The benefits and drawbacks of outsourcing versus hiring in-house<br />. How “Design Days” became a strategic service offering in a shifting economy<br />. Setting clear, structured communication protocols with clients<br />. Navigating the expectations of luxury clientele<br />. The rise of the “no-trend” trend in design</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Niche matters — Working with clients who align with your process, values, and budget makes for smoother projects and better outcomes.<br />. Boundaries are essential — Clear communication structures help avoid overwhelm and keep everyone on the same page.<br />. Outsource wisely — Bringing in experts for finance, marketing, or legal frees you to focus on the creative and strategic work you do best.<br />. Adapt to change — Smaller, clearly defined services can help bridge slower seasons.<br />. Own your value — If you’re providing a luxury service, embrace the expertise and quality you deliver.</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you bill hourly, consider giving clients regular but concise updates so they’re never surprised when an invoice arrives. Pair this with well-defined deliverables and boundaries — especially for smaller service offerings — so you protect both your time and your margins.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers growing or repositioning their business<br />. Studio owners thinking about outsourcing core business functions<br />. Designers looking to improve client management and communication<br />. Creatives curious about the realities of the luxury residential market</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>“I’m absolutely a designer and an artist on one hand, but the only way it’s successful is marrying that with the business owner. We’re not running a charity.” — Laura Hur</p><h2>Connect with Laura Hur</h2><p>Website: Lorla Studio<br />Instagram: @lorlastudio</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16978147" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f5a4d782-fd99-4eeb-917e-311bf70073fb/audio/8d6f0225-7270-400d-b858-8023b5537e89/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>125 A Dialogue with Laura Hur</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Laura Hur, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c1deb7ec-0d81-4393-bfbd-21ca80d7bd4d/3000x3000/episode-20-125-20-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this week’s episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Washington, DC–based interior designer Laura Hur, founder of Lorla Studio. Laura’s journey into design is anything but conventional — from growing up in Key West surrounded by stacks of shelter magazines, to earning her master’s at Pratt Institute, working for Gensler, and eventually building her own thriving luxury residential practice.

Laura shares the realities of working at the high end of the market — why she spends 80% of her time on client management and only 20% on design — and the pivotal lessons she’s learned through years of trial and error. We also talk about navigating a changing economy, creating smaller service offerings like “Design Days,” and how outsourcing has allowed her studio to operate like a much larger firm without the heavy overhead.

Whether you’re refining your own market positioning, trying to streamline your client communications, or thinking about how to grow your studio sustainably, Laura’s story is full of practical insights you can apply straight away.

I hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this week’s episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Washington, DC–based interior designer Laura Hur, founder of Lorla Studio. Laura’s journey into design is anything but conventional — from growing up in Key West surrounded by stacks of shelter magazines, to earning her master’s at Pratt Institute, working for Gensler, and eventually building her own thriving luxury residential practice.

Laura shares the realities of working at the high end of the market — why she spends 80% of her time on client management and only 20% on design — and the pivotal lessons she’s learned through years of trial and error. We also talk about navigating a changing economy, creating smaller service offerings like “Design Days,” and how outsourcing has allowed her studio to operate like a much larger firm without the heavy overhead.

Whether you’re refining your own market positioning, trying to streamline your client communications, or thinking about how to grow your studio sustainably, Laura’s story is full of practical insights you can apply straight away.

I hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design communication, small studio business model, washington dc interior designer, running a design studio, luxury residential design, interior design business, design day service, client management for designers, outsourcing interior design, lorla studio</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>125</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a338c8f6-6e06-466b-8611-a85963c61312</guid>
      <title>124 You Can’t Do It All (And You Shouldn’t Try)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I’m sharing a personal story about the part of my interior design business I used to dread: documentation. It drained my energy, stole my time, and left me feeling constantly behind. Instead of pushing through, I chose to outsource—and it changed everything.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt pressure to do it all, this episode is for you. I share what outsourcing actually looks like in a small studio, how to build strong relationships with trusted collaborators, and why success doesn’t have to mean doing everything yourself.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>• Why I struggled with documentation—and what finally made me outsource it<br />• The hidden cost of doing work that drains your creativity<br />• How outsourcing is actually about buying back your energy<br />• The exact way I integrate outsourcing into client proposals<br />• What to look for in a great collaborator<br />• How to make outsourcing financially sustainable and stress-free<br />• The surprising emotional shift once I let go of the pressure to do it all</p><p>Key Takeaways<br />• You don’t have to be good at every part of your business<br />• Outsourcing is not giving up control—it’s creating more capacity<br />• Strategic delegation helps you protect your creativity<br />• Strong collaborations improve client experience and project delivery<br />• You’re allowed to design a business that works for you, not just your clients</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you're stuck in the weeds of documentation or drowning in tasks that don’t light you up, this episode is your reminder: you’re allowed to get help.</p><p>• I share how I price for outsourcing in proposals<br />• How I build trust with long-term collaborators<br />• Why the right support can elevate your whole business—not just take things off your plate</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>• Interior designers feeling overwhelmed or burned out<br />• Studio owners looking to grow without growing a huge team<br />• Designers who want to stay in their creative zone<br />• Anyone curious about building smarter, not busier</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-124</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/25ac19f9-9ff2-4f0d-9fa8-96fdd0b9ff56/episode-20124.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I’m sharing a personal story about the part of my interior design business I used to dread: documentation. It drained my energy, stole my time, and left me feeling constantly behind. Instead of pushing through, I chose to outsource—and it changed everything.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt pressure to do it all, this episode is for you. I share what outsourcing actually looks like in a small studio, how to build strong relationships with trusted collaborators, and why success doesn’t have to mean doing everything yourself.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>• Why I struggled with documentation—and what finally made me outsource it<br />• The hidden cost of doing work that drains your creativity<br />• How outsourcing is actually about buying back your energy<br />• The exact way I integrate outsourcing into client proposals<br />• What to look for in a great collaborator<br />• How to make outsourcing financially sustainable and stress-free<br />• The surprising emotional shift once I let go of the pressure to do it all</p><p>Key Takeaways<br />• You don’t have to be good at every part of your business<br />• Outsourcing is not giving up control—it’s creating more capacity<br />• Strategic delegation helps you protect your creativity<br />• Strong collaborations improve client experience and project delivery<br />• You’re allowed to design a business that works for you, not just your clients</p><h2>Practical Insight</h2><p>If you're stuck in the weeds of documentation or drowning in tasks that don’t light you up, this episode is your reminder: you’re allowed to get help.</p><p>• I share how I price for outsourcing in proposals<br />• How I build trust with long-term collaborators<br />• Why the right support can elevate your whole business—not just take things off your plate</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>• Interior designers feeling overwhelmed or burned out<br />• Studio owners looking to grow without growing a huge team<br />• Designers who want to stay in their creative zone<br />• Anyone curious about building smarter, not busier</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="4971851" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/099d738a-c0a3-4395-8a96-dec9b299308e/audio/2a95ed64-ede4-4d5a-89ea-1f7d3d90ba79/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>124 You Can’t Do It All (And You Shouldn’t Try)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/858015b8-057a-4f3e-bcf7-bade18fced0a/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20124.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this solo episode, I’m sharing a personal story about the part of my interior design business I used to dread: documentation. It drained my energy, stole my time, and left me feeling constantly behind. Instead of pushing through, I chose to outsource—and it changed everything.

If you’ve ever felt pressure to do it all, this episode is for you. I share what outsourcing actually looks like in a small studio, how to build strong relationships with trusted collaborators, and why success doesn’t have to mean doing everything yourself.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this solo episode, I’m sharing a personal story about the part of my interior design business I used to dread: documentation. It drained my energy, stole my time, and left me feeling constantly behind. Instead of pushing through, I chose to outsource—and it changed everything.

If you’ve ever felt pressure to do it all, this episode is for you. I share what outsourcing actually looks like in a small studio, how to build strong relationships with trusted collaborators, and why success doesn’t have to mean doing everything yourself.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>documentation for designers, design studio growth, small business delegation, more time to design podcast, interior design productivity, creative studio systems, interior design business support, studio support team, sustainable business, interior design outsourcing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">79fd0545-d7a7-4ab0-9856-a3b24e432b13</guid>
      <title>123 A Dialogue with Hannah Brown</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Hannah Brown, the founder of Hey! Design, a Central Coast-based documentation expert supporting interior designers, cabinet makers, and builders with the technical side of interior design.</p><p>Hannah shares her fascinating journey from working in child protection in the UK to starting her own design documentation business here in Australia. We dive deep into the world of outsourcing, the most common (and costly) mistakes designers make, and how clear systems and communication can make or break your projects.</p><p>If you're a designer who’s ever struggled with documentation, felt overwhelmed by technical drawings, or wanted to ensure your designs actually work once they're built — this conversation is for you.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>What We Cover in This Episode</h2><p>. Hannah’s inspiring pivot from a career in child protection to running a documentation studio for designers<br />. Why she chose to focus on kitchens, bathrooms, and joinery — and how she found her niche<br />. The biggest mistakes designers make in documentation (and how to avoid them)<br />. How poor communication and unclear briefs can sabotage even the best designs<br />. The difference between a good handover and a frustrating one<br />. Why she prefers fixed fees over hourly rates — and why that benefits everyone<br />. The power of strong builder and cabinetmaker relationships<br />. Productivity habits and tech hacks Hannah swears by to balance business and family<br />. Why she believes collaboration is the future of our industry</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Documentation is not decoration. It’s your communication tool — and critical for client satisfaction.<br />. Outsourcing isn’t giving up control — it’s creating capacity for the parts of the work you love most.<br />. Precision matters. If you’re skipping filler panels or overlooking appliance clearances, you’re putting your reputation at risk.<br />. Timelines protect everyone. Working with external collaborators means your deadlines matter — and so do your client’s.<br />. Collaboration over competition is the future of interior design — especially outside metro areas.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers who are growing their business and looking to delegate documentation<br />. Designers shifting careers later in life and needing support on the technical side<br />. Anyone delivering kitchens, bathrooms or joinery-based projects<br />. Creative professionals juggling family life with studio ownership<br />. Designers who want to reduce overwhelm and elevate the quality of their work</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>"Documentation is where your design becomes real. If it doesn’t work on paper, it’s not going to work on-site — and your client is trusting you to get that right." – Hannah Brown</p><h2>Connect with Hannah Brown</h2><p>Instagram: @_hey_design<br />Website: heydesign.com.au</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Hannah Brown, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-123</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/efc46038-34e7-4edb-b92c-f8437c5180f2/episode-20123-20-youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Hannah Brown, the founder of Hey! Design, a Central Coast-based documentation expert supporting interior designers, cabinet makers, and builders with the technical side of interior design.</p><p>Hannah shares her fascinating journey from working in child protection in the UK to starting her own design documentation business here in Australia. We dive deep into the world of outsourcing, the most common (and costly) mistakes designers make, and how clear systems and communication can make or break your projects.</p><p>If you're a designer who’s ever struggled with documentation, felt overwhelmed by technical drawings, or wanted to ensure your designs actually work once they're built — this conversation is for you.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>What We Cover in This Episode</h2><p>. Hannah’s inspiring pivot from a career in child protection to running a documentation studio for designers<br />. Why she chose to focus on kitchens, bathrooms, and joinery — and how she found her niche<br />. The biggest mistakes designers make in documentation (and how to avoid them)<br />. How poor communication and unclear briefs can sabotage even the best designs<br />. The difference between a good handover and a frustrating one<br />. Why she prefers fixed fees over hourly rates — and why that benefits everyone<br />. The power of strong builder and cabinetmaker relationships<br />. Productivity habits and tech hacks Hannah swears by to balance business and family<br />. Why she believes collaboration is the future of our industry</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. Documentation is not decoration. It’s your communication tool — and critical for client satisfaction.<br />. Outsourcing isn’t giving up control — it’s creating capacity for the parts of the work you love most.<br />. Precision matters. If you’re skipping filler panels or overlooking appliance clearances, you’re putting your reputation at risk.<br />. Timelines protect everyone. Working with external collaborators means your deadlines matter — and so do your client’s.<br />. Collaboration over competition is the future of interior design — especially outside metro areas.</p><h2>Perfect For</h2><p>. Interior designers who are growing their business and looking to delegate documentation<br />. Designers shifting careers later in life and needing support on the technical side<br />. Anyone delivering kitchens, bathrooms or joinery-based projects<br />. Creative professionals juggling family life with studio ownership<br />. Designers who want to reduce overwhelm and elevate the quality of their work</p><h2>Key Quote</h2><p>"Documentation is where your design becomes real. If it doesn’t work on paper, it’s not going to work on-site — and your client is trusting you to get that right." – Hannah Brown</p><h2>Connect with Hannah Brown</h2><p>Instagram: @_hey_design<br />Website: heydesign.com.au</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16547858" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a8f51464-f4ac-4049-8249-46bba40ff445/audio/203a88ed-8afb-4512-8209-9fbf3023c0f6/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>123 A Dialogue with Hannah Brown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Hannah Brown, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/533e83ba-67bd-425c-95ea-22fd26332981/3000x3000/episode-20-123.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Hannah Brown, the founder of Hey! Design, a Central Coast-based documentation expert supporting interior designers, cabinet makers, and builders with the technical side of interior design.

Hannah shares her fascinating journey from working in child protection in the UK to starting her own design documentation business here in Australia. We dive deep into the world of outsourcing, the most common (and costly) mistakes designers make, and how clear systems and communication can make or break your projects.

If you&apos;re a designer who’s ever struggled with documentation, felt overwhelmed by technical drawings, or wanted to ensure your designs actually work once they&apos;re built — this conversation is for you.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I’m joined by Hannah Brown, the founder of Hey! Design, a Central Coast-based documentation expert supporting interior designers, cabinet makers, and builders with the technical side of interior design.

Hannah shares her fascinating journey from working in child protection in the UK to starting her own design documentation business here in Australia. We dive deep into the world of outsourcing, the most common (and costly) mistakes designers make, and how clear systems and communication can make or break your projects.

If you&apos;re a designer who’s ever struggled with documentation, felt overwhelmed by technical drawings, or wanted to ensure your designs actually work once they&apos;re built — this conversation is for you.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design communication, design studio growth, central coast interior design, heydesign, interior design documentation, designer productivity, hannah brown, joinery design, cabinetry documentation, outsourcing design drawings, bathroom layouts, kitchen design mistakes, working with cabinetmakers, design dialogues, beth bieske, interior design business systems</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">687486f2-f492-4b91-bc5a-22bca1060613</guid>
      <title>122 Is This Still Working for You? Avoiding Burnout &amp; Redefining Success</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I’m sharing something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately: What happens when the business you worked so hard to build no longer fits the life you want to live? After my recent conversation with Shelley Boyd (Episode 121), I felt compelled to explore what it really means to reassess, realign, and sometimes reimagine your interior design business—especially when burnout creeps in quietly. If you've ever wondered, “Is this still working for me?”, I hope this episode gives you space to reflect and permission to pivot.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>. Shelley Boyd’s personal story of healing from burnout (Episode 121)<br />. The quiet signs you might be running on empty<br />. Why we outgrow even the most successful business models<br />. The difference between quitting and realigning<br />. My own experience navigating burnout and identity<br />. Reconnecting with your original “why”<br />. How to create a business that supports the life you actually want</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>. Your business should serve you, not the other way around<br />. Burnout isn’t always dramatic—it’s often subtle and silent<br />. Wanting something different doesn’t mean you’ve failed<br />. You can pause, pivot, or protect your peace—and still be a professional<br />. Growth sometimes looks like slowing down</p><h2>Practical Insight for Designers:</h2><p>• How to check in with yourself and your energy<br />• What to do when success feels misaligned<br />• Simple ways to reconnect with what matters most<br />• Why your identity isn’t tied to your business model<br />• How to build in more spaciousness, clarity, and intention</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Designers who are tired but don’t know why<br />• Studio owners navigating a new season of life<br />• Creatives questioning whether their business still fits<br />• Anyone feeling the pull to slow down, reset, or shift direction<br />• Interior designers craving a different way of doing business</p><h2>Key Quote from the Episode:</h2><p>“Your business is something you built. It’s not your identity. You’re allowed to change your mind.”</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 6 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-122</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/06c0465b-b82b-4777-b313-db484e880456/episode-20122.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I’m sharing something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately: What happens when the business you worked so hard to build no longer fits the life you want to live? After my recent conversation with Shelley Boyd (Episode 121), I felt compelled to explore what it really means to reassess, realign, and sometimes reimagine your interior design business—especially when burnout creeps in quietly. If you've ever wondered, “Is this still working for me?”, I hope this episode gives you space to reflect and permission to pivot.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>. Shelley Boyd’s personal story of healing from burnout (Episode 121)<br />. The quiet signs you might be running on empty<br />. Why we outgrow even the most successful business models<br />. The difference between quitting and realigning<br />. My own experience navigating burnout and identity<br />. Reconnecting with your original “why”<br />. How to create a business that supports the life you actually want</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>. Your business should serve you, not the other way around<br />. Burnout isn’t always dramatic—it’s often subtle and silent<br />. Wanting something different doesn’t mean you’ve failed<br />. You can pause, pivot, or protect your peace—and still be a professional<br />. Growth sometimes looks like slowing down</p><h2>Practical Insight for Designers:</h2><p>• How to check in with yourself and your energy<br />• What to do when success feels misaligned<br />• Simple ways to reconnect with what matters most<br />• Why your identity isn’t tied to your business model<br />• How to build in more spaciousness, clarity, and intention</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Designers who are tired but don’t know why<br />• Studio owners navigating a new season of life<br />• Creatives questioning whether their business still fits<br />• Anyone feeling the pull to slow down, reset, or shift direction<br />• Interior designers craving a different way of doing business</p><h2>Key Quote from the Episode:</h2><p>“Your business is something you built. It’s not your identity. You’re allowed to change your mind.”</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5077595" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/3c3f1e02-f969-4ddd-ace2-dae282865af9/audio/82e5ece3-2b25-4a85-ab4f-dadee4b0c529/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>122 Is This Still Working for You? Avoiding Burnout &amp; Redefining Success</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9d506cf6-4e4e-4c6b-9e89-aaebe3dadd6f/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20122.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this solo episode, I’m sharing something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately: What happens when the business you worked so hard to build no longer fits the life you want to live? After my recent conversation with Shelley Boyd (Episode 121), I felt compelled to explore what it really means to reassess, realign, and sometimes reimagine your interior design business—especially when burnout creeps in quietly. If you&apos;ve ever wondered, “Is this still working for me?”, I hope this episode gives you space to reflect and permission to pivot.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this solo episode, I’m sharing something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately: What happens when the business you worked so hard to build no longer fits the life you want to live? After my recent conversation with Shelley Boyd (Episode 121), I felt compelled to explore what it really means to reassess, realign, and sometimes reimagine your interior design business—especially when burnout creeps in quietly. If you&apos;ve ever wondered, “Is this still working for me?”, I hope this episode gives you space to reflect and permission to pivot.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>slow business movement, values-led business, design business pivot, creative business coaching, design studio support, interior design burnout, beth bieske podcast, interior designer wellbeing, interior design realignment, studio wellness, business clarity for designers, more time to design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c76f0cd2-06f1-4849-8c34-9b1b7a5abe7b</guid>
      <title>121 A Dialogue with Shelley Boyd</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Shelley Boyd, founder of Boyd Blue, to discuss her remarkable 26-year journey building a wholesale furniture and design business. From starting in 1999 to navigating through economic downturns and a pandemic, Shelley shares candid insights about supplier relationships, quality craftsmanship, and the importance of authenticity in business. Her story offers valuable lessons for anyone looking to build a sustainable business in the design industry.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>• Shelley's journey from starting Boyd Blue in 1999 to building a thriving business over 26 years<br />• How she sources products from Indonesia, the Philippines, and India, focusing on family-owned factories<br />• Her approach to building long-term relationships with suppliers and manufacturers<br />• The challenges of working with her husband in the business and their decision to part ways professionally<br />• Her recent collaboration with designer Kate Nixon and the process of developing new products<br />• How she navigated the business through COVID and other economic challenges<br />• Her perspective on markup and pricing for designers</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>• Relationships are the foundation of a sustainable business—with suppliers, clients, and team members<br />• Quality and craftsmanship create timeless products that transcend trends<br />• Resilience is essential for long-term business success<br />• Authenticity in business practices builds trust and loyalty<br />• Sometimes the hardest business decisions (like parting ways with her husband professionally) lead to the best outcomes<br />• Taking time away from your business can provide valuable perspective and renewed energy</p><p>Practical Insights:</p><p>• How to build relationships with international suppliers and manufacturers<br />• The importance of transparency in pricing and markup<br />• Strategies for navigating business through economic downturns<br />• The value of focusing on quality over quantity<br />• How to maintain authenticity while growing a business<br />• The benefits of taking a sabbatical to reset and gain perspective</p><p>Perfect For:</p><p>• Interior designers looking to build sustainable supplier relationships<br />• Business owners considering working with family members<br />• Design professionals interested in product development and collaboration<br />• Entrepreneurs navigating challenging business periods<br />• Anyone interested in the wholesale side of the design industry</p><p>Quote from Episode:</p><p>"I've always really prided myself on never compromising, just selling quality. I like to work with true crafts people." - Shelley Boyd</p><p>Connect with our guest:</p><p>Shelley Boyd - Boyd Blue @boydblue</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Aug 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Shelley Boyd, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-121</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3c9b3233-3eca-4e1f-81b4-2c9fa23e57a1/episode-20121-20-youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Shelley Boyd, founder of Boyd Blue, to discuss her remarkable 26-year journey building a wholesale furniture and design business. From starting in 1999 to navigating through economic downturns and a pandemic, Shelley shares candid insights about supplier relationships, quality craftsmanship, and the importance of authenticity in business. Her story offers valuable lessons for anyone looking to build a sustainable business in the design industry.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>• Shelley's journey from starting Boyd Blue in 1999 to building a thriving business over 26 years<br />• How she sources products from Indonesia, the Philippines, and India, focusing on family-owned factories<br />• Her approach to building long-term relationships with suppliers and manufacturers<br />• The challenges of working with her husband in the business and their decision to part ways professionally<br />• Her recent collaboration with designer Kate Nixon and the process of developing new products<br />• How she navigated the business through COVID and other economic challenges<br />• Her perspective on markup and pricing for designers</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>• Relationships are the foundation of a sustainable business—with suppliers, clients, and team members<br />• Quality and craftsmanship create timeless products that transcend trends<br />• Resilience is essential for long-term business success<br />• Authenticity in business practices builds trust and loyalty<br />• Sometimes the hardest business decisions (like parting ways with her husband professionally) lead to the best outcomes<br />• Taking time away from your business can provide valuable perspective and renewed energy</p><p>Practical Insights:</p><p>• How to build relationships with international suppliers and manufacturers<br />• The importance of transparency in pricing and markup<br />• Strategies for navigating business through economic downturns<br />• The value of focusing on quality over quantity<br />• How to maintain authenticity while growing a business<br />• The benefits of taking a sabbatical to reset and gain perspective</p><p>Perfect For:</p><p>• Interior designers looking to build sustainable supplier relationships<br />• Business owners considering working with family members<br />• Design professionals interested in product development and collaboration<br />• Entrepreneurs navigating challenging business periods<br />• Anyone interested in the wholesale side of the design industry</p><p>Quote from Episode:</p><p>"I've always really prided myself on never compromising, just selling quality. I like to work with true crafts people." - Shelley Boyd</p><p>Connect with our guest:</p><p>Shelley Boyd - Boyd Blue @boydblue</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30981685" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/14c81e46-3e8a-48d3-8574-842c8f775ea1/audio/2f974b54-c262-4bcb-8706-45dc72ad1313/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>121 A Dialogue with Shelley Boyd</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Shelley Boyd, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/bc394299-7e36-4e24-817d-8d6985798f94/3000x3000/episode-20-121.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I sit down with Shelley Boyd, founder of Boyd Blue, to discuss her remarkable 26-year journey building a wholesale furniture and design business. From starting in 1999 to navigating through economic downturns and a pandemic, Shelley shares candid insights about supplier relationships, quality craftsmanship, and the importance of authenticity in business. Her story offers valuable lessons for anyone looking to build a sustainable business in the design industry.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I sit down with Shelley Boyd, founder of Boyd Blue, to discuss her remarkable 26-year journey building a wholesale furniture and design business. From starting in 1999 to navigating through economic downturns and a pandemic, Shelley shares candid insights about supplier relationships, quality craftsmanship, and the importance of authenticity in business. Her story offers valuable lessons for anyone looking to build a sustainable business in the design industry.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>business resilience, design business, design collaboration, family business, sustainable business practices, wholesale furniture, business longevity, supplier relationships, product development, quality craftsmanship, handcrafted furniture</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>121</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">585e3f60-1db5-4eba-915f-52bac9863d5c</guid>
      <title>120 Rethinking Time Blocking: How Interior Designers Can Plan with Flexibility</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>After a little time away (hello, school holidays and a much-needed breather), we're back and really looking forward to this next season of Design Dialogues. The break gave me time to reflect on how I run my own business—what’s working, what needs adjusting, and how I want to structure my weeks moving forward.</p><p>In this solo episode, I’m sharing a more realistic and creative-friendly approach to time blocking—one that actually works for interior designers. If you’ve tried traditional time blocking and found it too rigid or overwhelming, you’re not alone. This method lets you zoom out, align your work with your energy, and make space for what really matters—without losing the flexibility you need to thrive as a designer.</p><p>Whether you’re juggling projects, marketing, clients, and still trying to find time to actually design, this episode will help you create more structure, less stress, and a better rhythm in your studio.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>• Why most time blocking advice fails for creative business owners<br />• A gentler, month-based approach that allows for creative energy and real life<br />• Three building blocks of a sustainable time-blocking system<br />• Sample weekly structures tailored for design studios<br />• Why flexibility is essential (and how to plan for it)<br />• Creating recurring “CEO hours” to stay focused on your big picture<br />• Anchoring your calendar with your priorities, not your to-do list</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>• Time blocking doesn’t need to feel like punishment—it should feel supportive<br />• Planning in phases or themes lets you stay focused without boxing you in<br />• Anchors like CEO hours and content days create a steady rhythm for your week<br />• The best system is one that works with your energy, not against it<br />• Let go of the pressure to “do it all” every day—give your business breathing space</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>• Use monthly and weekly planning rhythms that evolve with your business<br />• Blend digital and analogue tools to stay organised in a way that suits you<br />• How to design a realistic week—even when you wear every hat in your business<br />• Time-blocking tips for solo designers and those building a team</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers juggling client work, studio admin, and creative direction<br />• Studio owners who want to stop reacting and start planning with intention<br />• Creatives who’ve tried and failed with traditional productivity systems<br />• Anyone who wants more time to design (and maybe even a Friday off!)</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jul 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-120</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e478bc32-4e53-45b3-bcfc-bfb7970b6c08/episode-20120.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After a little time away (hello, school holidays and a much-needed breather), we're back and really looking forward to this next season of Design Dialogues. The break gave me time to reflect on how I run my own business—what’s working, what needs adjusting, and how I want to structure my weeks moving forward.</p><p>In this solo episode, I’m sharing a more realistic and creative-friendly approach to time blocking—one that actually works for interior designers. If you’ve tried traditional time blocking and found it too rigid or overwhelming, you’re not alone. This method lets you zoom out, align your work with your energy, and make space for what really matters—without losing the flexibility you need to thrive as a designer.</p><p>Whether you’re juggling projects, marketing, clients, and still trying to find time to actually design, this episode will help you create more structure, less stress, and a better rhythm in your studio.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>• Why most time blocking advice fails for creative business owners<br />• A gentler, month-based approach that allows for creative energy and real life<br />• Three building blocks of a sustainable time-blocking system<br />• Sample weekly structures tailored for design studios<br />• Why flexibility is essential (and how to plan for it)<br />• Creating recurring “CEO hours” to stay focused on your big picture<br />• Anchoring your calendar with your priorities, not your to-do list</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>• Time blocking doesn’t need to feel like punishment—it should feel supportive<br />• Planning in phases or themes lets you stay focused without boxing you in<br />• Anchors like CEO hours and content days create a steady rhythm for your week<br />• The best system is one that works with your energy, not against it<br />• Let go of the pressure to “do it all” every day—give your business breathing space</p><h2>Practical Insights</h2><p>• Use monthly and weekly planning rhythms that evolve with your business<br />• Blend digital and analogue tools to stay organised in a way that suits you<br />• How to design a realistic week—even when you wear every hat in your business<br />• Time-blocking tips for solo designers and those building a team</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers juggling client work, studio admin, and creative direction<br />• Studio owners who want to stop reacting and start planning with intention<br />• Creatives who’ve tried and failed with traditional productivity systems<br />• Anyone who wants more time to design (and maybe even a Friday off!)</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="10161048" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/08dcbfee-09f0-4911-8890-09a57a41993e/audio/fd0dcae2-bd63-4d37-96ef-245f7dbf5709/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>120 Rethinking Time Blocking: How Interior Designers Can Plan with Flexibility</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/891746f0-5f00-4d24-b742-6454e385be74/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20120.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>After a little time away (hello, school holidays and a much-needed breather), we&apos;re back and really looking forward to this next season of Design Dialogues. The break gave me time to reflect on how I run my own business—what’s working, what needs adjusting, and how I want to structure my weeks moving forward.

In this solo episode, I’m sharing a more realistic and creative-friendly approach to time blocking—one that actually works for interior designers. If you’ve tried traditional time blocking and found it too rigid or overwhelming, you’re not alone. This method lets you zoom out, align your work with your energy, and make space for what really matters—without losing the flexibility you need to thrive as a designer.

Whether you’re juggling projects, marketing, clients, and still trying to find time to actually design, this episode will help you create more structure, less stress, and a better rhythm in your studio.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>After a little time away (hello, school holidays and a much-needed breather), we&apos;re back and really looking forward to this next season of Design Dialogues. The break gave me time to reflect on how I run my own business—what’s working, what needs adjusting, and how I want to structure my weeks moving forward.

In this solo episode, I’m sharing a more realistic and creative-friendly approach to time blocking—one that actually works for interior designers. If you’ve tried traditional time blocking and found it too rigid or overwhelming, you’re not alone. This method lets you zoom out, align your work with your energy, and make space for what really matters—without losing the flexibility you need to thrive as a designer.

Whether you’re juggling projects, marketing, clients, and still trying to find time to actually design, this episode will help you create more structure, less stress, and a better rhythm in your studio.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design time audit, monthly planning for creatives, designer studio systems, time blocking, interior design productivity, studio operations, interior design business support, creative time management, creative business structure, ceo hour, flexible planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1487de34-dae1-4396-927d-124a7e646726</guid>
      <title>119 A Dialogue with Eliza Smoothey</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m joined by Eliza Smoothey, founder of Eliza Grace Interiors, to talk about building a multi-stream interior design business that’s both sustainable and intentional. With over 12 years of experience, Eliza shares how she’s strategically grown her studio to include full-service design, online styling sessions, an e-course, and regular collaborations with retail partners—while staying grounded in her strengths and avoiding burnout.</p><p>We chat about the realities of running a modern design business, from leasing an office space to managing workflow with time-blocking and building a resilient income model that balances creative energy with consistent cash flow.</p><p>Whether you’re just starting your design business or looking to grow smarter, this episode is packed with grounded, actionable advice from someone who’s done it with clarity and heart.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• How Eliza built a studio with multiple income streams that support her business year-round<br />• The mindset shift behind moving from a home office to a professional studio space<br />• Why time-blocking and structured weeks are the secret to balancing creative and client work<br />• The long-game of networking and why B2B referrals matter<br />• What designers should know before launching a course or styling session offer<br />• How to create steady income between larger design projects</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>. A diversified income model helps smooth the peaks and troughs of the design industry<br />. You don’t need to be everywhere—but you do need to be intentional with how you spend your time<br />. Not all leads convert the way you expect—brand awareness is often just as valuable<br />. Physical studio space can shift your mindset and presence in the industry<br />. Courses and styling sessions appeal to a different type of client—plan accordingly<br />.Your schedule should serve your studio—not the other way around</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to plan a balanced mix of service offerings to reduce financial stress<br />• Structuring your week using time-blocking for admin, design work, and meetings<br />• Setting client expectations around your availability and calendar<br />• Leveraging styling sessions and supplier events for brand visibility<br />• Knowing when it’s time to upgrade your work environment</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers managing multiple services or income streams<br />• Creatives thinking about launching a course or passive offer<br />• Studio owners considering leasing an office or growing their presence<br />• Designers feeling the weight of inconsistent income<br />• Anyone curious about how to create a sustainable, enjoyable design career</p><h2>Quote from the Episode:</h2><p>"I just guide my clients through my calendar. Even if I’m free, I only offer certain days. I think they actually like being led—that’s why they hired a designer." — Eliza Smoothey</p><h2>Connect with Eliza Smoothey</h2><p>Website: elizagraceinteriors.com.au<br />Instagram: @elizagraceinteriors</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Eliza Smoothey, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-119</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b25ac7a6-e4b1-4b63-8079-bc52a9f224a0/episode-20119-20-201-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m joined by Eliza Smoothey, founder of Eliza Grace Interiors, to talk about building a multi-stream interior design business that’s both sustainable and intentional. With over 12 years of experience, Eliza shares how she’s strategically grown her studio to include full-service design, online styling sessions, an e-course, and regular collaborations with retail partners—while staying grounded in her strengths and avoiding burnout.</p><p>We chat about the realities of running a modern design business, from leasing an office space to managing workflow with time-blocking and building a resilient income model that balances creative energy with consistent cash flow.</p><p>Whether you’re just starting your design business or looking to grow smarter, this episode is packed with grounded, actionable advice from someone who’s done it with clarity and heart.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• How Eliza built a studio with multiple income streams that support her business year-round<br />• The mindset shift behind moving from a home office to a professional studio space<br />• Why time-blocking and structured weeks are the secret to balancing creative and client work<br />• The long-game of networking and why B2B referrals matter<br />• What designers should know before launching a course or styling session offer<br />• How to create steady income between larger design projects</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>. A diversified income model helps smooth the peaks and troughs of the design industry<br />. You don’t need to be everywhere—but you do need to be intentional with how you spend your time<br />. Not all leads convert the way you expect—brand awareness is often just as valuable<br />. Physical studio space can shift your mindset and presence in the industry<br />. Courses and styling sessions appeal to a different type of client—plan accordingly<br />.Your schedule should serve your studio—not the other way around</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to plan a balanced mix of service offerings to reduce financial stress<br />• Structuring your week using time-blocking for admin, design work, and meetings<br />• Setting client expectations around your availability and calendar<br />• Leveraging styling sessions and supplier events for brand visibility<br />• Knowing when it’s time to upgrade your work environment</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers managing multiple services or income streams<br />• Creatives thinking about launching a course or passive offer<br />• Studio owners considering leasing an office or growing their presence<br />• Designers feeling the weight of inconsistent income<br />• Anyone curious about how to create a sustainable, enjoyable design career</p><h2>Quote from the Episode:</h2><p>"I just guide my clients through my calendar. Even if I’m free, I only offer certain days. I think they actually like being led—that’s why they hired a designer." — Eliza Smoothey</p><h2>Connect with Eliza Smoothey</h2><p>Website: elizagraceinteriors.com.au<br />Instagram: @elizagraceinteriors</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="27331647" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/64acd13f-1afe-4786-a34a-f48779730032/audio/81bc6d7d-d64a-4b8b-9396-4b5fc4e31490/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>119 A Dialogue with Eliza Smoothey</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Eliza Smoothey, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/644e1cba-6283-4a19-ad0b-d6481b102c0a/3000x3000/episode-20-119-201.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:28:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I’m joined by Eliza Smoothey, founder of Eliza Grace Interiors, to talk about building a multi-stream interior design business that’s both sustainable and intentional. With over 12 years of experience, Eliza shares how she’s strategically grown her studio to include full-service design, online styling sessions, an e-course, and regular collaborations with retail partners—while staying grounded in her strengths and avoiding burnout.

We chat about the realities of running a modern design business, from leasing an office space to managing workflow with time-blocking and building a resilient income model that balances creative energy with consistent cash flow.

Whether you’re just starting your design business or looking to grow smarter, this episode is packed with grounded, actionable advice from someone who’s done it with clarity and heart.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I’m joined by Eliza Smoothey, founder of Eliza Grace Interiors, to talk about building a multi-stream interior design business that’s both sustainable and intentional. With over 12 years of experience, Eliza shares how she’s strategically grown her studio to include full-service design, online styling sessions, an e-course, and regular collaborations with retail partners—while staying grounded in her strengths and avoiding burnout.

We chat about the realities of running a modern design business, from leasing an office space to managing workflow with time-blocking and building a resilient income model that balances creative energy with consistent cash flow.

Whether you’re just starting your design business or looking to grow smarter, this episode is packed with grounded, actionable advice from someone who’s done it with clarity and heart.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>eliza smoothey, interior design marketing, eliza grace interiors, time blocking for designers, creative business model, interior design productivity, interior design business, passive income interior design, multi-stream studio, interior design studio workflow, networking for designers, online styling sessions, studio growth strategy, design dialogues podcast, beth bieske</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e32d16d-7b74-4fbc-87c7-1cd7bedafb1d</guid>
      <title>118 Stop Doing Everything Yourself - The Power of Strategic Partnerships</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I talk about why collaboration is one of the most powerful—and underutilised—strategies for sustainable growth in interior design studios. If you’ve ever felt like you need to do everything yourself—concepts, drawings, sourcing, admin, installs—you’re not alone. But trying to wear every hat in your business can lead to exhaustion and diluted results.</p><p>Instead, I’m sharing how strategic, structured collaboration can lighten your load, elevate your client experience, and help you build a business that grows without burning out. From partnering with builders and architects to stylists, project managers, and documentation experts, this episode is packed with real-world examples of how to create a powerful network that supports your strengths.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode.<br />Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• Why collaboration is a business strategy—not a shortcut<br />• How to replicate the multidisciplinary strengths of large firms without hiring in-house<br />• The benefits of having a trusted network for better client outcomes<br />• Key areas where partnerships can help you scale (without the overwhelm)<br />• Tips for keeping collaborations professional, clear, and seamless<br />• What it really means to build a lean, profitable studio that delivers big</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>. You don’t need a big team—you need the right support<br />. Structured partnerships improve quality and reduce stress<br />. Stay in your creative lane and outsource the rest<br />. Clarity, communication, and values alignment are key to smooth collaboration<br />. Trial small projects before committing to larger partnerships<br />. Clients respect and trust you more when you bring in experts</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• Building relationships with builders, architects, stylists, and project managers<br />• Structuring your team like a big studio—without the overhead<br />• Knowing when to outsource documentation, project management, or styling<br />• Writing clear scopes and agreements for every collaboration<br />• How to identify your strengths (and stop winging the rest)</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers running solo or small studios<br />• Creatives feeling overwhelmed by doing everything alone<br />• Business owners looking to increase quality and reduce burnout<br />• Designers wanting to scale smart, not just busy<br />• Professionals ready to build strategic partnerships</p><p>Quote from Episode:<br />“Knowing your strength and knowing when to bring in reinforcements is where your maturity as a studio leader really shows.”</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jul 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-118</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/1b639750-54cd-4d38-b929-306e6cdf31d6/episode-20118.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I talk about why collaboration is one of the most powerful—and underutilised—strategies for sustainable growth in interior design studios. If you’ve ever felt like you need to do everything yourself—concepts, drawings, sourcing, admin, installs—you’re not alone. But trying to wear every hat in your business can lead to exhaustion and diluted results.</p><p>Instead, I’m sharing how strategic, structured collaboration can lighten your load, elevate your client experience, and help you build a business that grows without burning out. From partnering with builders and architects to stylists, project managers, and documentation experts, this episode is packed with real-world examples of how to create a powerful network that supports your strengths.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode.<br />Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• Why collaboration is a business strategy—not a shortcut<br />• How to replicate the multidisciplinary strengths of large firms without hiring in-house<br />• The benefits of having a trusted network for better client outcomes<br />• Key areas where partnerships can help you scale (without the overwhelm)<br />• Tips for keeping collaborations professional, clear, and seamless<br />• What it really means to build a lean, profitable studio that delivers big</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>. You don’t need a big team—you need the right support<br />. Structured partnerships improve quality and reduce stress<br />. Stay in your creative lane and outsource the rest<br />. Clarity, communication, and values alignment are key to smooth collaboration<br />. Trial small projects before committing to larger partnerships<br />. Clients respect and trust you more when you bring in experts</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• Building relationships with builders, architects, stylists, and project managers<br />• Structuring your team like a big studio—without the overhead<br />• Knowing when to outsource documentation, project management, or styling<br />• Writing clear scopes and agreements for every collaboration<br />• How to identify your strengths (and stop winging the rest)</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers running solo or small studios<br />• Creatives feeling overwhelmed by doing everything alone<br />• Business owners looking to increase quality and reduce burnout<br />• Designers wanting to scale smart, not just busy<br />• Professionals ready to build strategic partnerships</p><p>Quote from Episode:<br />“Knowing your strength and knowing when to bring in reinforcements is where your maturity as a studio leader really shows.”</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15811856" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/cc1e0377-cdcd-42fb-83e2-69cad037ee32/audio/9818aeda-b1d6-450f-b10e-208fa7494f7a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>118 Stop Doing Everything Yourself - The Power of Strategic Partnerships</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f4cc5c9c-3f77-4125-8dde-4b09db1e4ccf/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20118.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:16:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I talk about why collaboration is one of the most powerful—and underutilised—strategies for sustainable growth in interior design studios. If you’ve ever felt like you need to do everything yourself—concepts, drawings, sourcing, admin, installs—you’re not alone. But trying to wear every hat in your business can lead to exhaustion and diluted results.

Instead, I’m sharing how strategic, structured collaboration can lighten your load, elevate your client experience, and help you build a business that grows without burning out. From partnering with builders and architects to stylists, project managers, and documentation experts, this episode is packed with real-world examples of how to create a powerful network that supports your strengths.

Hope you enjoy the episode.  
Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I talk about why collaboration is one of the most powerful—and underutilised—strategies for sustainable growth in interior design studios. If you’ve ever felt like you need to do everything yourself—concepts, drawings, sourcing, admin, installs—you’re not alone. But trying to wear every hat in your business can lead to exhaustion and diluted results.

Instead, I’m sharing how strategic, structured collaboration can lighten your load, elevate your client experience, and help you build a business that grows without burning out. From partnering with builders and architects to stylists, project managers, and documentation experts, this episode is packed with real-world examples of how to create a powerful network that supports your strengths.

Hope you enjoy the episode.  
Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design collaboration, design business tips, building a design team, project management for designers, studio growth strategies, interior design documentation, sustainable design studio, interior design business, freelance interior design support, interior design podcast, design and build partnerships, creative entrepreneurship, interior designer burnout, interior design workflow, creative business growth, design dialogues podcast, outsourcing for interior designers, collaboration over competition</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5bd4386-4203-4bb7-8e81-d35e65cf6acc</guid>
      <title>117 A Dialogue with Fiona Killackey</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Fiona Killackey — business coach, author, and founder of My Daily Business — to talk about building a business that supports your life, not the other way around. Fiona shares her refreshing take on what it means to run a values-led creative business in 2025, why she’s proudly anti-hustle, and how AI can be used intentionally to support your work (without replacing your creativity). If you’re a designer trying to grow your business while staying true to your values, this conversation will leave you feeling seen, inspired, and ready to do things your own way.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode summary</h2><p>With nearly a decade of experience coaching creatives, Fiona explores how tools like Poppy, Descript, and Canva can supercharge productivity, free up time, and reduce costs—while also acknowledging the ethical, environmental, and emotional considerations that come with emerging tech.</p><p>This conversation is a must-listen for any designer, business owner, or creative who wants to stay ahead of the AI curve without compromising their purpose or identity.</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. How Fiona helps creatives build businesses that align with their life—not the other way around<br />. Why AI should be treated as your assistant, not your boss<br />. The tools Fiona uses daily to run her business (and save $86 on groceries!)<br />. Ethical and environmental concerns surrounding AI—and what to do about them<br />. How creatives can deepen client relationships with the time AI frees up<br />. What the future of connection and community looks like in an AI world</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. AI is here to stay—resistance is futile, but intentional usage is powerful<br />.Curiosity and creativity are irreplaceable—these human traits are your competitive edge<br />. Question everything—treat AI outputs like junior interns: helpful, but not always right<br />. Use AI to amplify your values—not overwrite them<br />. Build your own knowledge base—so your AI tools can reflect your tone, ethos, and expertise</p><h2>Practical Insights for Creative Business Owners</h2><p>. Use Poppy for organising chaotic ideas across media types (perfect for visual thinkers)<br />. Turn long-form video or audio into digestible clips with Descript<br />. Leverage AI to streamline content creation, client communication, and even meal planning<br />. Protect your tone and voice by creating a brand-specific data bank<br />. Always review and edit AI-generated work—don’t just “copy and paste.”</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>. Interior designers, graphic designers, and creatives curious about AI<br />. Small business owners looking to reduce overwhelm<br />. Entrepreneurs wanting to align business with life and values<br />. Anyone feeling unsure (or excited!) about the role of AI in their work</p><h2>Key Quote:</h2><p>“AI is your assistant, not your identity. It can help you buy back time—but it can’t replace your curiosity, creativity, or connection.” — Fiona Killackey</p><h2>Connect with Fiona:</h2><p>Website: My Daily Business<br />Instagram: @mydailybusinesscoach<br />Podcast: My Daily Business Podcast</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jul 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Fiona Killackey, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-117</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/59a3fb84-69e7-4f1a-8d2f-3f5abad8c18b/episode-20117-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Fiona Killackey — business coach, author, and founder of My Daily Business — to talk about building a business that supports your life, not the other way around. Fiona shares her refreshing take on what it means to run a values-led creative business in 2025, why she’s proudly anti-hustle, and how AI can be used intentionally to support your work (without replacing your creativity). If you’re a designer trying to grow your business while staying true to your values, this conversation will leave you feeling seen, inspired, and ready to do things your own way.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode summary</h2><p>With nearly a decade of experience coaching creatives, Fiona explores how tools like Poppy, Descript, and Canva can supercharge productivity, free up time, and reduce costs—while also acknowledging the ethical, environmental, and emotional considerations that come with emerging tech.</p><p>This conversation is a must-listen for any designer, business owner, or creative who wants to stay ahead of the AI curve without compromising their purpose or identity.</p><h2>Episode Highlights</h2><p>. How Fiona helps creatives build businesses that align with their life—not the other way around<br />. Why AI should be treated as your assistant, not your boss<br />. The tools Fiona uses daily to run her business (and save $86 on groceries!)<br />. Ethical and environmental concerns surrounding AI—and what to do about them<br />. How creatives can deepen client relationships with the time AI frees up<br />. What the future of connection and community looks like in an AI world</p><h2>Key Takeaways</h2><p>. AI is here to stay—resistance is futile, but intentional usage is powerful<br />.Curiosity and creativity are irreplaceable—these human traits are your competitive edge<br />. Question everything—treat AI outputs like junior interns: helpful, but not always right<br />. Use AI to amplify your values—not overwrite them<br />. Build your own knowledge base—so your AI tools can reflect your tone, ethos, and expertise</p><h2>Practical Insights for Creative Business Owners</h2><p>. Use Poppy for organising chaotic ideas across media types (perfect for visual thinkers)<br />. Turn long-form video or audio into digestible clips with Descript<br />. Leverage AI to streamline content creation, client communication, and even meal planning<br />. Protect your tone and voice by creating a brand-specific data bank<br />. Always review and edit AI-generated work—don’t just “copy and paste.”</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>. Interior designers, graphic designers, and creatives curious about AI<br />. Small business owners looking to reduce overwhelm<br />. Entrepreneurs wanting to align business with life and values<br />. Anyone feeling unsure (or excited!) about the role of AI in their work</p><h2>Key Quote:</h2><p>“AI is your assistant, not your identity. It can help you buy back time—but it can’t replace your curiosity, creativity, or connection.” — Fiona Killackey</p><h2>Connect with Fiona:</h2><p>Website: My Daily Business<br />Instagram: @mydailybusinesscoach<br />Podcast: My Daily Business Podcast</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37432885" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/35ae55eb-c0a3-49b6-8901-609a20fe5d00/audio/431fd6e7-2319-4e70-821d-cb051ac4bde0/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>117 A Dialogue with Fiona Killackey</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Fiona Killackey, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9faa47a7-ab60-49ce-b6f7-c6a584fd919f/3000x3000/episode-20-117.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I sit down with Fiona Killackey — business coach, author, and founder of My Daily Business — to talk about building a business that supports your life, not the other way around. Fiona shares her refreshing take on what it means to run a values-led creative business in 2025, why she’s proudly anti-hustle, and how AI can be used intentionally to support your work (without replacing your creativity). If you’re a designer trying to grow your business while staying true to your values, this conversation will leave you feeling seen, inspired, and ready to do things your own way.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I sit down with Fiona Killackey — business coach, author, and founder of My Daily Business — to talk about building a business that supports your life, not the other way around. Fiona shares her refreshing take on what it means to run a values-led creative business in 2025, why she’s proudly anti-hustle, and how AI can be used intentionally to support your work (without replacing your creativity). If you’re a designer trying to grow your business while staying true to your values, this conversation will leave you feeling seen, inspired, and ready to do things your own way.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>ai for designers, business alignment, values-driven business, design business, building a sustainable business, small business growth, business coaching, my daily business, creative business, ai tools for creatives, descript, podcast for designers, ethical ai, canva ai, artificial intelligence, non-hustle culture, automating your business, human-centered business, business mindset, productivity tools, design dialogues podcast, creative entrepreneur, poppy ai, personal branding</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>117</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c336e7e-bfcd-40ad-a89a-e72eb77dfe1d</guid>
      <title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Jane Ledger</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jul 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-031</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50591494" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/26be5d79-d5c0-49f3-9460-ba4f3bf411bf/audio/260123dc-8d78-4162-aa6c-d4a53ffe8d2b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Jane Ledger</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f186eb7a-5c4f-4b71-b404-9c1e9f5fe708/3000x3000/summer-20series-20-20-20a-20dialogue-20with-20jane-20ledger.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b8b3585-2e8a-4e1b-9836-fa4bd019e351</guid>
      <title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Gavin Hepper</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Jul 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-030</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44439553" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/62179900-6cda-44e4-8401-e4dc18183b2b/audio/015eb3ca-9913-48ad-8a61-ad606bcc4ce1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Gavin Hepper</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7ccb3c5c-6111-4a04-b675-10dd8fbd5863/3000x3000/summer-20series-20-20-20a-20dialogue-20with-20gavin-20hepper.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b05516d-4597-43e3-8efc-aed0255540d5</guid>
      <title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Sheshi Rogers</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jun 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-034</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49697061" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/b7fdc63c-6536-459b-b40b-218bb6daae86/audio/baac994e-ea29-4e4f-b280-b29d06f5d5d6/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Sheshi Rogers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/757c4e4e-b20f-473b-98d9-858892ad34db/3000x3000/summer-20series-20-20-20a-20dialogue-20with-20sheshi-20rogers.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ee8606f7-9c3c-40f1-ada2-2b5e38fd93a1</guid>
      <title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Justine McLean</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-026</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61480167" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/3fbf4298-f488-4f32-b4bb-265b2fec9ba4/audio/7afc9c0f-1ad0-4e9b-b237-7c4acb9264f8/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Justine McLean</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/17cb4bb7-cfb2-49bc-93d2-6113f1ff0980/3000x3000/summer-20series-20-20a-20dialogue-20with-20justine-20mclean.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">404fecf5-e288-460c-8217-da3cb5fac7f9</guid>
      <title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Donna Guyler</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jun 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-053</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Winter Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the winter holidays - time to regroup and recharge, ready for the rest of 2025. I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second list to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. Our Thursday episodes will be taking a break as well for the next few weeks. We will be back mid July refreshed and ready with some great interviews and lots more business tips.</p><p>Thank you so much for your support so far in 2025.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42726338" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/2b9f7317-c600-4697-9255-09716c1ef9ef/audio/2083c804-ea9d-411f-9983-86a5943c5ffd/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Winter Series A Dialogue with Donna Guyler</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/10a952a1-e3e2-4acb-b45a-d6d6b402e5f5/3000x3000/summer-20series-20-20a-20dialogue-20with-20donna-20guyler.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9519bd3f-4a08-4e34-b334-90bdcb03d071</guid>
      <title>116 Why You Need a Success Plan (Not a Business Plan)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I explain why interior designers need a "success plan" rather than a traditional business plan. Learn how to create a living, breathing document that defines success on your terms, tracks what matters most to you, and helps you stay focused on building a business that supports the life you actually want to live. This isn't about impressing investors—it's about creating clarity and direction for your unique design journey.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Why "Success Plan" Instead of "Business Plan"</h2><p>Traditional business plans often feel intimidating and corporate, filled with graphs, charts, and formal language that doesn't reflect how creative businesses actually work. More importantly, they're usually static documents that don't evolve as you grow as a business owner.</p><p>I like to think of it as a success plan because that's what we're actually trying to create, a business that's successful by your definition, not someone else's.</p><p>Your success plan is a tool for you—to check in with your goals, measure what's working, get back on track when things feel wobbly, and define what success actually looks like for you.</p><h2>What Goes Into Your Success Plan</h2><h1>Your Vision</h1><p>What kind of business are you building? What do you want it to look and feel like in one year, three years, and five years? This isn't just about revenue—it's about the complete picture of your ideal business.</p><h1>Your Numbers</h1><p>What are your revenue goals, profit margins, and pricing structure? Whatever feels meaningful and motivating to you is what you should be tracking. If you don't track it, you're not going to achieve it.</p><h1>Your Ideal Projects</h1><p>Who do you love working with? What kind of work lights you up? Getting clear on this helps you make better decisions about which opportunities to pursue and which to pass on.</p><h1>Your Systems and Support</h1><p>What tools and processes are helping you now, and what's missing? This includes everything from project management systems to team support to personal boundaries.</p><h1>Your Measures of Success</h1><p>This is a big one that designers often get wrong. How are you going to measure success in your business? Are you tracking creative freedom, time off, profit, client satisfaction? Knowing what you value helps you design a business that gives you more of it.</p><h2>Making It a Living Document</h2><p>Your success plan isn't set and forget. It should be something you come back to every six months or at any moment when you're feeling unsure or like you've drifted a bit.</p><p>You can do it over coffee in a café. It doesn't need to be formal. It needs to feel like you.</p><p>The more it feels authentic to you, the more likely you are to actually use it. This document should evolve as you do, reflecting your changing priorities and growing understanding of what you want from your business.</p><h2>The Key Question to Start With</h2><p>"What does success look like for me in this season?" This one question will help shape everything else in your success plan.</p><p>Success might mean three design projects a year and Fridays off. Maybe it's a team of five, multiple revenue streams, and being booked out six months in advance. Both are valid, but your plan should reflect your vision, not a generic template.</p><h2>Why This Matters</h2><p>When you know your numbers, understand your ideal projects, and have clarity on what success means to you, you can: </p><p>• Make intentional choices about opportunities<br />• Stay focused on what matters most<br />• Build a business that supports the life you want to live<br />• Avoid getting caught up in what everyone else is doing</p><p>Your future self, the one taking Fridays off or leading a thriving team, is going to thank you for it.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to build businesses that are not just creatively fulfilling but also aligned with their personal definition of success.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-116</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/31f6037a-9bf0-4676-b2ea-0c62bd5704f8/episode-20116.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I explain why interior designers need a "success plan" rather than a traditional business plan. Learn how to create a living, breathing document that defines success on your terms, tracks what matters most to you, and helps you stay focused on building a business that supports the life you actually want to live. This isn't about impressing investors—it's about creating clarity and direction for your unique design journey.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Why "Success Plan" Instead of "Business Plan"</h2><p>Traditional business plans often feel intimidating and corporate, filled with graphs, charts, and formal language that doesn't reflect how creative businesses actually work. More importantly, they're usually static documents that don't evolve as you grow as a business owner.</p><p>I like to think of it as a success plan because that's what we're actually trying to create, a business that's successful by your definition, not someone else's.</p><p>Your success plan is a tool for you—to check in with your goals, measure what's working, get back on track when things feel wobbly, and define what success actually looks like for you.</p><h2>What Goes Into Your Success Plan</h2><h1>Your Vision</h1><p>What kind of business are you building? What do you want it to look and feel like in one year, three years, and five years? This isn't just about revenue—it's about the complete picture of your ideal business.</p><h1>Your Numbers</h1><p>What are your revenue goals, profit margins, and pricing structure? Whatever feels meaningful and motivating to you is what you should be tracking. If you don't track it, you're not going to achieve it.</p><h1>Your Ideal Projects</h1><p>Who do you love working with? What kind of work lights you up? Getting clear on this helps you make better decisions about which opportunities to pursue and which to pass on.</p><h1>Your Systems and Support</h1><p>What tools and processes are helping you now, and what's missing? This includes everything from project management systems to team support to personal boundaries.</p><h1>Your Measures of Success</h1><p>This is a big one that designers often get wrong. How are you going to measure success in your business? Are you tracking creative freedom, time off, profit, client satisfaction? Knowing what you value helps you design a business that gives you more of it.</p><h2>Making It a Living Document</h2><p>Your success plan isn't set and forget. It should be something you come back to every six months or at any moment when you're feeling unsure or like you've drifted a bit.</p><p>You can do it over coffee in a café. It doesn't need to be formal. It needs to feel like you.</p><p>The more it feels authentic to you, the more likely you are to actually use it. This document should evolve as you do, reflecting your changing priorities and growing understanding of what you want from your business.</p><h2>The Key Question to Start With</h2><p>"What does success look like for me in this season?" This one question will help shape everything else in your success plan.</p><p>Success might mean three design projects a year and Fridays off. Maybe it's a team of five, multiple revenue streams, and being booked out six months in advance. Both are valid, but your plan should reflect your vision, not a generic template.</p><h2>Why This Matters</h2><p>When you know your numbers, understand your ideal projects, and have clarity on what success means to you, you can: </p><p>• Make intentional choices about opportunities<br />• Stay focused on what matters most<br />• Build a business that supports the life you want to live<br />• Avoid getting caught up in what everyone else is doing</p><p>Your future self, the one taking Fridays off or leading a thriving team, is going to thank you for it.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to build businesses that are not just creatively fulfilling but also aligned with their personal definition of success.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="8175742" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/fd9886e4-a0f4-4b58-9746-e2d8935900be/audio/25b5c731-d7fe-4cd8-bf8d-93d0e5d34c07/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>116 Why You Need a Success Plan (Not a Business Plan)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5c2d5f12-fb83-4553-a32d-e74da2757e50/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20116.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I explain why interior designers need a &quot;success plan&quot; rather than a traditional business plan. Learn how to create a living, breathing document that defines success on your terms, tracks what matters most to you, and helps you stay focused on building a business that supports the life you actually want to live. This isn&apos;t about impressing investors—it&apos;s about creating clarity and direction for your unique design journey.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I explain why interior designers need a &quot;success plan&quot; rather than a traditional business plan. Learn how to create a living, breathing document that defines success on your terms, tracks what matters most to you, and helps you stay focused on building a business that supports the life you actually want to live. This isn&apos;t about impressing investors—it&apos;s about creating clarity and direction for your unique design journey.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>success planning, interior design systems, interior design business plan, business vision, design studio planning, business planning for creatives, design business goals, business clarity, design business growth, interior design business strategy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>116</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8d6b23cb-0a17-448c-b645-5ff85b80a0db</guid>
      <title>115 Real Designer Questions, Real Solutions - Pricing, Marketing &amp; Growth Challenges</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Q&A episode, I answer real questions from interior designers covering the challenges we all face in building sustainable design businesses. From pricing confidence and marketing strategy to speaking opportunities and avoiding burnout, this episode tackles the practical issues that keep designers up at night. If you've ever wondered about charging what you're worth or felt stuck between beginner and expert, this conversation offers both validation and actionable guidance.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Question 1: Building Pricing Confidence</h2><p>A designer reached out feeling stuck between charging what she thinks her services are worth versus what she thinks clients will pay. This common struggle often comes down to confidence in your systems and processes. The first part of this is about mindset and about how you think of yourself as a designer and a business owner, but you can't really have good mindset around this without having strong systems and processes to have the business set up beneath you as a strong foundation.</p><p>The key insight: There can be two designers who are equally talented, but the one who provides a seamless client experience is perceived as having greater value. Part of our role is creating a process that is stress-free, with clear communication and professionalism.</p><h2>Question 2: Marketing in the Right Places</h2><p>A Perth-based designer doing corporate work (office fit-outs, hair salons) was spending significant time on Instagram without seeing results. The disconnect? Her clients weren't finding her through Instagram—they were coming through word-of-mouth referrals within the industry. We got talking about thinking when it comes to marketing, am I talking to my potential clients in the space where they are at?</p><p>The lesson: Consider how many leads you actually need per year and whether your current marketing efforts can realistically generate that number. Sometimes a targeted approach works better than trying to be everywhere.</p><h2>Question 3: Taking Speaking Opportunities</h2><p>When a designer was approached to speak at an expo but wasn't sure if it was the right fit, my advice was clear: unless it's obviously wrong for you, say yes.</p><p>You never know who is listening and who is watching. If you get approached to do a speaking gig or maybe on a panel or on a podcast, I really encourage you to take it because it's a great opportunity to show your skill and build your authority in the space.</p><h2>Question 4: Moving to the Next Level</h2><p>A designer feeling stuck between beginner and expert asked how to reach the next stage of running a confident business. The answer involves several key elements:</p><p>Mindset: Having confidence that you're good enough and that opportunities will come your way for a business of that level.</p><p>Mentorship: Finding someone who can help you build your business to the next step, whether through formal coaching or informal relationships.</p><p>Investment: Putting money into business-building tools like better photography, branding, or systems that you couldn't afford when starting out.</p><p>Systems and Processes: There is absolutely no business that can go to the next level if their systems and processes are not in place. Having bad systems and processes or no systems and processes in place is absolutely putting a ceiling on your business.</p><h2>Question 5: Growing Without Burning Out</h2><p>A Townsville designer whose business had grown significantly was feeling exhausted and starting to resent it. The solution involves several strategies:</p><h1>Define Success for You: Making sure that you're working towards what success is for you is super important. Success should be defined by your personal values, not external factors.</h1><h1>Set Boundaries: Create clear boundaries between you and clients, and around your projects and how you work.</h1><h1>Permission to Pause: It is okay to pause, to put the out of office on and say I'm just taking some time to catch up on some things. Sometimes stepping back is exactly what's needed.</h1><h2>The Power of Community</h2><p>Throughout this Q&A, one theme emerges clearly: There's no one perfect way to run a design business, but there are shared experiences. There is wisdom in community, and there's so much power in hearing someone say, 'me too.'</p><p>This episode demonstrates that the challenges you're facing aren't unique to you—they're part of the journey of building a design business. The key is having the right support, systems, and mindset to navigate them successfully.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Jun 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-115</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9d0c6c77-31cf-4edc-8d92-f3b63bc9676c/episode-20115-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this Q&A episode, I answer real questions from interior designers covering the challenges we all face in building sustainable design businesses. From pricing confidence and marketing strategy to speaking opportunities and avoiding burnout, this episode tackles the practical issues that keep designers up at night. If you've ever wondered about charging what you're worth or felt stuck between beginner and expert, this conversation offers both validation and actionable guidance.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Question 1: Building Pricing Confidence</h2><p>A designer reached out feeling stuck between charging what she thinks her services are worth versus what she thinks clients will pay. This common struggle often comes down to confidence in your systems and processes. The first part of this is about mindset and about how you think of yourself as a designer and a business owner, but you can't really have good mindset around this without having strong systems and processes to have the business set up beneath you as a strong foundation.</p><p>The key insight: There can be two designers who are equally talented, but the one who provides a seamless client experience is perceived as having greater value. Part of our role is creating a process that is stress-free, with clear communication and professionalism.</p><h2>Question 2: Marketing in the Right Places</h2><p>A Perth-based designer doing corporate work (office fit-outs, hair salons) was spending significant time on Instagram without seeing results. The disconnect? Her clients weren't finding her through Instagram—they were coming through word-of-mouth referrals within the industry. We got talking about thinking when it comes to marketing, am I talking to my potential clients in the space where they are at?</p><p>The lesson: Consider how many leads you actually need per year and whether your current marketing efforts can realistically generate that number. Sometimes a targeted approach works better than trying to be everywhere.</p><h2>Question 3: Taking Speaking Opportunities</h2><p>When a designer was approached to speak at an expo but wasn't sure if it was the right fit, my advice was clear: unless it's obviously wrong for you, say yes.</p><p>You never know who is listening and who is watching. If you get approached to do a speaking gig or maybe on a panel or on a podcast, I really encourage you to take it because it's a great opportunity to show your skill and build your authority in the space.</p><h2>Question 4: Moving to the Next Level</h2><p>A designer feeling stuck between beginner and expert asked how to reach the next stage of running a confident business. The answer involves several key elements:</p><p>Mindset: Having confidence that you're good enough and that opportunities will come your way for a business of that level.</p><p>Mentorship: Finding someone who can help you build your business to the next step, whether through formal coaching or informal relationships.</p><p>Investment: Putting money into business-building tools like better photography, branding, or systems that you couldn't afford when starting out.</p><p>Systems and Processes: There is absolutely no business that can go to the next level if their systems and processes are not in place. Having bad systems and processes or no systems and processes in place is absolutely putting a ceiling on your business.</p><h2>Question 5: Growing Without Burning Out</h2><p>A Townsville designer whose business had grown significantly was feeling exhausted and starting to resent it. The solution involves several strategies:</p><h1>Define Success for You: Making sure that you're working towards what success is for you is super important. Success should be defined by your personal values, not external factors.</h1><h1>Set Boundaries: Create clear boundaries between you and clients, and around your projects and how you work.</h1><h1>Permission to Pause: It is okay to pause, to put the out of office on and say I'm just taking some time to catch up on some things. Sometimes stepping back is exactly what's needed.</h1><h2>The Power of Community</h2><p>Throughout this Q&A, one theme emerges clearly: There's no one perfect way to run a design business, but there are shared experiences. There is wisdom in community, and there's so much power in hearing someone say, 'me too.'</p><p>This episode demonstrates that the challenges you're facing aren't unique to you—they're part of the journey of building a design business. The key is having the right support, systems, and mindset to navigate them successfully.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="22849871" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f3c44b3f-8107-413f-9d4d-cdeff35bc536/audio/9e9aed8f-0211-4ef9-8fbe-8ef3da1f6089/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>115 Real Designer Questions, Real Solutions - Pricing, Marketing &amp; Growth Challenges</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9b9a1bf6-7dd1-4bda-bd9c-29106d15af85/3000x3000/episode-20-115.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this Q&amp;A episode, I answer real questions from interior designers covering the challenges we all face in building sustainable design businesses. From pricing confidence and marketing strategy to speaking opportunities and avoiding burnout, this episode tackles the practical issues that keep designers up at night. If you&apos;ve ever wondered about charging what you&apos;re worth or felt stuck between beginner and expert, this conversation offers both validation and actionable guidance.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this Q&amp;A episode, I answer real questions from interior designers covering the challenges we all face in building sustainable design businesses. From pricing confidence and marketing strategy to speaking opportunities and avoiding burnout, this episode tackles the practical issues that keep designers up at night. If you&apos;ve ever wondered about charging what you&apos;re worth or felt stuck between beginner and expert, this conversation offers both validation and actionable guidance.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>pricing confidence, interior design systems, business growth, design business challenges, design marketing strategy, design business community, avoiding burnout, interior design business, speaking opportunities for designers, design business mentorship</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5660c3c9-3ee6-4198-adc7-26cc85ac64df</guid>
      <title>114 Systems That Scale - Why Processes Are the Backbone of Growth</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal why systems are the secret sauce behind every confident, growing design studio. Learn what systems actually are (hint: it's not complicated tech stacks), discover the top three systems every interior designer needs, and understand how creating repeatable processes transforms your business from chaotic to scalable. </p><p>If you've ever thought "I'm so busy but don't know where my time is going," this episode is for you.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>In this essential episode, Beth reveals why systems are the secret sauce behind every confident, growing design studio. Learn what systems actually are (hint: it's not complicated tech stacks), discover the top three systems every interior designer needs, and understand how creating repeatable processes transforms your business from chaotic to scalable. If you've ever thought "I'm so busy but don't know where my time is going," this episode is for you.</p><h2>What Systems Actually Are</h2><p>Let's demystify systems because they don't mean complicated tech stacks or having your office look perfect with lots of folders and everything organised.</p><p>A system is a simple, repeatable way of doing something in your business. That might be how you onboard a client, how you request trade quotes, how you name your files, or even how you brief your VA each Monday. It's about doing things in a consistent, thoughtful and documented way so you're not reinventing the wheel every time.</p><h2>Why Systems Are the Secret Sauce</h2><p>If you're aiming for growth—whether that's taking on more clients, growing your team, or just creating more space in your week—systems are what make that possible.</p><p>You cannot scale when you can't repeat. Here's why systems are behind every confident growing studio:</p><h1>They Create Time</h1><p>When you know what needs to happen and how, you cut down on decision fatigue, double handling, and client miscommunication. Less faffing around, more designing.</p><h1>They Make Delegation Possible</h1><p>You can't hand over your inbox or client onboarding or FF&E tracking if it only lives in your head. Systems let other people step in and help without everything falling over.</p><h1>They Reduce Mistakes</h1><p>If every install day has a checklist and every sourcing doc follows a process, you're far less likely to forget the small things. Your future self will love you for the systems you put in place.</p><h1>They Increase Client Confidence</h1><p>Clients notice when things feel clear and organised. A streamlined onboarding, consistent communication, and tidy invoicing equals a better client experience, which equals more referrals.</p><h2>The Top Three Systems Every Design Studio Needs</h2><p>You don't need hundreds of standard operating procedures to start seeing results. Here are three foundational systems that every interior design studio should have:</p><ol><li><p>Clear and Concise Onboarding System<br />This includes welcome email templates, service agreements and invoice process, key dates or project milestones, and a way to educate the client on how you work. This sets the tone from day one and immediately puts you in the driver's seat.</p></li><li><p>Repeatable Project Workflow<br />Map out your design phases: concept, development, documentation, procurement, install. Then outline what happens at each stage. What's delivered? What's needed from the client? What internal steps happen?</p></li><li><p>Communication System<br />How do clients contact you? When do they get updates? Is there a regular check-in or presentation rhythm? You're allowed to set boundaries and expectations. When you communicate consistently, you don't just manage the work, you manage the relationship.</p></li></ol><h2>The Investment That Pays You Back</h2><p>Yes, setting up systems does take time upfront. But you know what takes more time? Chasing unpaid invoices, digging through old emails to find that spec, answering the same client question over and over again.</p><p>Systems pay you back every single day. They are your team before you have a team, and they're the foundation for every future version of your business.</p><h2>Getting Started</h2><p>If you're feeling maxed out or dreaming of scaling or just sick of doing the same things over and over, start with one system. One repeatable process you can tighten up, template, and streamline.</p><p>Because growth isn't about doing more, it's about doing the right things in the right order with less friction. And systems, they're the secret to that.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to move from chaos to clarity and build a business that can grow without burning them out.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 4 Jun 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-114</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9e811d34-ea82-463d-a45c-69d7cb15b804/episode-20114-20-1.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal why systems are the secret sauce behind every confident, growing design studio. Learn what systems actually are (hint: it's not complicated tech stacks), discover the top three systems every interior designer needs, and understand how creating repeatable processes transforms your business from chaotic to scalable. </p><p>If you've ever thought "I'm so busy but don't know where my time is going," this episode is for you.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>In this essential episode, Beth reveals why systems are the secret sauce behind every confident, growing design studio. Learn what systems actually are (hint: it's not complicated tech stacks), discover the top three systems every interior designer needs, and understand how creating repeatable processes transforms your business from chaotic to scalable. If you've ever thought "I'm so busy but don't know where my time is going," this episode is for you.</p><h2>What Systems Actually Are</h2><p>Let's demystify systems because they don't mean complicated tech stacks or having your office look perfect with lots of folders and everything organised.</p><p>A system is a simple, repeatable way of doing something in your business. That might be how you onboard a client, how you request trade quotes, how you name your files, or even how you brief your VA each Monday. It's about doing things in a consistent, thoughtful and documented way so you're not reinventing the wheel every time.</p><h2>Why Systems Are the Secret Sauce</h2><p>If you're aiming for growth—whether that's taking on more clients, growing your team, or just creating more space in your week—systems are what make that possible.</p><p>You cannot scale when you can't repeat. Here's why systems are behind every confident growing studio:</p><h1>They Create Time</h1><p>When you know what needs to happen and how, you cut down on decision fatigue, double handling, and client miscommunication. Less faffing around, more designing.</p><h1>They Make Delegation Possible</h1><p>You can't hand over your inbox or client onboarding or FF&E tracking if it only lives in your head. Systems let other people step in and help without everything falling over.</p><h1>They Reduce Mistakes</h1><p>If every install day has a checklist and every sourcing doc follows a process, you're far less likely to forget the small things. Your future self will love you for the systems you put in place.</p><h1>They Increase Client Confidence</h1><p>Clients notice when things feel clear and organised. A streamlined onboarding, consistent communication, and tidy invoicing equals a better client experience, which equals more referrals.</p><h2>The Top Three Systems Every Design Studio Needs</h2><p>You don't need hundreds of standard operating procedures to start seeing results. Here are three foundational systems that every interior design studio should have:</p><ol><li><p>Clear and Concise Onboarding System<br />This includes welcome email templates, service agreements and invoice process, key dates or project milestones, and a way to educate the client on how you work. This sets the tone from day one and immediately puts you in the driver's seat.</p></li><li><p>Repeatable Project Workflow<br />Map out your design phases: concept, development, documentation, procurement, install. Then outline what happens at each stage. What's delivered? What's needed from the client? What internal steps happen?</p></li><li><p>Communication System<br />How do clients contact you? When do they get updates? Is there a regular check-in or presentation rhythm? You're allowed to set boundaries and expectations. When you communicate consistently, you don't just manage the work, you manage the relationship.</p></li></ol><h2>The Investment That Pays You Back</h2><p>Yes, setting up systems does take time upfront. But you know what takes more time? Chasing unpaid invoices, digging through old emails to find that spec, answering the same client question over and over again.</p><p>Systems pay you back every single day. They are your team before you have a team, and they're the foundation for every future version of your business.</p><h2>Getting Started</h2><p>If you're feeling maxed out or dreaming of scaling or just sick of doing the same things over and over, start with one system. One repeatable process you can tighten up, template, and streamline.</p><p>Because growth isn't about doing more, it's about doing the right things in the right order with less friction. And systems, they're the secret to that.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to move from chaos to clarity and build a business that can grow without burning them out.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="7439716" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/72caa2b4-cda5-4e4d-a6de-159ce658d40a/audio/4206916e-38c5-4dd2-8390-38fb1fc26dc5/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>114 Systems That Scale - Why Processes Are the Backbone of Growth</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5a95d95f-247e-44ed-8514-726f784e4955/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20114.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:07:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I reveal why systems are the secret sauce behind every confident, growing design studio. Learn what systems actually are (hint: it&apos;s not complicated tech stacks), discover the top three systems every interior designer needs, and understand how creating repeatable processes transforms your business from chaotic to scalable. 

If you&apos;ve ever thought &quot;I&apos;m so busy but don&apos;t know where my time is going,&quot; this episode is for you.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I reveal why systems are the secret sauce behind every confident, growing design studio. Learn what systems actually are (hint: it&apos;s not complicated tech stacks), discover the top three systems every interior designer needs, and understand how creating repeatable processes transforms your business from chaotic to scalable. 

If you&apos;ve ever thought &quot;I&apos;m so busy but don&apos;t know where my time is going,&quot; this episode is for you.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design systems, business systems for designers, design studio workflow, client onboarding, design business processes, design studio organization, project management, interior design efficiency, design business growth, scaling a design business</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6620a395-3c7a-495e-9fbe-1a233f368cde</guid>
      <title>113 A Dialogue with Residence Studio</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Tara Debozorghi and Laure Bebbington, the dynamic duo behind Residence Studio. Despite being "chalk and cheese", they've built a thriving design business by leveraging their complementary strengths. From their partnership origin story to their approach to team building and client management, Tara and Laure share candid insights about what it takes to run a successful design studio in today's market.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>• How they met at their previous design firm and decided to partner despite not knowing each other well<br />• Their approach to dividing responsibilities based on their different strengths<br />• Why they chose to hire design support before administrative help<br />• Their philosophy on setting clear boundaries with clients<br />• How they manage projects across their team while maintaining quality<br />• Their excitement about current design trends moving away from minimalism<br />• The reality that design work is only about 20% of running a successful studio</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><ul><li>Successful partnerships don't require similar personalities—complementary strengths often work better</li><li>Know what your role in the business will be before making hiring decisions</li><li>Set clear boundaries with clients from the beginning</li><li>Be transparent about trade pricing and markup</li><li>Focus on what you truly love and do well rather than trying to follow trends</li><li>Understand that running a design business is about much more than just designing</li></ul><p>Practical Insights:</p><p>• How to structure a design partnership that plays to each person's strengths<br />• When and who to hire as you grow your design business<br />• Setting and communicating clear boundaries with clients<br />• Managing client expectations around timeline and process<br />• Building a business that reflects your authentic design voice</p><p>Perfect For:</p><p>• Interior designers considering a business partnership<br />• Solo designers looking to grow their team<br />• Design professionals wanting to set better boundaries<br />• Anyone interested in the business side of running a design studio<br />• Designers struggling to find their authentic style</p><p>Quote from Episode:</p><p>"We are not running charities. We're not doing this as a hobby. We are here to run profitable businesses." - Tara Debozorghi on the importance of valuing your design expertise.</p><p>Connect with our guests:</p><p>Tara Debozorghi and - Residence Studio @residencestudio</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 2 Jun 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Tara Debozorghi, Laure Bebbington, beth bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-113</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/8cab71ed-1661-4f0b-abcc-ede01c7c95a0/episode-20113-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Tara Debozorghi and Laure Bebbington, the dynamic duo behind Residence Studio. Despite being "chalk and cheese", they've built a thriving design business by leveraging their complementary strengths. From their partnership origin story to their approach to team building and client management, Tara and Laure share candid insights about what it takes to run a successful design studio in today's market.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>• How they met at their previous design firm and decided to partner despite not knowing each other well<br />• Their approach to dividing responsibilities based on their different strengths<br />• Why they chose to hire design support before administrative help<br />• Their philosophy on setting clear boundaries with clients<br />• How they manage projects across their team while maintaining quality<br />• Their excitement about current design trends moving away from minimalism<br />• The reality that design work is only about 20% of running a successful studio</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><ul><li>Successful partnerships don't require similar personalities—complementary strengths often work better</li><li>Know what your role in the business will be before making hiring decisions</li><li>Set clear boundaries with clients from the beginning</li><li>Be transparent about trade pricing and markup</li><li>Focus on what you truly love and do well rather than trying to follow trends</li><li>Understand that running a design business is about much more than just designing</li></ul><p>Practical Insights:</p><p>• How to structure a design partnership that plays to each person's strengths<br />• When and who to hire as you grow your design business<br />• Setting and communicating clear boundaries with clients<br />• Managing client expectations around timeline and process<br />• Building a business that reflects your authentic design voice</p><p>Perfect For:</p><p>• Interior designers considering a business partnership<br />• Solo designers looking to grow their team<br />• Design professionals wanting to set better boundaries<br />• Anyone interested in the business side of running a design studio<br />• Designers struggling to find their authentic style</p><p>Quote from Episode:</p><p>"We are not running charities. We're not doing this as a hobby. We are here to run profitable businesses." - Tara Debozorghi on the importance of valuing your design expertise.</p><p>Connect with our guests:</p><p>Tara Debozorghi and - Residence Studio @residencestudio</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31606534" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/291bf5d2-69df-4bf9-a7fd-abb6f5f2c4f5/audio/6a340cd4-1701-4a35-9fde-dd0c017cee85/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>113 A Dialogue with Residence Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Tara Debozorghi, Laure Bebbington, beth bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/45ca9f84-b2aa-4f72-8eee-5ed1ecc499ee/3000x3000/episode-20-113.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I sit down with Tara Debozorghi and Laure Bebbington, the dynamic duo behind Residence Studio. Despite being &quot;chalk and cheese&quot; with completely different personalities, they&apos;ve built a thriving design business by leveraging their complementary strengths. From their partnership origin story to their approach to team building and client management, Tara and Laure share candid insights about what it takes to run a successful design studio in today&apos;s market.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I sit down with Tara Debozorghi and Laure Bebbington, the dynamic duo behind Residence Studio. Despite being &quot;chalk and cheese&quot; with completely different personalities, they&apos;ve built a thriving design business by leveraging their complementary strengths. From their partnership origin story to their approach to team building and client management, Tara and Laure share candid insights about what it takes to run a successful design studio in today&apos;s market.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>client boundaries, trade pricing, interior design business, team management, design business systems, authentic design style, design studio management, design partnership, interior design partnership, complementary strengths, design business growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2ecd6b4-8e62-4abd-89cc-0391288804d0</guid>
      <title>112 Play to Your Strengths: Who You Need on Your Dream Team</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal why knowing your strengths and building the right support team is essential for a sustainable design business. Learn how to identify which tasks drain your energy, determine what type of support to hire first, and make the mindset shift from doing everything yourself to leading a team that complements your unique abilities. Plus, discover why "Control Freak" isn't a personality type—it's just a sign you haven't found the right support yet.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Why Knowing Your Strengths is Essential</h2><p>When you know your strengths, you unlock the ability to work more efficiently, enjoy your work more, make better decisions, and grow your business beyond just you.</p><p>Not knowing your strengths leads to burnout. You end up trying to wear all the hats—bookkeeper, graphic designer, marketing strategist, admin fairy, tech support, and somehow still deliver amazing design work. It's exhausting and frankly, it's not sustainable.</p><p>To identify your strengths, ask yourself:<br />• What tasks light you up and feel easy?<br />• What do clients rave about when they work with you?<br />• Where do you consistently over-deliver?<br />• What do you lose track of time doing?</p><p>Conversely, identify what drains you:<br />• What do you procrastinate on for weeks?<br />• What tasks do you consistently think "I should have figured this out by now"?</p><h2>Your Strengths Aren't Just About Skill</h2><p>Your zone of genius isn't just about what you're good at—it's about what energizes you.</p><p>The things that energize you, that's your zone of genius. That's where you belong. Everything else, that's where your support team comes in.</p><h2>Who Should Be on Your Dream Team</h2><p>Different designers need different support, but these roles are common in successful design businesses:</p><h1>Admin/VA Support</h1><p>• Sending invoices and following up<br />• Managing emails and calendar<br />• Handling onboarding steps<br />• Following up on proposals</p><p>You shouldn't be sending out your own invoices and chasing them two weeks later. This one is best for designers who get stuck in the admin weeds and want to free up time to focus on client and creative work.</p><h1>Bookkeeper and Accountant</h1><p>Unless you love numbers, this one really is a non-negotiable. A good bookkeeper will keep you on track and make you feel less anxious when you open up Xero or QuickBooks.</p><p>This support is ideal for designers who avoid looking at their P&L or don't even have one.</p><h1>Marketing or Social Media Help</h1><p>If showing up on Instagram, writing captions, or sending newsletters feels like pulling teeth, this might be your priority hire.</p><p>Even a few hours a month from a marketing VA or copywriter can keep your studio visible and consistent. This one's really good for designers who know marketing matters but never make time for it.</p><h1>System Support</h1><p>For designers whose business feels held together with DMs, spreadsheets, and hope, systems support can be transformative.</p><p>This one is close to my heart because you know how much I love a good process. This one is great for designers who want to scale, but feel like chaos is holding them back.</p><h1>Design Assistant or Junior Designer</h1><p>When you're booked out and the next level isn't more hours but more help, bringing on design support makes sense.</p><p>Even just starting with one to two days a week from someone junior who can take drafting, sourcing, or supply communication off your plate. This one is best for designers who want to keep growing without dropping the ball.</p><h2>Starting Small and Strategic</h2><p>You don't need to hire all these roles at once.</p><p>• Start with the hire that will give you the most energy or time back<br />• Ask yourself what would immediately take weight off your shoulders<br />• Consider what you would do with that freed-up time<br />• Look within your current network for freelancers or part-time support</p><p>Support doesn't always mean full-time or even part-time.</p><h2>The Mindset Shift</h2><p>Being a great business owner isn't about being a hero who does everything. It's about being a leader who knows where they shine and gets the right people around them to do the rest.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who are feeling overwhelmed by wearing all the hats in their business and ready to build a support team that allows them to focus on their zone of genius.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-112</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0f265fc5-8d69-4c1e-b688-5e5268c1c4e4/episode-20112.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal why knowing your strengths and building the right support team is essential for a sustainable design business. Learn how to identify which tasks drain your energy, determine what type of support to hire first, and make the mindset shift from doing everything yourself to leading a team that complements your unique abilities. Plus, discover why "Control Freak" isn't a personality type—it's just a sign you haven't found the right support yet.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Why Knowing Your Strengths is Essential</h2><p>When you know your strengths, you unlock the ability to work more efficiently, enjoy your work more, make better decisions, and grow your business beyond just you.</p><p>Not knowing your strengths leads to burnout. You end up trying to wear all the hats—bookkeeper, graphic designer, marketing strategist, admin fairy, tech support, and somehow still deliver amazing design work. It's exhausting and frankly, it's not sustainable.</p><p>To identify your strengths, ask yourself:<br />• What tasks light you up and feel easy?<br />• What do clients rave about when they work with you?<br />• Where do you consistently over-deliver?<br />• What do you lose track of time doing?</p><p>Conversely, identify what drains you:<br />• What do you procrastinate on for weeks?<br />• What tasks do you consistently think "I should have figured this out by now"?</p><h2>Your Strengths Aren't Just About Skill</h2><p>Your zone of genius isn't just about what you're good at—it's about what energizes you.</p><p>The things that energize you, that's your zone of genius. That's where you belong. Everything else, that's where your support team comes in.</p><h2>Who Should Be on Your Dream Team</h2><p>Different designers need different support, but these roles are common in successful design businesses:</p><h1>Admin/VA Support</h1><p>• Sending invoices and following up<br />• Managing emails and calendar<br />• Handling onboarding steps<br />• Following up on proposals</p><p>You shouldn't be sending out your own invoices and chasing them two weeks later. This one is best for designers who get stuck in the admin weeds and want to free up time to focus on client and creative work.</p><h1>Bookkeeper and Accountant</h1><p>Unless you love numbers, this one really is a non-negotiable. A good bookkeeper will keep you on track and make you feel less anxious when you open up Xero or QuickBooks.</p><p>This support is ideal for designers who avoid looking at their P&L or don't even have one.</p><h1>Marketing or Social Media Help</h1><p>If showing up on Instagram, writing captions, or sending newsletters feels like pulling teeth, this might be your priority hire.</p><p>Even a few hours a month from a marketing VA or copywriter can keep your studio visible and consistent. This one's really good for designers who know marketing matters but never make time for it.</p><h1>System Support</h1><p>For designers whose business feels held together with DMs, spreadsheets, and hope, systems support can be transformative.</p><p>This one is close to my heart because you know how much I love a good process. This one is great for designers who want to scale, but feel like chaos is holding them back.</p><h1>Design Assistant or Junior Designer</h1><p>When you're booked out and the next level isn't more hours but more help, bringing on design support makes sense.</p><p>Even just starting with one to two days a week from someone junior who can take drafting, sourcing, or supply communication off your plate. This one is best for designers who want to keep growing without dropping the ball.</p><h2>Starting Small and Strategic</h2><p>You don't need to hire all these roles at once.</p><p>• Start with the hire that will give you the most energy or time back<br />• Ask yourself what would immediately take weight off your shoulders<br />• Consider what you would do with that freed-up time<br />• Look within your current network for freelancers or part-time support</p><p>Support doesn't always mean full-time or even part-time.</p><h2>The Mindset Shift</h2><p>Being a great business owner isn't about being a hero who does everything. It's about being a leader who knows where they shine and gets the right people around them to do the rest.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who are feeling overwhelmed by wearing all the hats in their business and ready to build a support team that allows them to focus on their zone of genius.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9243210" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a2b918d6-417a-47c0-9379-64ee982dba7a/audio/81ffaacc-b1e8-4f83-a048-b563d80d0b8c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>112 Play to Your Strengths: Who You Need on Your Dream Team</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/8189e0b0-d777-46d4-9743-f526bd13609c/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20112.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I reveal why knowing your strengths and building the right support team is essential for a sustainable design business. Learn how to identify which tasks drain your energy, determine what type of support to hire first, and make the mindset shift from doing everything yourself to leading a team that complements your unique abilities. Plus, discover why &quot;Control Freak&quot; isn&apos;t a personality type—it&apos;s just a sign you haven&apos;t found the right support yet.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I reveal why knowing your strengths and building the right support team is essential for a sustainable design business. Learn how to identify which tasks drain your energy, determine what type of support to hire first, and make the mindset shift from doing everything yourself to leading a team that complements your unique abilities. Plus, discover why &quot;Control Freak&quot; isn&apos;t a personality type—it&apos;s just a sign you haven&apos;t found the right support yet.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design assistant, interior design business, hiring for designers, design business systems, interior design support, design studio management, virtual assistant for designers, team building, design business growth, scaling a design business, interior design team</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">141bec77-cba1-4f6d-a513-d5079dc1667d</guid>
      <title>111 A Dialogue with Daniela Furtado</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.findabledigitalmarketing.com/newsletter/">https://www.findabledigitalmarketing.com/newsletter/</a>In this episode, I sit down with Daniela Furtado from Findable Digital Marketing to discuss why most interior designers aren't seeing results from their social media efforts. Daniela reveals why campaign marketing outperforms "always on" posting, explains the limitations of Instagram, and shares practical strategies for creating marketing that actually converts. If you're tired of posting consistently without seeing business results, this conversation offers a refreshing perspective on digital marketing for design professionals.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• The crucial difference between "always on" marketing and campaign marketing<br />• Why Instagram's average reach is only 2% (and what that means for your strategy)<br />• How email marketing is making a comeback for interior designers<br />• The surprising ROI of in-person networking versus digital advertising<br />• Experimenting with alternative platforms like BlueSky and Reddit<br />• Building a bank of reusable marketing assets<br />• The current state of marketing ethics and authenticity</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>Campaigns are short, focused efforts with specific objectives<br />Plan campaigns 10-12 weeks before launch for best results<br />Become "customer fanatics" to develop effective campaign ideas<br />Reuse campaign assets to maximize your investment<br />Consider in-person events over expensive social media advertising<br />Trust your instincts about marketing tactics that feel inauthentic</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to plan a campaign timeline that works for interior designers • Creating campaigns for businesses that only need a few clients per year • Building a bank of reusable marketing assets • Balancing online presence with in-person networking • Maintaining authenticity in your marketing approach</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers frustrated with social media results • Design professionals looking for more effective marketing approaches • Entrepreneurs who want to stand out from competitors • Business owners uncomfortable with pushy marketing tactics • Anyone looking to get better returns on their marketing investment</p><h2>Quote from Episode:</h2><p>"I'm giving you permission to stop posting on Instagram for two weeks, go away and create something really cool, really different, really swinging for the fences." - Daniela Furtado</p><h2>Connect with our guest:</h2><p>Daniela Furtado - Findable Digital Marketing @findabledigitalmarketing</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Daniela Furtado, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-111</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/437081ab-a13a-4dfc-a3a5-26b7b4fbe638/episode-20111-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.findabledigitalmarketing.com/newsletter/">https://www.findabledigitalmarketing.com/newsletter/</a>In this episode, I sit down with Daniela Furtado from Findable Digital Marketing to discuss why most interior designers aren't seeing results from their social media efforts. Daniela reveals why campaign marketing outperforms "always on" posting, explains the limitations of Instagram, and shares practical strategies for creating marketing that actually converts. If you're tired of posting consistently without seeing business results, this conversation offers a refreshing perspective on digital marketing for design professionals.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• The crucial difference between "always on" marketing and campaign marketing<br />• Why Instagram's average reach is only 2% (and what that means for your strategy)<br />• How email marketing is making a comeback for interior designers<br />• The surprising ROI of in-person networking versus digital advertising<br />• Experimenting with alternative platforms like BlueSky and Reddit<br />• Building a bank of reusable marketing assets<br />• The current state of marketing ethics and authenticity</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>Campaigns are short, focused efforts with specific objectives<br />Plan campaigns 10-12 weeks before launch for best results<br />Become "customer fanatics" to develop effective campaign ideas<br />Reuse campaign assets to maximize your investment<br />Consider in-person events over expensive social media advertising<br />Trust your instincts about marketing tactics that feel inauthentic</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to plan a campaign timeline that works for interior designers • Creating campaigns for businesses that only need a few clients per year • Building a bank of reusable marketing assets • Balancing online presence with in-person networking • Maintaining authenticity in your marketing approach</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Interior designers frustrated with social media results • Design professionals looking for more effective marketing approaches • Entrepreneurs who want to stand out from competitors • Business owners uncomfortable with pushy marketing tactics • Anyone looking to get better returns on their marketing investment</p><h2>Quote from Episode:</h2><p>"I'm giving you permission to stop posting on Instagram for two weeks, go away and create something really cool, really different, really swinging for the fences." - Daniela Furtado</p><h2>Connect with our guest:</h2><p>Daniela Furtado - Findable Digital Marketing @findabledigitalmarketing</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="27849081" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/aeb764fd-7968-4b43-a845-e7da5482cc57/audio/79ddc71a-922e-47b5-ac2d-b792da6052cd/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>111 A Dialogue with Daniela Furtado</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Daniela Furtado, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0db04f78-6d94-413c-8672-dee906f9bdca/3000x3000/episode-20-111.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I sit down with Daniela Furtado from Findable Digital Marketing to discuss why most interior designers aren&apos;t seeing results from their social media efforts. Daniela reveals why campaign marketing outperforms &quot;always on&quot; posting, explains the limitations of Instagram, and shares practical strategies for creating marketing that actually converts. If you&apos;re tired of posting consistently without seeing business results, this conversation offers a refreshing perspective on digital marketing for design professionals.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I sit down with Daniela Furtado from Findable Digital Marketing to discuss why most interior designers aren&apos;t seeing results from their social media efforts. Daniela reveals why campaign marketing outperforms &quot;always on&quot; posting, explains the limitations of Instagram, and shares practical strategies for creating marketing that actually converts. If you&apos;re tired of posting consistently without seeing business results, this conversation offers a refreshing perspective on digital marketing for design professionals.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design marketing strategy, campaign marketing, authentic marketing, email marketing, marketing campaigns, interior design business, instagram marketing, social media for designers, marketing roi, design business growth, digital marketing for interior designers</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a243c99b-0582-49a4-a291-6b1ba63098d1</guid>
      <title>110 When Business Feels Tough - What You Do Next Is What Counts</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I address the reality that running an interior design business can sometimes feel overwhelming, frustrating, or just plain hard. Learn why these challenging periods don't mean you're doing it wrong or that you're not cut out for business ownership. Discover practical strategies for navigating tough times and how your response to difficulties can transform your studio's trajectory.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>The Reality of Running a Design Business</h2><p>Let's be honest - running an interior design business isn't always glamorous photoshoots and fabric selections. There are days when it feels like you're dragging your studio uphill in a wheelbarrow, blindfolded.</p><p>It's okay if business feels tough sometimes. It doesn't mean you're doing it wrong. It doesn't mean that you're not good at it. It doesn't mean you're not cut out for it. And it definitely doesn't mean everyone else has it figured out except you.</p><p>The truth is, feeling challenged is part of the journey, especially when you're building something that really matters to you.</p><h2>Zoom Out to See the Big Picture</h2><p>When business feels difficult, the first step is to gain perspective:</p><p>Take a step back, look at the big picture. Are you just having a rough week or a rough day or even a rough month? Or is there a deeper system boundary or workflow that needs tweaking?</p><p>This perspective helps you determine whether you're experiencing a temporary challenge or if there are fundamental issues that need addressing in your business systems.</p><h2>Name What's Really Going On</h2><p>Getting specific about your challenges is crucial for finding solutions:</p><p>• Is it overwhelm from juggling too many projects?<br />• Are you experiencing cashflow issues?<br />• Is it client fatigue from difficult relationships?<br />• Are you feeling isolated in your business?</p><p>Name it, call it out. Once you are clear on what the actual problem is, you can then work on fixing it.</p><h2>Stop the Shame Spiral</h2><p>Many designers fall into a pattern of self-criticism when facing business challenges.</p><p>Feeling behind is not a moral failure, it's data. Use it, learn from it, and then move on. Move forward.</p><p>This shift from shame to curiosity transforms challenges from evidence of personal failure into valuable information that can improve your business.</p><h2>Make One Decision</h2><p>When you're stuck in a fog of uncertainty or overwhelm, clarity starts with action:</p><p>Make one decision. When you're stuck in a fog, clarity starts with action. And that action might just be going for a walk. But choose one small thing to fix or shift.</p><p>This could be sending an important email, changing a procedure, or revisiting documentation. The key is that momentum builds from these small actions.</p><h2>Rest When Needed</h2><p>Sometimes the best response to business challenges isn't doing more:</p><p>It's also okay to rest. On the other side of the scale, sometimes what you need in that tough patch isn't to do more. It's to pause, to rest, to reconnect with why you started.</p><p>Burnout doesn't build bold businesses. Energy, clarity, and support do.</p><h2>The Path Forward</h2><p>Running a confident design business isn't about never struggling—it's about having the tools and self-trust to respond well when challenges arise:</p><p>This moment doesn't define you, but how you respond to it, that will shape your future.</p><p>Whether you're currently in a challenging period or want to prepare for inevitable future difficulties, this episode provides practical guidance for navigating the ups and downs of design business ownership with resilience and grace.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-110</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3cbf5c28-09cb-4950-ad8e-b313edb9cdbc/episode-20110.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I address the reality that running an interior design business can sometimes feel overwhelming, frustrating, or just plain hard. Learn why these challenging periods don't mean you're doing it wrong or that you're not cut out for business ownership. Discover practical strategies for navigating tough times and how your response to difficulties can transform your studio's trajectory.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>The Reality of Running a Design Business</h2><p>Let's be honest - running an interior design business isn't always glamorous photoshoots and fabric selections. There are days when it feels like you're dragging your studio uphill in a wheelbarrow, blindfolded.</p><p>It's okay if business feels tough sometimes. It doesn't mean you're doing it wrong. It doesn't mean that you're not good at it. It doesn't mean you're not cut out for it. And it definitely doesn't mean everyone else has it figured out except you.</p><p>The truth is, feeling challenged is part of the journey, especially when you're building something that really matters to you.</p><h2>Zoom Out to See the Big Picture</h2><p>When business feels difficult, the first step is to gain perspective:</p><p>Take a step back, look at the big picture. Are you just having a rough week or a rough day or even a rough month? Or is there a deeper system boundary or workflow that needs tweaking?</p><p>This perspective helps you determine whether you're experiencing a temporary challenge or if there are fundamental issues that need addressing in your business systems.</p><h2>Name What's Really Going On</h2><p>Getting specific about your challenges is crucial for finding solutions:</p><p>• Is it overwhelm from juggling too many projects?<br />• Are you experiencing cashflow issues?<br />• Is it client fatigue from difficult relationships?<br />• Are you feeling isolated in your business?</p><p>Name it, call it out. Once you are clear on what the actual problem is, you can then work on fixing it.</p><h2>Stop the Shame Spiral</h2><p>Many designers fall into a pattern of self-criticism when facing business challenges.</p><p>Feeling behind is not a moral failure, it's data. Use it, learn from it, and then move on. Move forward.</p><p>This shift from shame to curiosity transforms challenges from evidence of personal failure into valuable information that can improve your business.</p><h2>Make One Decision</h2><p>When you're stuck in a fog of uncertainty or overwhelm, clarity starts with action:</p><p>Make one decision. When you're stuck in a fog, clarity starts with action. And that action might just be going for a walk. But choose one small thing to fix or shift.</p><p>This could be sending an important email, changing a procedure, or revisiting documentation. The key is that momentum builds from these small actions.</p><h2>Rest When Needed</h2><p>Sometimes the best response to business challenges isn't doing more:</p><p>It's also okay to rest. On the other side of the scale, sometimes what you need in that tough patch isn't to do more. It's to pause, to rest, to reconnect with why you started.</p><p>Burnout doesn't build bold businesses. Energy, clarity, and support do.</p><h2>The Path Forward</h2><p>Running a confident design business isn't about never struggling—it's about having the tools and self-trust to respond well when challenges arise:</p><p>This moment doesn't define you, but how you respond to it, that will shape your future.</p><p>Whether you're currently in a challenging period or want to prepare for inevitable future difficulties, this episode provides practical guidance for navigating the ups and downs of design business ownership with resilience and grace.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="7943775" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a22cceab-ded9-463e-842b-f23c63ebf7ff/audio/5bf50882-33d8-4843-b47a-db7b9b82ee7d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>110 When Business Feels Tough - What You Do Next Is What Counts</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7b0cf39e-c71c-4804-8730-037a31727d35/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20110.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I address the reality that running an interior design business can sometimes feel overwhelming, frustrating, or just plain hard. Learn why these challenging periods don&apos;t mean you&apos;re doing it wrong or that you&apos;re not cut out for business ownership. Discover practical strategies for navigating tough times and how your response to difficulties can transform your studio&apos;s trajectory.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I address the reality that running an interior design business can sometimes feel overwhelming, frustrating, or just plain hard. Learn why these challenging periods don&apos;t mean you&apos;re doing it wrong or that you&apos;re not cut out for business ownership. Discover practical strategies for navigating tough times and how your response to difficulties can transform your studio&apos;s trajectory.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design systems, business resilience, business challenges, interior design business, business mindset, design business support, design studio management, interior designer stress, business overwhelm, design business growth, overcoming obstacles</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b6c411f-111c-45f0-921a-fcdf3637ab08</guid>
      <title>109 The Fee Proposal Process That Converts Inquiries to Clients</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I share a recent fee proposal story that highlights why having a structured process for converting inquiries to clients is essential for interior designers. Learn how to handle fee proposals efficiently, build strong B2B referral relationships, and why asking for feedback when you don't get a project can be the most valuable business intelligence you'll receive.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>The Power of a Structured Process</h2><p>Converting inquiries into signed clients doesn't have to be time-consuming or stressful. With the right process in place, you can handle fee proposals efficiently while building trust with potential clients.</p><p>If you don't have strong processes in place, it can be such a time drain, such an energy drain, and it really doesn't need to be.</p><h2>Building Strong B2B Referral Relationships</h2><p>Some of your best inquiries will come from professional referrals:<br />• Architects<br />• Real estate agents<br />• Buyers agents<br />• Developers<br />• Other designers</p><p>This is why if you are not building strong relationships with your B2B partners, you really are missing out on some key business opportunities. These relationships can help you condense your processes and reduce the time needed to take someone from inquiry to signed contract.</p><h2>My Fee Proposal Process Breakdown</h2><p>I walk through my exact process for handling inquiries:</p><p>Step 1: Initial Contact<br />• Send an introductory email with your studio portfolio<br />• Schedule a brief call to discuss their project</p><p>Step 2: Process Document<br />• Share a document explaining your design process<br />• Set clear expectations about how you work</p><p>Step 3: Project Discussion<br />• Have a more detailed conversation about their specific needs<br />• Gather the information needed for your fee proposal</p><p>Step 4: Fee Proposal<br />• Create and send your proposal promptly<br />• Schedule a follow-up call to discuss any questions</p><p>Step 5: Follow-Up<br />• Address any concerns or objections<br />• Establish when they'll make their decision</p><p>This whole process takes about half an hour. I am not spending hours creating new documents to send to them. I am clear and confident on the information that I am sending to the client.</p><h2>The Value of a Studio Portfolio</h2><p>Your studio portfolio should do more than showcase pretty pictures—it should explain your process and set expectations.</p><p>You are already showing these potential clients that you are an authority in the space, you are going to bring value to their project, and you are a person that will make their life easier.</p><h2>When You Don't Get the Project</h2><p>Not every proposal will convert to a signed client, and that's okay. The key is to ask for feedback when you don't get a project.</p><p>If I hadn't asked for feedback, I most probably would have thought, gosh, my fee was just too high. And the next time I get an inquiry around that point, I'll just drop my fee by a significant amount.</p><p>In my recent example, I learned the client went with a family member who was also a designer—information I wouldn't have known without asking.</p><h2>The Confidence Factor</h2><p>Clear, confident communication throughout your fee proposal process helps build trust with potential clients from the very first interaction.</p><p>When you walk them through your process via your portfolio, clearly, calmly, and confidently, you're not just selling a service. You're saying, 'I've done this before, I've got you, and here's exactly how it's going to work.' That's what builds trust. That's what gets you hired.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to convert more inquiries into signed clients without spending excessive time on proposals and follow-ups.</p><p>Keywords: interior design fee proposal, client conversion, design business process, B2B referrals for designers, studio portfolio, interior design pricing, client acquisition, design consultation process, interior design business, fee proposal feedback</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-109</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a8118d83-b552-4fce-a787-717f3143ef33/episode-20109-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I share a recent fee proposal story that highlights why having a structured process for converting inquiries to clients is essential for interior designers. Learn how to handle fee proposals efficiently, build strong B2B referral relationships, and why asking for feedback when you don't get a project can be the most valuable business intelligence you'll receive.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>The Power of a Structured Process</h2><p>Converting inquiries into signed clients doesn't have to be time-consuming or stressful. With the right process in place, you can handle fee proposals efficiently while building trust with potential clients.</p><p>If you don't have strong processes in place, it can be such a time drain, such an energy drain, and it really doesn't need to be.</p><h2>Building Strong B2B Referral Relationships</h2><p>Some of your best inquiries will come from professional referrals:<br />• Architects<br />• Real estate agents<br />• Buyers agents<br />• Developers<br />• Other designers</p><p>This is why if you are not building strong relationships with your B2B partners, you really are missing out on some key business opportunities. These relationships can help you condense your processes and reduce the time needed to take someone from inquiry to signed contract.</p><h2>My Fee Proposal Process Breakdown</h2><p>I walk through my exact process for handling inquiries:</p><p>Step 1: Initial Contact<br />• Send an introductory email with your studio portfolio<br />• Schedule a brief call to discuss their project</p><p>Step 2: Process Document<br />• Share a document explaining your design process<br />• Set clear expectations about how you work</p><p>Step 3: Project Discussion<br />• Have a more detailed conversation about their specific needs<br />• Gather the information needed for your fee proposal</p><p>Step 4: Fee Proposal<br />• Create and send your proposal promptly<br />• Schedule a follow-up call to discuss any questions</p><p>Step 5: Follow-Up<br />• Address any concerns or objections<br />• Establish when they'll make their decision</p><p>This whole process takes about half an hour. I am not spending hours creating new documents to send to them. I am clear and confident on the information that I am sending to the client.</p><h2>The Value of a Studio Portfolio</h2><p>Your studio portfolio should do more than showcase pretty pictures—it should explain your process and set expectations.</p><p>You are already showing these potential clients that you are an authority in the space, you are going to bring value to their project, and you are a person that will make their life easier.</p><h2>When You Don't Get the Project</h2><p>Not every proposal will convert to a signed client, and that's okay. The key is to ask for feedback when you don't get a project.</p><p>If I hadn't asked for feedback, I most probably would have thought, gosh, my fee was just too high. And the next time I get an inquiry around that point, I'll just drop my fee by a significant amount.</p><p>In my recent example, I learned the client went with a family member who was also a designer—information I wouldn't have known without asking.</p><h2>The Confidence Factor</h2><p>Clear, confident communication throughout your fee proposal process helps build trust with potential clients from the very first interaction.</p><p>When you walk them through your process via your portfolio, clearly, calmly, and confidently, you're not just selling a service. You're saying, 'I've done this before, I've got you, and here's exactly how it's going to work.' That's what builds trust. That's what gets you hired.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to convert more inquiries into signed clients without spending excessive time on proposals and follow-ups.</p><p>Keywords: interior design fee proposal, client conversion, design business process, B2B referrals for designers, studio portfolio, interior design pricing, client acquisition, design consultation process, interior design business, fee proposal feedback</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17688493" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/8b9f248e-5256-43bf-b39d-8182857fb29a/audio/9c79a38e-46a2-4ad1-b6d1-85d4544665d4/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>109 The Fee Proposal Process That Converts Inquiries to Clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/99f819f3-8bf3-44cf-bfe8-116e9c235a20/3000x3000/episode-20-109.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:18:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I share a recent fee proposal story that highlights why having a structured process for converting inquiries to clients is essential for interior designers. Learn how to handle fee proposals efficiently, build strong B2B referral relationships, and why asking for feedback when you don&apos;t get a project can be the most valuable business intelligence you&apos;ll receive.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I share a recent fee proposal story that highlights why having a structured process for converting inquiries to clients is essential for interior designers. Learn how to handle fee proposals efficiently, build strong B2B referral relationships, and why asking for feedback when you don&apos;t get a project can be the most valuable business intelligence you&apos;ll receive.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>client conversion, studio portfolio, design consultation process, interior design business, interior design fee proposal, client acquisition, b2b referrals for designers, interior design pricing, fee proposal feedback, design business process</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c1e3fead-e012-4eaf-a39c-82a8a3c056f0</guid>
      <title>108 Going from Designer to a Studio Leader</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal the critical mindset shift that separates designers who are constantly overwhelmed from those who run thriving studios. Learn why stepping into leadership isn't about ego but ownership, the common mindset blocks holding designers back, and practical steps to start thinking like a studio leader rather than just a designer in your business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>The Designer vs. Leader Mindset</h2><p>When you start out in interior design, you wear all the hats—designer, admin, project manager, book keeper, stylist, and sometimes even furniture delivery person. But what gets you started isn't what helps you scale.</p><p>Staying stuck in the day-to-day weeds—chasing approvals, finding supplier calls, redoing client presentations at midnight—is a fast track to burnout and it limits your earning potential.</p><p>The moment you start thinking like a leader, planning instead of reacting, building systems instead of just delivering outcomes, your business begins to transform. You shift from chaos to clarity, from overwhelm to strategy.</p><h2>Core Traits of a Design Studio Leader</h2><p>Designers who have successfully made the leadership mindset shift share these characteristics:</p><p>Clarity<br />• Know their business model inside and out<br />• Understand who their ideal client is<br />• Have clear visibility on revenue streams</p><p>Boundaries<br />• Set expectations early with clients and team<br />• Stick to their process consistently<br />• Protect their time and energy</p><p>Systems<br />• Don't reinvent the wheel for every project<br />• Have established workflows, templates, and checklists<br />• Create predictable processes that deliver consistent results</p><p>Delegation<br />• Recognize their highest value activities<br />• Comfortable letting go of tasks others could do<br />• Invest strategically in support</p><p>Vision<br />• Think beyond this week or month<br />• Plan for the next quarter, hire, or business phase<br />• Make decisions based on where they're going, not just where they are</p><h2>Common Mindset Blocks</h2><p>Many designers struggle with these common mindset obstacles:</p><p>"If I don't do it, it won't be done right." This stems from perfectionism or control issues. Leadership means letting go of some control to gain time, clarity, and freedom. Strong systems and processes reduce the need for micromanagement.</p><p>"I can't afford to outsource." If you're doing $100/hour design work but spending 10 hours a week on $30/hour tasks, you're already losing money. A leader invests strategically in help.</p><p>"I don't know where to start." This is where resources like podcasts, business coaches, or mentors become valuable. Having someone to help with this transition makes a significant difference.</p><h2>Practical Steps to Develop Leadership</h2><p>Ready to make the shift? I recommend these practical actions:</p><p>Implement a Weekly CEO Hour<br />Set aside one hour each week where you don't do client work. Review finances, look at upcoming capacity, and plan strategically. This hour will transform your business.</p><p>Standardise one thing each week<br />Pick one part of your process—onboarding, quoting, email templates—and create a standard process for it. Use it consistently. By year's end, you could have 45-50 documented processes.</p><p>Define Your Studio Values<br />Get clear on what you stand for and what experience you want clients and team members to have. When you're clear on this, many decisions become easier.</p><p>Start Delegating<br />This could be as small as hiring a bookkeeper or virtual assistant, but taking that first step frees you up to lead.</p><p>You didn't start your design business to feel like you're drowning in admin. You started it because you love the work, the creativity, the transformation, the people you get to help. But to keep doing the work you love, you need to lead the business behind it.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who are ready to step into the next version of themselves—the one that runs their studio with intention, confidence, and clarity.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-108</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9610d942-1e71-46d2-8ddb-3d2ede96ae16/episode-20108.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal the critical mindset shift that separates designers who are constantly overwhelmed from those who run thriving studios. Learn why stepping into leadership isn't about ego but ownership, the common mindset blocks holding designers back, and practical steps to start thinking like a studio leader rather than just a designer in your business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>The Designer vs. Leader Mindset</h2><p>When you start out in interior design, you wear all the hats—designer, admin, project manager, book keeper, stylist, and sometimes even furniture delivery person. But what gets you started isn't what helps you scale.</p><p>Staying stuck in the day-to-day weeds—chasing approvals, finding supplier calls, redoing client presentations at midnight—is a fast track to burnout and it limits your earning potential.</p><p>The moment you start thinking like a leader, planning instead of reacting, building systems instead of just delivering outcomes, your business begins to transform. You shift from chaos to clarity, from overwhelm to strategy.</p><h2>Core Traits of a Design Studio Leader</h2><p>Designers who have successfully made the leadership mindset shift share these characteristics:</p><p>Clarity<br />• Know their business model inside and out<br />• Understand who their ideal client is<br />• Have clear visibility on revenue streams</p><p>Boundaries<br />• Set expectations early with clients and team<br />• Stick to their process consistently<br />• Protect their time and energy</p><p>Systems<br />• Don't reinvent the wheel for every project<br />• Have established workflows, templates, and checklists<br />• Create predictable processes that deliver consistent results</p><p>Delegation<br />• Recognize their highest value activities<br />• Comfortable letting go of tasks others could do<br />• Invest strategically in support</p><p>Vision<br />• Think beyond this week or month<br />• Plan for the next quarter, hire, or business phase<br />• Make decisions based on where they're going, not just where they are</p><h2>Common Mindset Blocks</h2><p>Many designers struggle with these common mindset obstacles:</p><p>"If I don't do it, it won't be done right." This stems from perfectionism or control issues. Leadership means letting go of some control to gain time, clarity, and freedom. Strong systems and processes reduce the need for micromanagement.</p><p>"I can't afford to outsource." If you're doing $100/hour design work but spending 10 hours a week on $30/hour tasks, you're already losing money. A leader invests strategically in help.</p><p>"I don't know where to start." This is where resources like podcasts, business coaches, or mentors become valuable. Having someone to help with this transition makes a significant difference.</p><h2>Practical Steps to Develop Leadership</h2><p>Ready to make the shift? I recommend these practical actions:</p><p>Implement a Weekly CEO Hour<br />Set aside one hour each week where you don't do client work. Review finances, look at upcoming capacity, and plan strategically. This hour will transform your business.</p><p>Standardise one thing each week<br />Pick one part of your process—onboarding, quoting, email templates—and create a standard process for it. Use it consistently. By year's end, you could have 45-50 documented processes.</p><p>Define Your Studio Values<br />Get clear on what you stand for and what experience you want clients and team members to have. When you're clear on this, many decisions become easier.</p><p>Start Delegating<br />This could be as small as hiring a bookkeeper or virtual assistant, but taking that first step frees you up to lead.</p><p>You didn't start your design business to feel like you're drowning in admin. You started it because you love the work, the creativity, the transformation, the people you get to help. But to keep doing the work you love, you need to lead the business behind it.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who are ready to step into the next version of themselves—the one that runs their studio with intention, confidence, and clarity.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9857192" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/7185bbc2-f14f-4d75-bf91-49afc3c7fd23/audio/0fe07778-6ae8-4bb5-b57a-1400fde53ef1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>108 Going from Designer to a Studio Leader</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/46afb11b-a559-416d-9fb7-72d769edbe2a/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20108.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I reveal the critical mindset shift that separates designers who are constantly overwhelmed from those who run thriving studios. Learn why stepping into leadership isn&apos;t about ego but ownership, the common mindset blocks holding designers back, and practical steps to start thinking like a studio leader rather than just a designer in your business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I reveal the critical mindset shift that separates designers who are constantly overwhelmed from those who run thriving studios. Learn why stepping into leadership isn&apos;t about ego but ownership, the common mindset blocks holding designers back, and practical steps to start thinking like a studio leader rather than just a designer in your business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design systems, design business owner, leadership mindset, interior design business, systems and processes, business mindset, design studio management, studio leadership, design business growth, delegation for designers, scaling a design business</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7e78a6ef-f3c6-43a0-b63b-6b38bb58cd25</guid>
      <title>107 A Dialogue with Woods and Warner</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Jacinta Woods and Sonia Warner, the dynamic duo behind Woods and Warner, to celebrate their 18-year partnership in interior design. From starting their business during the GFC to building a thriving studio with a team of six, they share candid insights about partnership dynamics, overcoming challenges with staff, and evolving their distinctive design style. Their journey offers valuable lessons for designers at any stage of business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:  </p><p>• How they met at Living Edge and formed a partnership despite barely knowing each other<br />• The evolution of their business from a tiny 30-square-meter studio to their dream three-level space<br />• Their approach to team management where designers own projects from start to finish<br />• Navigating a challenging period with toxic staff and rebuilding their team culture<br />• The development of their signature design style over 18 years<br />• Current design trends including a move away from minimalism toward more colour and texture</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>Successful partnerships require complementary strengths and mutual respect<br />Be authentic to your own design style rather than following trends<br />Team culture is critical - hire for values alignment, not just skills<br />Sometimes a complete team reset is necessary for business health<br />Design businesses evolve over time - embrace the journey rather than rushing</p><p>Practical Insights:  </p><p>• How to structure a design team for maximum creativity and client satisfaction<br />• Managing the dynamics of a business partnership over the long term<br />• Rebuilding after challenging staff situations<br />• Developing a distinctive design voice in a competitive market<br />• Balancing creative vision with business practicalities</p><p>Perfect For:  </p><p>• Interior designers considering a business partnership<br />• Studio owners looking to build or restructure their teams<br />• Designers struggling to find their unique style<br />• Business owners facing challenging team dynamics<br />• Anyone interested in the evolution of a successful design business</p><p>Quote from Episode:  </p><p>"Really hone in on what it is that you love, what it is that you're really good at. Don't get caught up in trying to do what everyone else is doing. The people that love what you do will gravitate to you." - Jacinta Woods</p><p>Connect with our guests:  </p><p>Woods and Warner @woodsandwarner</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Sonia Warner, Jacinta Woods, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-107</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e65b03ab-5d53-4f8e-b970-6d6f1845efb5/episode-20107-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with Jacinta Woods and Sonia Warner, the dynamic duo behind Woods and Warner, to celebrate their 18-year partnership in interior design. From starting their business during the GFC to building a thriving studio with a team of six, they share candid insights about partnership dynamics, overcoming challenges with staff, and evolving their distinctive design style. Their journey offers valuable lessons for designers at any stage of business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:  </p><p>• How they met at Living Edge and formed a partnership despite barely knowing each other<br />• The evolution of their business from a tiny 30-square-meter studio to their dream three-level space<br />• Their approach to team management where designers own projects from start to finish<br />• Navigating a challenging period with toxic staff and rebuilding their team culture<br />• The development of their signature design style over 18 years<br />• Current design trends including a move away from minimalism toward more colour and texture</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>Successful partnerships require complementary strengths and mutual respect<br />Be authentic to your own design style rather than following trends<br />Team culture is critical - hire for values alignment, not just skills<br />Sometimes a complete team reset is necessary for business health<br />Design businesses evolve over time - embrace the journey rather than rushing</p><p>Practical Insights:  </p><p>• How to structure a design team for maximum creativity and client satisfaction<br />• Managing the dynamics of a business partnership over the long term<br />• Rebuilding after challenging staff situations<br />• Developing a distinctive design voice in a competitive market<br />• Balancing creative vision with business practicalities</p><p>Perfect For:  </p><p>• Interior designers considering a business partnership<br />• Studio owners looking to build or restructure their teams<br />• Designers struggling to find their unique style<br />• Business owners facing challenging team dynamics<br />• Anyone interested in the evolution of a successful design business</p><p>Quote from Episode:  </p><p>"Really hone in on what it is that you love, what it is that you're really good at. Don't get caught up in trying to do what everyone else is doing. The people that love what you do will gravitate to you." - Jacinta Woods</p><p>Connect with our guests:  </p><p>Woods and Warner @woodsandwarner</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="38891145" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/d44fb070-c863-451f-a115-1aad01316819/audio/f6bad5c3-0fb1-449a-9520-830e08934bea/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>107 A Dialogue with Woods and Warner</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Sonia Warner, Jacinta Woods, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/8bfce93d-ac5c-4bab-8625-1c5efc9b482a/3000x3000/episode-20-107.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I sit down with Jacinta Woods and Sonia Warner, the dynamic duo behind Woods and Warner, to celebrate their 18-year partnership in interior design. From starting their business during the GFC to building a thriving studio with a team of six, they share candid insights about partnership dynamics, overcoming challenges with staff, and evolving their distinctive design style. Their journey offers valuable lessons for designers at any stage of business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I sit down with Jacinta Woods and Sonia Warner, the dynamic duo behind Woods and Warner, to celebrate their 18-year partnership in interior design. From starting their business during the GFC to building a thriving studio with a team of six, they share candid insights about partnership dynamics, overcoming challenges with staff, and evolving their distinctive design style. Their journey offers valuable lessons for designers at any stage of business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design studio culture, design business longevity, finding your design style, interior design business, team management, woods and warner, overcoming business challenges, design partnership, interior design partnership, design business growth, interior design team</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f4ad1548-9541-49e9-8781-6c937ed890ba</guid>
      <title>106 Hiring Your First Team Member: What You Need to Know</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal the key signs it's time to hire your first team member and how to make this transition successfully. Learn how to identify what tasks to delegate, who to hire first, and why having systems in place before bringing someone on is absolutely critical for success. This episode is perfect for designers who are feeling overwhelmed and considering growing their team.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>How to Know When You're Ready</h2><p>Hiring your first team member is a huge milestone, but it can also bring up a lot of fear. Here are the tell-tale signs you're truly ready to make this move:</p><p>• You're constantly booked out and turning away work<br />• You're spending too much time on admin and logistics rather than design<br />• Your service quality is slipping because you're spread too thin<br />• You can financially sustain an extra set of hands</p><p>Hiring isn't just about getting help. It's about building capacity in your business. The right hire allows you to stay focused on what only you can do—the design thinking, the vision, the client relationships—while someone else supports the execution.</p><h2>Mapping Your Tasks</h2><p>Before writing that job description, I recommend mapping out the tasks you do weekly:</p><p>• Highlight the ones only you can do<br />• Circle the ones someone else could do with training</p><p>This exercise becomes the foundation of your first job description and helps clarify exactly what kind of support you need.</p><h2>Who Should Your First Hire Be?</h2><p>There's no one-size-fits-all answer, but most designers fall into one of these three paths:</p><p>Studio Coordinator/Admin Assistant: Someone to handle inboxes, supplier quotes, follow-ups, and schedules. This hire often gives you the biggest time win right away.</p><p>Junior Designer/Design Assistant: Ideal if you need help with sourcing, documentation, or CAD work. Great if you're creatively stretched but still managing admin on your own.</p><p>Bookkeeper/Virtual Assistant: Sometimes you don't need someone full-time or in-person. Starting with part-time support can ease your workload while reducing risk.</p><p>Think about where your time is most drained and what tasks you procrastinate about the most. That clarity will show you where your first hire should be.</p><h2>The Hiring Process</h2><p>To make hiring smoother, follow these steps:</p><p>• Write a clear job description that outlines what success looks like<br />• Create a simple application process (CV and short video introduction)<br />• Interview for values, not just skills—the "vibe" needs to be right<br />• Set clear expectations from day one with a basic onboarding checklist</p><p>The vibe of the person needs to be right, especially if they're the first person you're bringing into your business.</p><h2>The Systems Imperative</h2><p>This might be the most important point of all: Do not take on someone until you have good systems and processes in place.</p><p>Without clear systems:<br />• You'll spend all your time answering questions<br />• Your new hire will feel lost and frustrated<br />• You'll wonder why you bothered hiring at all</p><p>If you don't have systems and processes in place, you are setting yourself up to fail and you're setting up this new person to fail.</p><h2>The Leadership Mindset Shift</h2><p>Hiring is more than a process—it's a mindset shift from doing everything yourself to being a leader. That means:</p><p>• Setting boundaries<br />• Creating systems<br />• Sometimes letting someone else make mistakes so they can learn</p><p>Your job is to grow the business, not just run it.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers approaching that growth threshold where doing everything yourself is no longer sustainable. Whether you're ready to hire now or planning for the future, these insights will help you make this transition successfully.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 7 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-106</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/ceb312cc-e1a1-4272-a7fd-bb4b06cc7626/episode-20106.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I reveal the key signs it's time to hire your first team member and how to make this transition successfully. Learn how to identify what tasks to delegate, who to hire first, and why having systems in place before bringing someone on is absolutely critical for success. This episode is perfect for designers who are feeling overwhelmed and considering growing their team.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>How to Know When You're Ready</h2><p>Hiring your first team member is a huge milestone, but it can also bring up a lot of fear. Here are the tell-tale signs you're truly ready to make this move:</p><p>• You're constantly booked out and turning away work<br />• You're spending too much time on admin and logistics rather than design<br />• Your service quality is slipping because you're spread too thin<br />• You can financially sustain an extra set of hands</p><p>Hiring isn't just about getting help. It's about building capacity in your business. The right hire allows you to stay focused on what only you can do—the design thinking, the vision, the client relationships—while someone else supports the execution.</p><h2>Mapping Your Tasks</h2><p>Before writing that job description, I recommend mapping out the tasks you do weekly:</p><p>• Highlight the ones only you can do<br />• Circle the ones someone else could do with training</p><p>This exercise becomes the foundation of your first job description and helps clarify exactly what kind of support you need.</p><h2>Who Should Your First Hire Be?</h2><p>There's no one-size-fits-all answer, but most designers fall into one of these three paths:</p><p>Studio Coordinator/Admin Assistant: Someone to handle inboxes, supplier quotes, follow-ups, and schedules. This hire often gives you the biggest time win right away.</p><p>Junior Designer/Design Assistant: Ideal if you need help with sourcing, documentation, or CAD work. Great if you're creatively stretched but still managing admin on your own.</p><p>Bookkeeper/Virtual Assistant: Sometimes you don't need someone full-time or in-person. Starting with part-time support can ease your workload while reducing risk.</p><p>Think about where your time is most drained and what tasks you procrastinate about the most. That clarity will show you where your first hire should be.</p><h2>The Hiring Process</h2><p>To make hiring smoother, follow these steps:</p><p>• Write a clear job description that outlines what success looks like<br />• Create a simple application process (CV and short video introduction)<br />• Interview for values, not just skills—the "vibe" needs to be right<br />• Set clear expectations from day one with a basic onboarding checklist</p><p>The vibe of the person needs to be right, especially if they're the first person you're bringing into your business.</p><h2>The Systems Imperative</h2><p>This might be the most important point of all: Do not take on someone until you have good systems and processes in place.</p><p>Without clear systems:<br />• You'll spend all your time answering questions<br />• Your new hire will feel lost and frustrated<br />• You'll wonder why you bothered hiring at all</p><p>If you don't have systems and processes in place, you are setting yourself up to fail and you're setting up this new person to fail.</p><h2>The Leadership Mindset Shift</h2><p>Hiring is more than a process—it's a mindset shift from doing everything yourself to being a leader. That means:</p><p>• Setting boundaries<br />• Creating systems<br />• Sometimes letting someone else make mistakes so they can learn</p><p>Your job is to grow the business, not just run it.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers approaching that growth threshold where doing everything yourself is no longer sustainable. Whether you're ready to hire now or planning for the future, these insights will help you make this transition successfully.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="10229594" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/165a19c5-5fbe-4f21-a7e5-e09aed41ff47/audio/4193b492-b6e7-4fb4-b583-5745299e24ef/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>106 Hiring Your First Team Member: What You Need to Know</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0790dccb-7936-4004-b7f4-9e6e4639b147/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20106.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I reveal the key signs it&apos;s time to hire your first team member and how to make this transition successfully. Learn how to identify what tasks to delegate, who to hire first, and why having systems in place before bringing someone on is absolutely critical for success. This episode is perfect for designers who are feeling overwhelmed and considering growing their team.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I reveal the key signs it&apos;s time to hire your first team member and how to make this transition successfully. Learn how to identify what tasks to delegate, who to hire first, and why having systems in place before bringing someone on is absolutely critical for success. This episode is perfect for designers who are feeling overwhelmed and considering growing their team.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design team, interior design systems, design assistant, hiring interior designer, studio coordinator, design studio management, first employee, virtual assistant for designers, design business scaling, team building, design business growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7644d960-6612-4936-a4bf-1bc3147f086f</guid>
      <title>105 A Dialogue with Kelly Donougher</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Kelly Donougher of 13 Interiors shares her remarkable journey from mining superintendent to successful interior designer with studios in both Perth and Melbourne. Learn how she manages a thriving business across two cities, builds a cohesive team, and creates systems that allow her designers to see projects through from concept to completion.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>• Kelly's transition from local government and mining to interior design<br />• How she built 13 Interiors while working full-time in another career<br />• The logistics of running design studios on opposite sides of Australia<br />• Her unique approach to team structure and project management<br />• The importance of setting clear client expectations and timelines<br />• Finding your design niche and staying authentic to your style</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>• Focus on what your role in the business will be before making hiring decisions<br />Let designers own their projects from start to finish for better client relationships<br />Set clear timelines and communicate them consistently to clients<br />Trust your gut and follow your own path rather than comparing to others<br />Develop systems that work for your specific business model</p><p>Practical Insights:</p><p>• How to schedule projects around travel between locations<br />• Building a team that complements your strengths<br />• Creating an 8-week project timeline that keeps clients informed<br />• Managing client expectations through clear communication<br />• Balancing creative work with business operations</p><p>Perfect For:</p><p>• Interior designers looking to scale their business<br />• Creative entrepreneurs managing remote teams<br />• Designers transitioning from other careers<br />• Business owners juggling multiple locations<br />• Anyone interested in work-life balance while growing a business</p><p>Quote from Episode:</p><p>"Design is only about 20% of running a successful studio." - Kelly Donougher on the reality of running a design business</p><p>Connect with our guest:</p><p>Kelly Donougher - 13 Interiors</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 5 May 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Kelly Donougher, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-105</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b9a0ec39-6dae-4279-8149-bb4a1ed1c139/episode-20105-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Kelly Donougher of 13 Interiors shares her remarkable journey from mining superintendent to successful interior designer with studios in both Perth and Melbourne. Learn how she manages a thriving business across two cities, builds a cohesive team, and creates systems that allow her designers to see projects through from concept to completion.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>• Kelly's transition from local government and mining to interior design<br />• How she built 13 Interiors while working full-time in another career<br />• The logistics of running design studios on opposite sides of Australia<br />• Her unique approach to team structure and project management<br />• The importance of setting clear client expectations and timelines<br />• Finding your design niche and staying authentic to your style</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>• Focus on what your role in the business will be before making hiring decisions<br />Let designers own their projects from start to finish for better client relationships<br />Set clear timelines and communicate them consistently to clients<br />Trust your gut and follow your own path rather than comparing to others<br />Develop systems that work for your specific business model</p><p>Practical Insights:</p><p>• How to schedule projects around travel between locations<br />• Building a team that complements your strengths<br />• Creating an 8-week project timeline that keeps clients informed<br />• Managing client expectations through clear communication<br />• Balancing creative work with business operations</p><p>Perfect For:</p><p>• Interior designers looking to scale their business<br />• Creative entrepreneurs managing remote teams<br />• Designers transitioning from other careers<br />• Business owners juggling multiple locations<br />• Anyone interested in work-life balance while growing a business</p><p>Quote from Episode:</p><p>"Design is only about 20% of running a successful studio." - Kelly Donougher on the reality of running a design business</p><p>Connect with our guest:</p><p>Kelly Donougher - 13 Interiors</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37786896" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/01f7bcf4-9c43-4cff-ae49-f06c672a64ea/audio/ff37fa5f-82cc-4759-93da-e8e6018e5971/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>105 A Dialogue with Kelly Donougher</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Kelly Donougher, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/daabe0ad-0b27-4648-ac1d-6954e7494090/3000x3000/episode-20-105.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Kelly Donougher of 13 Interiors shares her remarkable journey from mining superintendent to successful interior designer with studios in both Perth and Melbourne. Learn how she manages a thriving business across two cities, builds a cohesive team, and creates systems that allow her designers to see projects through from concept to completion.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Kelly Donougher of 13 Interiors shares her remarkable journey from mining superintendent to successful interior designer with studios in both Perth and Melbourne. Learn how she manages a thriving business across two cities, builds a cohesive team, and creates systems that allow her designers to see projects through from concept to completion.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>career transition, design process, remote team management, business systems, client management, interior design business, project management, design studio management, team building, design business growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">29adf2f8-832d-428a-a50b-d0ebdeeae13f</guid>
      <title>104 When to Move from Home Office to Studio Space</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> In this episode, I tackle one of the biggest decisions you'll face as your design business grows: when to move out of your home office and into a dedicated studio space. Learn the key signals that it's time to make the move, how to budget for this significant investment, and why a studio space can transform both client perception and team dynamics.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode<br />Beth xx</p><p>Episode Notes</p><h2>The Home Office Reality Check</h2><p>Working from home has its perks—comfy clothes, coffee on hand, and efficiency. But there comes a point where your dining table setup or spare bedroom studio no longer supports the business you're building.</p><p>Let's be honest, working from home has its perks. You're in comfy clothes, coffee is always on hand, and it can feel incredibly efficient. Until it isn't.</p><p>Signs you might be outgrowing your home office include:<br />• Constantly rearranging or working around home life<br />• Hesitating to host client meetings in your space<br />• Needing to hire team members with nowhere to put them<br />• Wanting to create a more professional brand experience</p><h2>The Emotional Shift</h2><p>Moving to a studio space isn't just a logistical decision—it's an identity shift.</p><p>You're not just moving locations, you're stepping into a new identity as a business owner. One who is investing in space, presence and scale.</p><p>This transition brings up big questions around confidence, money, team structure, and what kind of studio you're creating.</p><h2>The Financial Considerations</h2><p>Studio space isn't cheap, and it's not just rent you need to consider:<br />• Internet and utilities<br />• Furniture and fit-out costs<br />• Insurance and security<br />• Cleaning and maintenance</p><p>I recommend looking at this decision through the lens of revenue per square meter: What will this space help you generate? Could it allow you to bring on another team member, raise your fees, or streamline your workflow so you take on more projects with less stress?</p><p>Also consider the tax implications—office expenses are deductible, and separating your business from personal life can help with tax clarity.</p><h2>The Perception Factor</h2><p>A studio space tells clients, suppliers, and collaborators that you're established, trustworthy, and in it for the long game.</p><p>It becomes part of your brand story. Clients are walking into your curated environment. They're experiencing your process before you even open your mouth and that elevates everything—your confidence, your pricing, and your position in the market.</p><h2>Team Dynamics and Studio Culture</h2><p>If you're planning to grow your team, having a studio can be a game-changer:<br />• Creates clear boundaries between work and home<br />• Allows for real-time collaboration<br />• Builds a studio culture where people feel aligned with your values<br />• Attracts talent who want to be part of something bigger</p><p>Perhaps most importantly, it creates a studio culture. One where people feel proud to come in, aligned with your values, and invested in the long-term success of your business.</p><h2>Practical Tips for Making the Leap</h2><p>Ready to consider a studio space? Here's some practical tips:<br />• Start small—you don't need a huge space in the trendiest suburb<br />• Think about client flow from parking to signage to meeting space<br />• Do a cost-benefit review with your accountant<br />• Get support from designers who've made this transition before</p><p>A small, well-located, beautifully styled space can be incredibly impactful.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who are feeling the limitations of their home office and considering the next step in their business growth. Whether you're ready to make the move now or planning for the future, these insights will help you make a confident, informed decision.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-104</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/314142fe-2add-4d64-b4f4-ffc54e8b347f/episode-20104.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> In this episode, I tackle one of the biggest decisions you'll face as your design business grows: when to move out of your home office and into a dedicated studio space. Learn the key signals that it's time to make the move, how to budget for this significant investment, and why a studio space can transform both client perception and team dynamics.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode<br />Beth xx</p><p>Episode Notes</p><h2>The Home Office Reality Check</h2><p>Working from home has its perks—comfy clothes, coffee on hand, and efficiency. But there comes a point where your dining table setup or spare bedroom studio no longer supports the business you're building.</p><p>Let's be honest, working from home has its perks. You're in comfy clothes, coffee is always on hand, and it can feel incredibly efficient. Until it isn't.</p><p>Signs you might be outgrowing your home office include:<br />• Constantly rearranging or working around home life<br />• Hesitating to host client meetings in your space<br />• Needing to hire team members with nowhere to put them<br />• Wanting to create a more professional brand experience</p><h2>The Emotional Shift</h2><p>Moving to a studio space isn't just a logistical decision—it's an identity shift.</p><p>You're not just moving locations, you're stepping into a new identity as a business owner. One who is investing in space, presence and scale.</p><p>This transition brings up big questions around confidence, money, team structure, and what kind of studio you're creating.</p><h2>The Financial Considerations</h2><p>Studio space isn't cheap, and it's not just rent you need to consider:<br />• Internet and utilities<br />• Furniture and fit-out costs<br />• Insurance and security<br />• Cleaning and maintenance</p><p>I recommend looking at this decision through the lens of revenue per square meter: What will this space help you generate? Could it allow you to bring on another team member, raise your fees, or streamline your workflow so you take on more projects with less stress?</p><p>Also consider the tax implications—office expenses are deductible, and separating your business from personal life can help with tax clarity.</p><h2>The Perception Factor</h2><p>A studio space tells clients, suppliers, and collaborators that you're established, trustworthy, and in it for the long game.</p><p>It becomes part of your brand story. Clients are walking into your curated environment. They're experiencing your process before you even open your mouth and that elevates everything—your confidence, your pricing, and your position in the market.</p><h2>Team Dynamics and Studio Culture</h2><p>If you're planning to grow your team, having a studio can be a game-changer:<br />• Creates clear boundaries between work and home<br />• Allows for real-time collaboration<br />• Builds a studio culture where people feel aligned with your values<br />• Attracts talent who want to be part of something bigger</p><p>Perhaps most importantly, it creates a studio culture. One where people feel proud to come in, aligned with your values, and invested in the long-term success of your business.</p><h2>Practical Tips for Making the Leap</h2><p>Ready to consider a studio space? Here's some practical tips:<br />• Start small—you don't need a huge space in the trendiest suburb<br />• Think about client flow from parking to signage to meeting space<br />• Do a cost-benefit review with your accountant<br />• Get support from designers who've made this transition before</p><p>A small, well-located, beautifully styled space can be incredibly impactful.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who are feeling the limitations of their home office and considering the next step in their business growth. Whether you're ready to make the move now or planning for the future, these insights will help you make a confident, informed decision.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="8249721" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/aac53b74-932b-478e-945c-902f88e1682c/audio/6e581f3a-e3d6-40cb-8262-a4bf7080d63d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>104 When to Move from Home Office to Studio Space</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c0d64ef2-b44b-40ee-9380-06add3ff373f/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-20104.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I tackle one of the biggest decisions you&apos;ll face as your design business grows: when to move out of your home office and into a dedicated studio space. Learn the key signals that it&apos;s time to make the move, how to budget for this significant investment, and why a studio space can transform both client perception and team dynamics.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I tackle one of the biggest decisions you&apos;ll face as your design business grows: when to move out of your home office and into a dedicated studio space. Learn the key signals that it&apos;s time to make the move, how to budget for this significant investment, and why a studio space can transform both client perception and team dynamics.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design studio culture, design team, home office, office rental, interior design studio, interior design business, business expansion, studio space, client experience, business investment, design business growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1b0d1653-aaa4-42b4-b4d0-25b56ec777fd</guid>
      <title>103  How to Charge for Your Interior Design Services</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I break down the different pricing models for interior designers and how to choose the right approach for your studio. From hourly rates to fixed fees, percentage-based pricing to hybrid models, learn how to charge appropriately for your work and make markup a sustainable, clear, and ethical income stream.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Why Pricing Matters</h2><p>If you're not charging properly, you're not running a business—you're funding a hobby. Your fees must reflect the value you bring to the table: your design skills, years of experience, network of trades, problem-solving abilities, and commitment to delivering results that elevate clients' lives. I've worked with incredible designers who are undercharging for months or years simply because they weren't sure what was normal or allowed, or they felt confident in putting the right number on their fees.</p><h2>Pricing Models Explained</h2><p>Hourly Rate  </p><p>• Straightforward approach: track your time and bill accordingly  </p><p>• Great for short-term or consulting style work  </p><p>• Can penalize efficiency and create time-tracking chaos  </p><p>• Every designer should have an hourly rate, even if it's not their primary model</p><p>Fixed Fee Per Phase  </p><p>• Break projects into phases (concept, design development, documentation, etc.)  </p><p>• Assign a fixed fee to each stage  </p><p>• Provides predictability and encourages clarity around scope  </p><p>• Requires data on how long projects actually take  </p><p>• Works well with clear processes and experience with similar jobs</p><p>Percentage of Project Cost  </p><p>• Common in larger studios and similar to models used by builders and architects  </p><p>• Fee aligns with the scale of the project  </p><p>• Can be risky if budgets shift or deliverable expectations aren't clear  </p><p>• Requires clear processes for what you'll deliver and when you'll invoice</p><p>Package or Service Offerings  </p><p>• Pre-scoped offerings at a fixed price (like "designer for a day")  </p><p>• Perfect for clients who want a taste of your expertise without full service  </p><p>• Great for leads who aren't ready for full commitment  </p><p>• Provides steady cashflow and is easier to market</p><p>If you are not offering one of these services, I would seriously consider how you can fit it into your studio offering.</p><p>Hybrid Model  </p><p>• Combining different models for different phases of the same project  </p><p>• Most designers use some form of hybrid approach  </p><p>• Allows flexibility based on project needs</p><p>Different pricing models can be used for different stages of the same project.</p><p>Making Markup Work  </p><p>Markup is not a dirty word—it's compensation for:  </p><p>• Your sourcing skills and trade accounts  </p><p>• Relationships with suppliers  </p><p>• Time managing logistics and chasing suppliers  </p><p>• Resolving damages and ensuring everything arrives intact</p><p>When you explain this clearly to clients, they get it. I recommend including a statement in proposals about the value of procurement and how markup contributes to a smoother, higher-quality outcome.</p><p>Options for handling markup include:  </p><p>• Using a flat fee instead  </p><p>• Showing markup transparently  </p><p>• Rolling it into a combined service and sourcing fee</p><p>Communication is Key  </p><p>Regardless of your pricing model, clear communication is essential:  </p><p>• Be upfront in proposals  </p><p>• Spell out what's included and what's not  </p><p>• Explain how changes are handled  </p><p>• Clarify how fees are structured</p><p>Clarity builds trust. Vague language or hidden fees create doubt and resentment and are going to cause you a whole heap of trouble down the track.</p><p>Finding Your Pricing Identity  </p><p>Your pricing approach is as much a part of your brand as your visual style:  </p><p>• Are you a luxe full-service studio?  </p><p>• Are you the approachable, efficient problem solver?  </p><p>• Do you offer flexible consulting or highly bespoke packages?</p><p>You get to decide and you get to evolve. If you start us down one path and then you feel it's not working for you or it's not working for the business or it's not financially viable, stop doing it and change.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers at any stage who want to ensure their pricing reflects their value and supports a sustainable business.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-103</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f793fa17-38d9-4309-8bd5-4b6aca3577f7/episode-20103-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I break down the different pricing models for interior designers and how to choose the right approach for your studio. From hourly rates to fixed fees, percentage-based pricing to hybrid models, learn how to charge appropriately for your work and make markup a sustainable, clear, and ethical income stream.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Why Pricing Matters</h2><p>If you're not charging properly, you're not running a business—you're funding a hobby. Your fees must reflect the value you bring to the table: your design skills, years of experience, network of trades, problem-solving abilities, and commitment to delivering results that elevate clients' lives. I've worked with incredible designers who are undercharging for months or years simply because they weren't sure what was normal or allowed, or they felt confident in putting the right number on their fees.</p><h2>Pricing Models Explained</h2><p>Hourly Rate  </p><p>• Straightforward approach: track your time and bill accordingly  </p><p>• Great for short-term or consulting style work  </p><p>• Can penalize efficiency and create time-tracking chaos  </p><p>• Every designer should have an hourly rate, even if it's not their primary model</p><p>Fixed Fee Per Phase  </p><p>• Break projects into phases (concept, design development, documentation, etc.)  </p><p>• Assign a fixed fee to each stage  </p><p>• Provides predictability and encourages clarity around scope  </p><p>• Requires data on how long projects actually take  </p><p>• Works well with clear processes and experience with similar jobs</p><p>Percentage of Project Cost  </p><p>• Common in larger studios and similar to models used by builders and architects  </p><p>• Fee aligns with the scale of the project  </p><p>• Can be risky if budgets shift or deliverable expectations aren't clear  </p><p>• Requires clear processes for what you'll deliver and when you'll invoice</p><p>Package or Service Offerings  </p><p>• Pre-scoped offerings at a fixed price (like "designer for a day")  </p><p>• Perfect for clients who want a taste of your expertise without full service  </p><p>• Great for leads who aren't ready for full commitment  </p><p>• Provides steady cashflow and is easier to market</p><p>If you are not offering one of these services, I would seriously consider how you can fit it into your studio offering.</p><p>Hybrid Model  </p><p>• Combining different models for different phases of the same project  </p><p>• Most designers use some form of hybrid approach  </p><p>• Allows flexibility based on project needs</p><p>Different pricing models can be used for different stages of the same project.</p><p>Making Markup Work  </p><p>Markup is not a dirty word—it's compensation for:  </p><p>• Your sourcing skills and trade accounts  </p><p>• Relationships with suppliers  </p><p>• Time managing logistics and chasing suppliers  </p><p>• Resolving damages and ensuring everything arrives intact</p><p>When you explain this clearly to clients, they get it. I recommend including a statement in proposals about the value of procurement and how markup contributes to a smoother, higher-quality outcome.</p><p>Options for handling markup include:  </p><p>• Using a flat fee instead  </p><p>• Showing markup transparently  </p><p>• Rolling it into a combined service and sourcing fee</p><p>Communication is Key  </p><p>Regardless of your pricing model, clear communication is essential:  </p><p>• Be upfront in proposals  </p><p>• Spell out what's included and what's not  </p><p>• Explain how changes are handled  </p><p>• Clarify how fees are structured</p><p>Clarity builds trust. Vague language or hidden fees create doubt and resentment and are going to cause you a whole heap of trouble down the track.</p><p>Finding Your Pricing Identity  </p><p>Your pricing approach is as much a part of your brand as your visual style:  </p><p>• Are you a luxe full-service studio?  </p><p>• Are you the approachable, efficient problem solver?  </p><p>• Do you offer flexible consulting or highly bespoke packages?</p><p>You get to decide and you get to evolve. If you start us down one path and then you feel it's not working for you or it's not working for the business or it's not financially viable, stop doing it and change.</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers at any stage who want to ensure their pricing reflects their value and supports a sustainable business.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="14272513" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/ab5b8566-94d6-4fd7-bba5-0e65741cfc8c/audio/98f50993-cd39-4a3e-9483-89fedecf56eb/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>103  How to Charge for Your Interior Design Services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/1f7b85c3-6887-4b14-88a9-22ecd5c3aafa/3000x3000/episode-20-103.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:14:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I break down the different pricing models for interior designers and how to choose the right approach for your studio. From hourly rates to fixed fees, percentage-based pricing to hybrid models, learn how to charge appropriately for your work and make markup a sustainable, clear, and ethical income stream.

I hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I break down the different pricing models for interior designers and how to choose the right approach for your studio. From hourly rates to fixed fees, percentage-based pricing to hybrid models, learn how to charge appropriately for your work and make markup a sustainable, clear, and ethical income stream.

I hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design packages, design fees, hourly rate design, pricing strategy, interior design business, interior design pricing, percentage-based design fees, interior design services, design studio pricing, markup for designers, fixed fee design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">285e9062-bfd3-4a3c-9bc7-330a905d822f</guid>
      <title>102 The Habits of Financially Savvy Designers</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Being good with money isn't about being stingy or sacrificing creativity—it's about creating a business that sustains you. Financially savvy designers understand that a profitable business gives them more freedom to be creative, not less.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode<br />Beth xx</p><p>I share a story about working with a designer who had been charging about $180 an hour for years without analysing how that hourly rate compared to her take-home pay or business costs. After working backward from ideal income and factoring in overheads, we discovered she needed to charge $220-250 per hour just to break even.</p><h2>Know Your Numbers</h2><p>What sets financially savvy designers apart?</p><p>• Know exactly how much they need to earn each month (profit, not just revenue)<br />• Price their services based on data, not emotion<br />• Understand their margins on products and services<br />• Say no to projects that don't serve their bigger goals</p><p>When you know your numbers, you will stop doubting yourself, overthinking quotes, or apologizing for your rates. This data-driven confidence is something clients can feel—and that builds trust.</p><h2>The Truth About "Charging What You're Worth"</h2><p>While "charge what you're worth" sounds empowering, I point out that it's actually vague and subjective. Financially savvy designers build their pricing around reality:</p><p>• Their desired income<br />• Hours available to work<br />• Business expenses<br />• The true cost of delivering services</p><h2>Trade Pricing Transparency</h2><p>Many designers either pass all trade pricing to clients (missing margin opportunities) or mark up randomly and feel uncomfortable about it. I recommend a more savvy approach:</p><p>• Be transparent from the start<br />• Clearly explain your trade pricing policy in all client documents<br />• Communicate the value your markup covers (sourcing, logistics, warranty management)</p><h2>Making Financial Review a Habit</h2><p>Financial savvy isn't a one-time thing—it's a mindset and habit.</p><p>• Set time each month to review your numbers<br />• Know which services are most profitable<br />• Be willing to say no to underquoting<br />• Refuse to stay stuck in survival mode</p><p>The most profitable studios I see are not the flashiest. They're the most intentional. They know what they're aiming for and they have systems that support that.</p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers who want to build businesses that are not just creatively fulfilling but financially sustainable. Whether you're just starting out or looking to improve your studio's profitability, these practical insights will help you make more intentional financial decisions.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-102</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f6ebaf5b-8a22-4d0e-a7fa-9e47ef17de93/episode-20102.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Being good with money isn't about being stingy or sacrificing creativity—it's about creating a business that sustains you. Financially savvy designers understand that a profitable business gives them more freedom to be creative, not less.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode<br />Beth xx</p><p>I share a story about working with a designer who had been charging about $180 an hour for years without analysing how that hourly rate compared to her take-home pay or business costs. After working backward from ideal income and factoring in overheads, we discovered she needed to charge $220-250 per hour just to break even.</p><h2>Know Your Numbers</h2><p>What sets financially savvy designers apart?</p><p>• Know exactly how much they need to earn each month (profit, not just revenue)<br />• Price their services based on data, not emotion<br />• Understand their margins on products and services<br />• Say no to projects that don't serve their bigger goals</p><p>When you know your numbers, you will stop doubting yourself, overthinking quotes, or apologizing for your rates. This data-driven confidence is something clients can feel—and that builds trust.</p><h2>The Truth About "Charging What You're Worth"</h2><p>While "charge what you're worth" sounds empowering, I point out that it's actually vague and subjective. Financially savvy designers build their pricing around reality:</p><p>• Their desired income<br />• Hours available to work<br />• Business expenses<br />• The true cost of delivering services</p><h2>Trade Pricing Transparency</h2><p>Many designers either pass all trade pricing to clients (missing margin opportunities) or mark up randomly and feel uncomfortable about it. I recommend a more savvy approach:</p><p>• Be transparent from the start<br />• Clearly explain your trade pricing policy in all client documents<br />• Communicate the value your markup covers (sourcing, logistics, warranty management)</p><h2>Making Financial Review a Habit</h2><p>Financial savvy isn't a one-time thing—it's a mindset and habit.</p><p>• Set time each month to review your numbers<br />• Know which services are most profitable<br />• Be willing to say no to underquoting<br />• Refuse to stay stuck in survival mode</p><p>The most profitable studios I see are not the flashiest. They're the most intentional. They know what they're aiming for and they have systems that support that.</p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers who want to build businesses that are not just creatively fulfilling but financially sustainable. Whether you're just starting out or looking to improve your studio's profitability, these practical insights will help you make more intentional financial decisions.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="8640931" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/8116905c-3788-47be-a7a0-1d6b34dfd858/audio/c3a45d47-a720-4099-b285-bbe3fdd88301/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>102 The Habits of Financially Savvy Designers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7f30c090-0b9e-4bf5-87fa-3bd242df2cc1/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20episode-20-102.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I reveal the mindset shifts and daily habits that separate financially savvy interior designers from those struggling to make a profit. I explain why pricing based on data rather than emotion, understanding your true costs, and being transparent about trade pricing are essential for building a sustainable design business that supports your life and gives you freedom to do what you love.

I hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx

</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I reveal the mindset shifts and daily habits that separate financially savvy interior designers from those struggling to make a profit. I explain why pricing based on data rather than emotion, understanding your true costs, and being transparent about trade pricing are essential for building a sustainable design business that supports your life and gives you freedom to do what you love.

I hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx

</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design business profitability, trade pricing, pricing strategy, profit margins, interior design business, design business management, design studio finances, financial systems for designers, interior design pricing, charging what you&apos;re worth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38d954f9-fad8-494c-b5e7-d16e82974633</guid>
      <title>101 A Dialogue with Michelle Canny</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Michelle Canny of Michelle Canny Interiors shares her approach to designing spaces with neurodiversity in mind. Learn how she creates environments that consider sensory needs, particularly for her son who is on the autism spectrum, and discover practical tips for incorporating sensory awareness into any design project.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:<br />• Michelle's journey from marketing to interior design<br />• The importance of functionality in designing for neurodivergent individuals<br />• How colour choices impact emotional responses and sensory experiences<br />• Material selection based on tactile comfort rather than just aesthetics<br />• The role of sound management and lighting in creating comfortable spaces<br />• Involving users in the material selection process</p><p>Key Takeaways:<br />Design is about how spaces make us feel, not just how they look<br />Functionality must come before aesthetics when designing for neurodiversity<br />Warmer colours (reds, yellows) tend to be more stimulating than cooler tones<br />Natural fabrics like cotton, bamboo, and linen are often more comfortable for sensitive individuals<br />The emotions wheel can help clients articulate their responses to different design elements</p><p>Practical Insights:<br />• How to select materials that provide sensory comfort<br />• Creating spaces with appropriate acoustic properties<br />• Balancing natural and artificial lighting for wellbeing<br />• Incorporating biophilic elements to create calming environments<br />• Designing bathrooms and bedrooms that reduce sensory overwhelm</p><p>Perfect For:<br />• Interior designers working with neurodivergent clients<br />• Parents designing spaces for children with sensory sensitivities<br />• Designers interested in more inclusive and thoughtful approaches<br />• Anyone looking to create more comfortable, sensory-aware environments<br />• Professionals working in healthcare, education, or therapeutic settings</p><p>Quote from Episode:<br />"The way in which you feel in a space is completely dictated by the senses and the way in which it makes you feel." - Michelle Canny<br />Connect with our guest:</p><p>Michelle Canny - Michelle Canny Interiors<br />@michellecanny_interiors<br />Keywords:<br />neurodivergent design, sensory design, interior design for autism, sensory-friendly interiors, inclusive design, color psychology, acoustic design, material selection, biophilic design, sensory considerations, accessible design<br />Copy<br />Retry<br />SEO Title:<br />How to Design for Neurodiversity: Creating Spaces with Sensory Awareness<br />SEO Description:<br />Learn how interior designer Michelle Canny creates spaces for neurodivergent individuals. Discover practical tips for designing with sensory considerations, color psychology, and material selection.<br />Designing with Sensory Awareness: Creating Spaces for Neurodiversity<br />How Interior Designer Michelle Canny Approaches Sensory-Friendly Design<br />When it comes to interior design, we often focus on aesthetics—the colors, patterns, and styles that make a space visually appealing. But what if design could go deeper, addressing how spaces make us feel on a sensory level?<br />In this insightful episode of Design Dialogues, host Beth Bieske speaks with Michelle Canny of Michelle Canny Interiors about her unique approach to designing spaces with neurodiversity in mind, particularly for her son who is on the autism spectrum.<br />From Marketing to Mindful Design: Michelle's Journey<br />Michelle's path to interior design wasn't traditional. With a background in marketing and advertising, she found herself drawn to design after becoming disillusioned with agency life.<br />"I didn't want to sell myself to sell a product," Michelle explains. "I also didn't want to work 80 hours for peanuts."<br />After enrolling in the International School of Color and Design in Sydney, Michelle discovered her passion for creating spaces that not only look beautiful but also feel right on a sensory level. This interest became personal when designing for her neurodivergent son.<br />Understanding Sensory Design for Neurodiversity<br />For Michelle, designing for neurodiversity means considering how all aspects of a space affect the senses—not just sight, but touch, sound, and even smell.<br />The Importance of Functionality First<br />"When you're designing for people who may be neurodivergent—autistic, ADHD, any type of people that may have some form of impairment or disability—it has to be first and foremost functional," Michelle emphasizes.<br />This focus on functionality doesn't mean sacrificing beauty, but rather ensuring that the space works on a practical level before addressing aesthetics.<br />Involving Users in the Design Process<br />One of the most powerful aspects of Michelle's approach is how she involves her son in the selection process:<br />"I got my son Angus to touch [the materials]. And then I asked him how he felt about it. Sometimes he would say, 'Mom, no, I don't like that tile. It's too reflective.' I may not have even perceived it that way, but he did."<br />This collaborative approach ensures that the final design truly meets the sensory needs of the person who will be using the space.<br />Practical Design Considerations for Sensory Sensitivity<br />Michelle shares several key considerations when designing for neurodiversity:<br />Color Psychology and Selection<br />"Certain colors have a stimulating effect. So more warmer colors will always have more of a stimulating effect on our senses. So there's sort of the reds and the yellows and because they're more seen as bright colors or they're more seen as like emotion evoking colors."<br />For spaces meant to be calming, Michelle recommends:<br />Neutral base colors<br />Blues and greens<br />Light grays<br />Avoiding overly warm or bright colors that can be stimulating<br />Material Selection and Texture<br />Texture plays a crucial role in how neurodivergent individuals interact with a space:<br />"For him, touch is a very big thing. So textures in a home, it has a massive impact on our bodies. And the types of fabrics we choose play a big part in how we feel or experience a space."<br />Michelle recommends:<br />Natural fabrics like cotton, bamboo, and linen for breathability<br />Avoiding synthetic materials that can cause sensory discomfort<br />Considering weighted blankets for comfort and security<br />Using plush rugs that provide tactile comfort<br />Sound Management<br />Acoustic considerations are often overlooked in traditional design but are crucial for neurodivergent individuals:<br />"To reduce the noise in his room, he has blackout curtains and sheers so that he can get the natural light."<br />Other sound management strategies include:<br />Hardwood doors to block noise more effectively than hollow doors<br />Soft furnishings to absorb sound<br />Considering the acoustic properties of flooring materials<br />Lighting Considerations<br />"Natural light is a massive impact as well in bringing wellness into a home."<br />Michelle emphasizes the importance of:<br />Maximizing natural light where possible<br />Using warmer lighting rather than cool, harsh lighting<br />Avoiding highly reflective surfaces that can create glare<br />Providing options for different lighting levels<br />The Emotional Impact of Sensory-Aware Design<br />One of the most powerful aspects of Michelle's approach is how she connects design choices to emotional well-being:<br />"The way in which you feel in a space is completely dictated by the senses and the way in which it makes you feel. When you walk into a space, if it was a really obnoxious color, like a really loud, loud color, it could actually give you a bit of a headache."<br />This understanding that design affects not just how a space looks but how it makes people feel is at the heart of sensory-aware design.<br />Using the Emotions Wheel for Design Conversations<br />Michelle uses the emotions wheel as a tool to help her son articulate his reactions to different design elements:<br />"Often we can experience a certain amount of emotions. For example, you know, I know I'm happy. I know I'm sad. I know I'm joyful. I know I'm angry and they're just base basics. But what we don't often, you know, we're not able to articulate is the broader spectrum of emotions."<br />This approach can be valuable for designers working with all clients, not just those who are neurodivergent, as it helps people express their emotional responses to spaces more precisely.<br />Creating Sensory Balance in Any Home<br />While Michelle's approach is particularly valuable for neurodivergent individuals, the principles of sensory-aware design can benefit everyone:<br />Natural Elements and Biophilic Design<br />"Introducing more biophilic design, so introducing more plants into the space."<br />Connecting to nature through design helps create spaces that feel calming and grounded.<br />Sound Management for Wellbeing<br />"I will often have things such as water sounds or rain sounds on an app for him to help him soothe and calm."<br />Considering the soundscape of a space—whether through sound-absorbing materials or introducing pleasant natural sounds—can significantly impact how a space feels.<br />Material Selection for Comfort<br />Choosing materials based on how they feel, not just how they look, creates spaces that are physically comfortable:<br />"Anything that's sort of breathable and airy because it gets quite hot. In the winter he likes more sort of flannelette or warmer style blankets, something that has a bit of weight to it, which gives him that sense of protection and feeling safeness and soothed."<br />The Universal Appeal of Sensory Design<br />What makes Michelle's approach so valuable is that while it addresses specific needs for neurodivergent individuals, the principles benefit everyone:<br />"People forget that, you know, lighting, sound, smell, taste, I mean, we don't taste interior, but even when you think about when you go, say, for example, to an open home and they have the smell of fresh coffee, they do that intentionally."<br />As Beth notes during the conversation, "This is what a good designer should be doing for all of their clients. Because really how, so much of our job is actually like, there is the aesthetic, obviously. But it is like we want our clients to walk in the front door and just go, I'm home, it's my sanctuary."<br />Practical Tips for Implementing Sensory-Aware Design<br />For designers looking to incorporate these principles into their practice, Michelle offers several practical approaches:</p><ol><li>Involve Users in Material Selection<br />Have clients touch and interact with materials before making final selections.</li><li>Consider All Senses<br />Think beyond the visual to how a space sounds, feels, and even smells.</li><li>Use the Emotions Wheel<br />Help clients articulate their emotional responses to different design elements.</li><li>Balance Stimulation and Calm<br />Create spaces with varying sensory levels to accommodate different needs and moods.</li><li>Prioritize Natural Elements<br />Incorporate natural materials, plants, and natural light whenever possible.<br />The Future of Inclusive Design<br />As awareness of neurodiversity continues to grow, the design industry has an opportunity to create more inclusive spaces that work for people with diverse sensory needs.<br />Michelle's approach demonstrates that designing with sensory awareness doesn't mean sacrificing beauty or style—it simply means considering how design choices affect all aspects of the human experience.<br />By incorporating these principles, designers can create spaces that not only look beautiful but also support the emotional and sensory wellbeing of everyone who uses them.<br />Whether you're designing for a neurodivergent client or simply want to create more thoughtful, comfortable spaces, the principles of sensory-aware design offer valuable insights for creating interiors that truly enhance quality of life.</li></ol>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Michelle Canny, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-101</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7c55a04c-6b3f-4526-a160-5dd0c7e2900e/episode-20101-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Michelle Canny of Michelle Canny Interiors shares her approach to designing spaces with neurodiversity in mind. Learn how she creates environments that consider sensory needs, particularly for her son who is on the autism spectrum, and discover practical tips for incorporating sensory awareness into any design project.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Episode Highlights:<br />• Michelle's journey from marketing to interior design<br />• The importance of functionality in designing for neurodivergent individuals<br />• How colour choices impact emotional responses and sensory experiences<br />• Material selection based on tactile comfort rather than just aesthetics<br />• The role of sound management and lighting in creating comfortable spaces<br />• Involving users in the material selection process</p><p>Key Takeaways:<br />Design is about how spaces make us feel, not just how they look<br />Functionality must come before aesthetics when designing for neurodiversity<br />Warmer colours (reds, yellows) tend to be more stimulating than cooler tones<br />Natural fabrics like cotton, bamboo, and linen are often more comfortable for sensitive individuals<br />The emotions wheel can help clients articulate their responses to different design elements</p><p>Practical Insights:<br />• How to select materials that provide sensory comfort<br />• Creating spaces with appropriate acoustic properties<br />• Balancing natural and artificial lighting for wellbeing<br />• Incorporating biophilic elements to create calming environments<br />• Designing bathrooms and bedrooms that reduce sensory overwhelm</p><p>Perfect For:<br />• Interior designers working with neurodivergent clients<br />• Parents designing spaces for children with sensory sensitivities<br />• Designers interested in more inclusive and thoughtful approaches<br />• Anyone looking to create more comfortable, sensory-aware environments<br />• Professionals working in healthcare, education, or therapeutic settings</p><p>Quote from Episode:<br />"The way in which you feel in a space is completely dictated by the senses and the way in which it makes you feel." - Michelle Canny<br />Connect with our guest:</p><p>Michelle Canny - Michelle Canny Interiors<br />@michellecanny_interiors<br />Keywords:<br />neurodivergent design, sensory design, interior design for autism, sensory-friendly interiors, inclusive design, color psychology, acoustic design, material selection, biophilic design, sensory considerations, accessible design<br />Copy<br />Retry<br />SEO Title:<br />How to Design for Neurodiversity: Creating Spaces with Sensory Awareness<br />SEO Description:<br />Learn how interior designer Michelle Canny creates spaces for neurodivergent individuals. Discover practical tips for designing with sensory considerations, color psychology, and material selection.<br />Designing with Sensory Awareness: Creating Spaces for Neurodiversity<br />How Interior Designer Michelle Canny Approaches Sensory-Friendly Design<br />When it comes to interior design, we often focus on aesthetics—the colors, patterns, and styles that make a space visually appealing. But what if design could go deeper, addressing how spaces make us feel on a sensory level?<br />In this insightful episode of Design Dialogues, host Beth Bieske speaks with Michelle Canny of Michelle Canny Interiors about her unique approach to designing spaces with neurodiversity in mind, particularly for her son who is on the autism spectrum.<br />From Marketing to Mindful Design: Michelle's Journey<br />Michelle's path to interior design wasn't traditional. With a background in marketing and advertising, she found herself drawn to design after becoming disillusioned with agency life.<br />"I didn't want to sell myself to sell a product," Michelle explains. "I also didn't want to work 80 hours for peanuts."<br />After enrolling in the International School of Color and Design in Sydney, Michelle discovered her passion for creating spaces that not only look beautiful but also feel right on a sensory level. This interest became personal when designing for her neurodivergent son.<br />Understanding Sensory Design for Neurodiversity<br />For Michelle, designing for neurodiversity means considering how all aspects of a space affect the senses—not just sight, but touch, sound, and even smell.<br />The Importance of Functionality First<br />"When you're designing for people who may be neurodivergent—autistic, ADHD, any type of people that may have some form of impairment or disability—it has to be first and foremost functional," Michelle emphasizes.<br />This focus on functionality doesn't mean sacrificing beauty, but rather ensuring that the space works on a practical level before addressing aesthetics.<br />Involving Users in the Design Process<br />One of the most powerful aspects of Michelle's approach is how she involves her son in the selection process:<br />"I got my son Angus to touch [the materials]. And then I asked him how he felt about it. Sometimes he would say, 'Mom, no, I don't like that tile. It's too reflective.' I may not have even perceived it that way, but he did."<br />This collaborative approach ensures that the final design truly meets the sensory needs of the person who will be using the space.<br />Practical Design Considerations for Sensory Sensitivity<br />Michelle shares several key considerations when designing for neurodiversity:<br />Color Psychology and Selection<br />"Certain colors have a stimulating effect. So more warmer colors will always have more of a stimulating effect on our senses. So there's sort of the reds and the yellows and because they're more seen as bright colors or they're more seen as like emotion evoking colors."<br />For spaces meant to be calming, Michelle recommends:<br />Neutral base colors<br />Blues and greens<br />Light grays<br />Avoiding overly warm or bright colors that can be stimulating<br />Material Selection and Texture<br />Texture plays a crucial role in how neurodivergent individuals interact with a space:<br />"For him, touch is a very big thing. So textures in a home, it has a massive impact on our bodies. And the types of fabrics we choose play a big part in how we feel or experience a space."<br />Michelle recommends:<br />Natural fabrics like cotton, bamboo, and linen for breathability<br />Avoiding synthetic materials that can cause sensory discomfort<br />Considering weighted blankets for comfort and security<br />Using plush rugs that provide tactile comfort<br />Sound Management<br />Acoustic considerations are often overlooked in traditional design but are crucial for neurodivergent individuals:<br />"To reduce the noise in his room, he has blackout curtains and sheers so that he can get the natural light."<br />Other sound management strategies include:<br />Hardwood doors to block noise more effectively than hollow doors<br />Soft furnishings to absorb sound<br />Considering the acoustic properties of flooring materials<br />Lighting Considerations<br />"Natural light is a massive impact as well in bringing wellness into a home."<br />Michelle emphasizes the importance of:<br />Maximizing natural light where possible<br />Using warmer lighting rather than cool, harsh lighting<br />Avoiding highly reflective surfaces that can create glare<br />Providing options for different lighting levels<br />The Emotional Impact of Sensory-Aware Design<br />One of the most powerful aspects of Michelle's approach is how she connects design choices to emotional well-being:<br />"The way in which you feel in a space is completely dictated by the senses and the way in which it makes you feel. When you walk into a space, if it was a really obnoxious color, like a really loud, loud color, it could actually give you a bit of a headache."<br />This understanding that design affects not just how a space looks but how it makes people feel is at the heart of sensory-aware design.<br />Using the Emotions Wheel for Design Conversations<br />Michelle uses the emotions wheel as a tool to help her son articulate his reactions to different design elements:<br />"Often we can experience a certain amount of emotions. For example, you know, I know I'm happy. I know I'm sad. I know I'm joyful. I know I'm angry and they're just base basics. But what we don't often, you know, we're not able to articulate is the broader spectrum of emotions."<br />This approach can be valuable for designers working with all clients, not just those who are neurodivergent, as it helps people express their emotional responses to spaces more precisely.<br />Creating Sensory Balance in Any Home<br />While Michelle's approach is particularly valuable for neurodivergent individuals, the principles of sensory-aware design can benefit everyone:<br />Natural Elements and Biophilic Design<br />"Introducing more biophilic design, so introducing more plants into the space."<br />Connecting to nature through design helps create spaces that feel calming and grounded.<br />Sound Management for Wellbeing<br />"I will often have things such as water sounds or rain sounds on an app for him to help him soothe and calm."<br />Considering the soundscape of a space—whether through sound-absorbing materials or introducing pleasant natural sounds—can significantly impact how a space feels.<br />Material Selection for Comfort<br />Choosing materials based on how they feel, not just how they look, creates spaces that are physically comfortable:<br />"Anything that's sort of breathable and airy because it gets quite hot. In the winter he likes more sort of flannelette or warmer style blankets, something that has a bit of weight to it, which gives him that sense of protection and feeling safeness and soothed."<br />The Universal Appeal of Sensory Design<br />What makes Michelle's approach so valuable is that while it addresses specific needs for neurodivergent individuals, the principles benefit everyone:<br />"People forget that, you know, lighting, sound, smell, taste, I mean, we don't taste interior, but even when you think about when you go, say, for example, to an open home and they have the smell of fresh coffee, they do that intentionally."<br />As Beth notes during the conversation, "This is what a good designer should be doing for all of their clients. Because really how, so much of our job is actually like, there is the aesthetic, obviously. But it is like we want our clients to walk in the front door and just go, I'm home, it's my sanctuary."<br />Practical Tips for Implementing Sensory-Aware Design<br />For designers looking to incorporate these principles into their practice, Michelle offers several practical approaches:</p><ol><li>Involve Users in Material Selection<br />Have clients touch and interact with materials before making final selections.</li><li>Consider All Senses<br />Think beyond the visual to how a space sounds, feels, and even smells.</li><li>Use the Emotions Wheel<br />Help clients articulate their emotional responses to different design elements.</li><li>Balance Stimulation and Calm<br />Create spaces with varying sensory levels to accommodate different needs and moods.</li><li>Prioritize Natural Elements<br />Incorporate natural materials, plants, and natural light whenever possible.<br />The Future of Inclusive Design<br />As awareness of neurodiversity continues to grow, the design industry has an opportunity to create more inclusive spaces that work for people with diverse sensory needs.<br />Michelle's approach demonstrates that designing with sensory awareness doesn't mean sacrificing beauty or style—it simply means considering how design choices affect all aspects of the human experience.<br />By incorporating these principles, designers can create spaces that not only look beautiful but also support the emotional and sensory wellbeing of everyone who uses them.<br />Whether you're designing for a neurodivergent client or simply want to create more thoughtful, comfortable spaces, the principles of sensory-aware design offer valuable insights for creating interiors that truly enhance quality of life.</li></ol>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39229692" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/4685f637-7825-4731-baf3-880d5daf4a40/audio/829c8ae5-a9dd-4094-9572-2e2547ca0b71/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>101 A Dialogue with Michelle Canny</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Canny, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/29574ffe-e1b3-4b6e-93cf-fb5b33f946aa/3000x3000/episode-20-101.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Michelle Canny of Michelle Canny Interiors shares her approach to designing spaces with neurodiversity in mind. Learn how she creates environments that consider sensory needs, particularly for her son who is on the autism spectrum, and discover practical tips for incorporating sensory awareness into any design project.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Michelle Canny of Michelle Canny Interiors shares her approach to designing spaces with neurodiversity in mind. Learn how she creates environments that consider sensory needs, particularly for her son who is on the autism spectrum, and discover practical tips for incorporating sensory awareness into any design project.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>biophilic design, acoustic design, sensory design, sensory-friendly interiors, interior design for adhd, color psychology, sensory processing, inclusive design, material selection for neurodiversity, sensory considerations, accessible design, interior design for autism, neurodivergent design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6ce64ebe-1821-44f3-aa57-858670a56037</guid>
      <title>100 Lessons from 100 Conversations: What It Really Takes to Build a Thriving Studio</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this milestone 100th episode, I reflect on the journey of creating Design Dialogues and shares the most valuable lessons I've learned from conversations with designers across 100 episodes. From the importance of clear communication to building resilience, these insights have not only shaped the podcast but transformed how I approach my own design business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Celebrating 100 Episodes<br />• The journey from hesitation to creating a podcast that sparks meaningful conversations<br />• Gratitude for listeners and guests who have made Design Dialogues possible<br />• How these conversations have impacted Beth's own approach to business</p><p>Lesson 1: Communication is Everything<br />• Why great communication is the foundation of a successful design business<br />• The importance of being proactive, transparent, and human<br />• How clear communication sets expectations and builds trust<br />• "Clients don't expect perfection, they just expect to be kept in the loop"</p><p>Lesson 2: Strong Relationships Build Strong Businesses<br />• The power of connections with clients, trades, suppliers, mentors, and peers<br />• Why the most sustainable businesses aren't built alone<br />• How investing in relationships creates opportunities<br />• The importance of how you treat people, not just who you know</p><p>Lesson 3: Resilience is a Muscle<br />• Why running a design studio requires developing resilience<br />• How successful designers learn to bounce back from challenges<br />• The difference between avoiding hard things and building capacity to move through them<br />• Why staying stuck in difficulties prevents growth</p><p>Lesson 4: Keep Learning Always<br />• The growth mindset that successful designers share<br />• Why investing in yourself strategically is as important as creative development<br />• How curiosity and willingness to evolve drives success<br />• The difference between studios that survive and those that thrive</p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers at any stage of their journey who want to build sustainable, fulfilling businesses that not only look good from the outside but feel good on the inside too.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-100</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5adbc35b-d8a4-4aec-a3ab-2b2e0066fb91/episode-20100.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this milestone 100th episode, I reflect on the journey of creating Design Dialogues and shares the most valuable lessons I've learned from conversations with designers across 100 episodes. From the importance of clear communication to building resilience, these insights have not only shaped the podcast but transformed how I approach my own design business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Celebrating 100 Episodes<br />• The journey from hesitation to creating a podcast that sparks meaningful conversations<br />• Gratitude for listeners and guests who have made Design Dialogues possible<br />• How these conversations have impacted Beth's own approach to business</p><p>Lesson 1: Communication is Everything<br />• Why great communication is the foundation of a successful design business<br />• The importance of being proactive, transparent, and human<br />• How clear communication sets expectations and builds trust<br />• "Clients don't expect perfection, they just expect to be kept in the loop"</p><p>Lesson 2: Strong Relationships Build Strong Businesses<br />• The power of connections with clients, trades, suppliers, mentors, and peers<br />• Why the most sustainable businesses aren't built alone<br />• How investing in relationships creates opportunities<br />• The importance of how you treat people, not just who you know</p><p>Lesson 3: Resilience is a Muscle<br />• Why running a design studio requires developing resilience<br />• How successful designers learn to bounce back from challenges<br />• The difference between avoiding hard things and building capacity to move through them<br />• Why staying stuck in difficulties prevents growth</p><p>Lesson 4: Keep Learning Always<br />• The growth mindset that successful designers share<br />• Why investing in yourself strategically is as important as creative development<br />• How curiosity and willingness to evolve drives success<br />• The difference between studios that survive and those that thrive</p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers at any stage of their journey who want to build sustainable, fulfilling businesses that not only look good from the outside but feel good on the inside too.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9424604" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a671854c-383f-4000-b5f2-5a1bb6dd8db3/audio/1229645a-b876-4575-9c06-d30fd4dcf888/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>100 Lessons from 100 Conversations: What It Really Takes to Build a Thriving Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/57adb127-3704-4c1d-8505-7f656c378817/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20episode-20-100.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this milestone 100th episode, I reflect on the journey of creating Design Dialogues and share the most valuable lessons I&apos;ve learned from conversations with designers across 100 episodes. From the importance of clear communication to building resilience, these insights have not only shaped the podcast but transformed how I approach my own design business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this milestone 100th episode, I reflect on the journey of creating Design Dialogues and share the most valuable lessons I&apos;ve learned from conversations with designers across 100 episodes. From the importance of clear communication to building resilience, these insights have not only shaped the podcast but transformed how I approach my own design business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design community, professional development, design business advice, business growth, communication skills, interior design business, interior design podcast, designer resilience, design business lessons, business relationships, design dialogues</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8bdc7758-4fe9-4a77-8ffa-5ded5cac4683</guid>
      <title>099 A Dialogue with Mia Fileman</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, marketing expert Mia Fileman of Campaign Del Mar explains why campaign marketing isn't just for big brands with big budgets. Learn how small businesses can create high-impact, low-cost marketing campaigns that deliver real results, and why relying solely on "always on" social media marketing often leads to frustration and minimal returns.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Mia has kindly shared with my listeners a download to help with their marketing strategies</p><p><a href="https://www.campaigndelmar.com/focus-framework">https://www.campaigndelmar.com/focus-framework</a></p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• The crucial difference between "always on" marketing and campaign marketing </p><p>• Why most small businesses are missing out on the power of campaigns • How to create high-impact campaigns without high budgets • The problem with relying solely on Instagram for business growth • Why in-person connections often deliver better results than social media • The current state of marketing ethics and authenticity</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>✨ Campaigns are short, focused efforts with specific objectives ✨ Plan campaigns 10-12 weeks before launch for best results ✨ Become "customer fanatics" to develop effective campaign ideas ✨ Reuse campaign assets to maximize your investment ✨ Consider in-person events over expensive social media advertising ✨ Trust your instincts about marketing tactics that feel inauthentic</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to plan a campaign timeline that works • Creating campaigns for businesses that only need a few clients per year • Building a bank of reusable marketing assets • Balancing online presence with in-person networking • Maintaining authenticity in your marketing approach</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Small business owners frustrated with social media results • Interior designers looking for more effective marketing approaches • Entrepreneurs who want to stand out from competitors • Business owners uncomfortable with pushy marketing tactics • Anyone looking to get better returns on their marketing investment</p><h2>Quote from Episode:</h2><p>"A campaign is a connected series of actions leading to the desired outcome... They are configured to capture attention for a short amount of time. They are short bursts of activity." - Mia Fileman</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Mia Fileman, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-099</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a0a44ae8-77d5-4616-ae77-197addc8adda/episode-2099-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, marketing expert Mia Fileman of Campaign Del Mar explains why campaign marketing isn't just for big brands with big budgets. Learn how small businesses can create high-impact, low-cost marketing campaigns that deliver real results, and why relying solely on "always on" social media marketing often leads to frustration and minimal returns.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Mia has kindly shared with my listeners a download to help with their marketing strategies</p><p><a href="https://www.campaigndelmar.com/focus-framework">https://www.campaigndelmar.com/focus-framework</a></p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• The crucial difference between "always on" marketing and campaign marketing </p><p>• Why most small businesses are missing out on the power of campaigns • How to create high-impact campaigns without high budgets • The problem with relying solely on Instagram for business growth • Why in-person connections often deliver better results than social media • The current state of marketing ethics and authenticity</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>✨ Campaigns are short, focused efforts with specific objectives ✨ Plan campaigns 10-12 weeks before launch for best results ✨ Become "customer fanatics" to develop effective campaign ideas ✨ Reuse campaign assets to maximize your investment ✨ Consider in-person events over expensive social media advertising ✨ Trust your instincts about marketing tactics that feel inauthentic</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to plan a campaign timeline that works • Creating campaigns for businesses that only need a few clients per year • Building a bank of reusable marketing assets • Balancing online presence with in-person networking • Maintaining authenticity in your marketing approach</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Small business owners frustrated with social media results • Interior designers looking for more effective marketing approaches • Entrepreneurs who want to stand out from competitors • Business owners uncomfortable with pushy marketing tactics • Anyone looking to get better returns on their marketing investment</p><h2>Quote from Episode:</h2><p>"A campaign is a connected series of actions leading to the desired outcome... They are configured to capture attention for a short amount of time. They are short bursts of activity." - Mia Fileman</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37895566" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/3aa2e4e4-57c3-466a-b7df-cdf050d7587c/audio/6e05f62d-f7f6-4eba-ae60-52622c527833/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>099 A Dialogue with Mia Fileman</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Mia Fileman, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/cba8b9eb-d6c1-43e8-806e-0f06e4321a3d/3000x3000/episode-20-99.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, marketing expert Mia Fileman of Campaign Del Mar explains why campaign marketing isn&apos;t just for big brands with big budgets. Learn how small businesses can create high-impact, low-cost marketing campaigns that deliver real results, and why relying solely on &quot;always on&quot; social media marketing often leads to frustration and minimal returns.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, marketing expert Mia Fileman of Campaign Del Mar explains why campaign marketing isn&apos;t just for big brands with big budgets. Learn how small businesses can create high-impact, low-cost marketing campaigns that deliver real results, and why relying solely on &quot;always on&quot; social media marketing often leads to frustration and minimal returns.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>small business marketing, interior design marketing, campaign marketing, marketing strategy, authentic marketing, business growth, marketing campaigns, instagram marketing, social media marketing, marketing roi, marketing ethics</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5114cb01-383d-4efa-bd5a-9f10f94de011</guid>
      <title>098 Are You Leaving Money on the Table? Financial Systems to Protect Your Profit</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<h3>The Reality of Design Business Finances</h3><p>• Why even the most talented designers can struggle financially </p><p>• Common ways money slips through the cracks in design businesses </p><p>• The mindset shift from "hobby" to "profitable business"</p><h3>Cashflow Tracking Essentials</h3><p>• How to set up proper accounting systems (Xero, QuickBooks, MYOB) </p><p>• The importance of weekly cashflow reviews </p><p>• Identifying patterns in your business finances </p><p>• Common cashflow mistakes to avoid:</p><ul><li>Spending money before it's in the bank</li><li>Forgetting about tax and business expenses</li><li>Not paying yourself first</li></ul><h3>Invoicing Best Practices</h3><p>• Invoice on time, every time - as soon as milestones are reached </p><p>• Set clear payment terms (7 days vs. "due upon receipt") </p><p>• Utilize automated invoicing and payment reminders </p><p>• The "accounts department" email trick for following up on late payments </p><p>• Recommended reminder cadence:</p><ul><li>3 days before due date</li><li>On the due date</li><li>7 days overdue</li></ul><h3>Pricing for Profitability</h3><p>• Why undercharging puts a lid on studio growth • Factors to consider when setting your rates:</p><ul><li>Experience and expertise (including transferable skills)</li><li>The value you bring to clients' lives</li><li>Time spent on all aspects of projects • Questions to ask yourself about your pricing:</li><li>Are you making a profit on every project?</li><li>Are you including markup on sourced products?</li><li>Would you be happy doing the project at this price again?</li></ul><h3>Free Resource</h3><p>Download this month's<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/projecttrackerdownload"> free Project Tracker template</a> to help monitor the financial health of your projects. </p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers who want to strengthen the financial foundations of their business, ensure they're getting paid what they're worth, and build a truly profitable design studio.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 9 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-098</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/44590522-6b20-433f-949f-ad549b3f3ebd/episode-20098.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>The Reality of Design Business Finances</h3><p>• Why even the most talented designers can struggle financially </p><p>• Common ways money slips through the cracks in design businesses </p><p>• The mindset shift from "hobby" to "profitable business"</p><h3>Cashflow Tracking Essentials</h3><p>• How to set up proper accounting systems (Xero, QuickBooks, MYOB) </p><p>• The importance of weekly cashflow reviews </p><p>• Identifying patterns in your business finances </p><p>• Common cashflow mistakes to avoid:</p><ul><li>Spending money before it's in the bank</li><li>Forgetting about tax and business expenses</li><li>Not paying yourself first</li></ul><h3>Invoicing Best Practices</h3><p>• Invoice on time, every time - as soon as milestones are reached </p><p>• Set clear payment terms (7 days vs. "due upon receipt") </p><p>• Utilize automated invoicing and payment reminders </p><p>• The "accounts department" email trick for following up on late payments </p><p>• Recommended reminder cadence:</p><ul><li>3 days before due date</li><li>On the due date</li><li>7 days overdue</li></ul><h3>Pricing for Profitability</h3><p>• Why undercharging puts a lid on studio growth • Factors to consider when setting your rates:</p><ul><li>Experience and expertise (including transferable skills)</li><li>The value you bring to clients' lives</li><li>Time spent on all aspects of projects • Questions to ask yourself about your pricing:</li><li>Are you making a profit on every project?</li><li>Are you including markup on sourced products?</li><li>Would you be happy doing the project at this price again?</li></ul><h3>Free Resource</h3><p>Download this month's<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/projecttrackerdownload"> free Project Tracker template</a> to help monitor the financial health of your projects. </p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers who want to strengthen the financial foundations of their business, ensure they're getting paid what they're worth, and build a truly profitable design studio.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="13080911" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/7f32f992-c2fa-4e4c-a2fd-1c11bab753d6/audio/bd800296-00a5-4853-a583-762476b538a0/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>098 Are You Leaving Money on the Table? Financial Systems to Protect Your Profit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/aa8ffbfe-4180-437d-8f25-d516a1b97943/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2098.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:13:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this practical episode, Beth reveals the key financial systems that separate thriving design studios from those struggling to make ends meet. Learn how to track cashflow effectively, implement invoicing best practices, and develop pricing strategies that reflect your true value. Plus, download this month&apos;s free Project Tracker template to monitor the financial health of your projects.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this practical episode, Beth reveals the key financial systems that separate thriving design studios from those struggling to make ends meet. Learn how to track cashflow effectively, implement invoicing best practices, and develop pricing strategies that reflect your true value. Plus, download this month&apos;s free Project Tracker template to monitor the financial health of your projects.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>cashflow management, design business profitability, pricing strategy, interior design business, design studio finances, financial systems for designers, invoicing for designers, interior design pricing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07ea1251-cd05-47e4-8dc8-9abe537589e3</guid>
      <title>097 Solo with Beth Why Your Studio Portfolio Is More Than Pretty Pictures</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<h3>Why Most Portfolios Fall Short</h3><p>• The problem with showing only final images </p><p>• Why a portfolio of just "after" photos is like "showing a wedding photo album to explain what marriage is like" </p><p>• How clients view your portfolio differently than you might think</p><h3>Your Portfolio as a Communication Tool</h3><p>• How to bridge the knowledge gap between designers and potential clients </p><p>• Why process-driven storytelling helps clients self-qualify </p><p>• How a well-crafted portfolio saves you time in consultations</p><h3>What to Include for Each Featured Project</h3><p>• Brief description of the client and their challenges </p><p>• Clear explanation of your role and scope </p><p>• Process highlights (mood boards, floor plans, behind-the-scenes moments) </p><p>• Client feedback quotes </p><p>• Visuals that show the journey from before to after</p><h3>Building Trust Through Transparency</h3><p>• Why clients aren't just choosing a style—they're choosing a guide </p><p>• How showing your process reduces client anxiety </p><p>• The difference between a portfolio and a welcome guide</p><h3>Portfolio Refresh Tips</h3><p>• Start with 2-3 projects you're most proud of </p><p>• Write client-friendly narratives that explain your process </p><p>• Include progress photos that showcase your deliverables </p><p>• Avoid industry jargon that might confuse potential clients</p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers who want to attract better-fit clients, set clear expectations from the start, and build trust before the first consultation. Your portfolio isn't just a marketing asset—it's the first step in your client experience.</p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Apr 2025 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-025</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/99c7bdc1-cf47-420a-9a4f-a523e8da303c/episode-2097-20youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>Why Most Portfolios Fall Short</h3><p>• The problem with showing only final images </p><p>• Why a portfolio of just "after" photos is like "showing a wedding photo album to explain what marriage is like" </p><p>• How clients view your portfolio differently than you might think</p><h3>Your Portfolio as a Communication Tool</h3><p>• How to bridge the knowledge gap between designers and potential clients </p><p>• Why process-driven storytelling helps clients self-qualify </p><p>• How a well-crafted portfolio saves you time in consultations</p><h3>What to Include for Each Featured Project</h3><p>• Brief description of the client and their challenges </p><p>• Clear explanation of your role and scope </p><p>• Process highlights (mood boards, floor plans, behind-the-scenes moments) </p><p>• Client feedback quotes </p><p>• Visuals that show the journey from before to after</p><h3>Building Trust Through Transparency</h3><p>• Why clients aren't just choosing a style—they're choosing a guide </p><p>• How showing your process reduces client anxiety </p><p>• The difference between a portfolio and a welcome guide</p><h3>Portfolio Refresh Tips</h3><p>• Start with 2-3 projects you're most proud of </p><p>• Write client-friendly narratives that explain your process </p><p>• Include progress photos that showcase your deliverables </p><p>• Avoid industry jargon that might confuse potential clients</p><p>This episode is perfect for interior designers who want to attract better-fit clients, set clear expectations from the start, and build trust before the first consultation. Your portfolio isn't just a marketing asset—it's the first step in your client experience.</p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="11215559" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/ad85c50f-087e-44cb-b4c0-c276176c3c73/audio/10e0b25a-4f11-4635-bc68-954badc5882b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>097 Solo with Beth Why Your Studio Portfolio Is More Than Pretty Pictures</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/610b791a-2bc6-482f-a76f-e330c687e702/3000x3000/episode-20-97.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this solo episode, Beth reveals why your studio portfolio should be more than just a collection of beautiful &quot;after&quot; photos. Learn how to transform your portfolio into a powerful communication tool that sets expectations, explains your process, and builds trust with potential clients from the very first interaction.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this solo episode, Beth reveals why your studio portfolio should be more than just a collection of beautiful &quot;after&quot; photos. Learn how to transform your portfolio into a powerful communication tool that sets expectations, explains your process, and builds trust with potential clients from the very first interaction.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design presentation, design process, interior design business, design studio, interior design portfolio, portfolio development, client communication, client expectations</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e6bb0afc-4a31-4ee9-88f0-46442b735745</guid>
      <title>096 Why Every Interior Designer needs a Project Management System</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Every interior designer knows the chaos of managing multiple projects simultaneously—design concepts to finalize, orders to place, client emails to answer, and site visits to attend. Without a centralized system, important details slip through the cracks, deadlines are missed, and stress levels rise.</p><p>A well-structured project tracker gives you a bird's eye view of every project. So at any moment, you know what stage each project is at. No more guessing.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/projecttrackerdownload" target="_blank">Download the FREE template here</a>.</p><p><strong>Key Components of an Effective Tracker</strong></p><p>The best project trackers include just enough information without becoming overwhelming:</p><p>• Project Overview: Basic project identification including client name and address </p><p>• Key Dates and Deadlines: Major milestones, builder deadlines, and order timelines </p><p>• Task Breakdown: Clear responsibilities for each phase of the project </p><p>• Communication Schedule: When you'll update clients to maintain trust and expectations</p><p>"A project tracker isn't just a glorified to-do list. It's a system that helps you manage all the moving parts of a project in one place," Beth emphasizes.</p><h2>Choosing the Right Tool</h2><p>While many sophisticated project management tools exist, I recommend starting simple:</p><p>"I actually use a good old Google Sheet or Excel. It's really simple. It's easy to customize. You can have tabs for multiple projects."</p><p>The most important factor isn't which tool you use, but whether you consistently use it.</p><h2>Making It a Habit</h2><p>For your project tracker to be effective, I suggest three key habits:</p><p>• Start each day by reviewing your tracker before checking emails </p><p>• Update it in real-time as you complete tasks </p><p>• Schedule a weekly check-in to ensure everything is current</p><p>"I can guarantee there is no better feeling than at the end of your work week... you make sure your project tracker is up to date and you can see exactly where you are on all your projects."</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to reduce stress, improve efficiency, and ensure no important details fall through the cracks in their design projects.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 2 Apr 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-096</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/acdb75a5-c98c-4f9d-846d-13be94a5baa6/episode-20096.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Every interior designer knows the chaos of managing multiple projects simultaneously—design concepts to finalize, orders to place, client emails to answer, and site visits to attend. Without a centralized system, important details slip through the cracks, deadlines are missed, and stress levels rise.</p><p>A well-structured project tracker gives you a bird's eye view of every project. So at any moment, you know what stage each project is at. No more guessing.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/projecttrackerdownload" target="_blank">Download the FREE template here</a>.</p><p><strong>Key Components of an Effective Tracker</strong></p><p>The best project trackers include just enough information without becoming overwhelming:</p><p>• Project Overview: Basic project identification including client name and address </p><p>• Key Dates and Deadlines: Major milestones, builder deadlines, and order timelines </p><p>• Task Breakdown: Clear responsibilities for each phase of the project </p><p>• Communication Schedule: When you'll update clients to maintain trust and expectations</p><p>"A project tracker isn't just a glorified to-do list. It's a system that helps you manage all the moving parts of a project in one place," Beth emphasizes.</p><h2>Choosing the Right Tool</h2><p>While many sophisticated project management tools exist, I recommend starting simple:</p><p>"I actually use a good old Google Sheet or Excel. It's really simple. It's easy to customize. You can have tabs for multiple projects."</p><p>The most important factor isn't which tool you use, but whether you consistently use it.</p><h2>Making It a Habit</h2><p>For your project tracker to be effective, I suggest three key habits:</p><p>• Start each day by reviewing your tracker before checking emails </p><p>• Update it in real-time as you complete tasks </p><p>• Schedule a weekly check-in to ensure everything is current</p><p>"I can guarantee there is no better feeling than at the end of your work week... you make sure your project tracker is up to date and you can see exactly where you are on all your projects."</p><p>This episode is essential for interior designers who want to reduce stress, improve efficiency, and ensure no important details fall through the cracks in their design projects.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="13589150" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/35c209e8-7f04-4c3d-9674-f232f71ae9ce/audio/51a07ed5-f741-4db3-954e-e2421a4e1b17/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>096 Why Every Interior Designer needs a Project Management System</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e42df997-f8d2-4ad9-b83d-31b62b9dc34d/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2096.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:14:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this practical episode of Design Dialogues, I look at why a project tracker is essential for interior designers juggling multiple projects. Learn how to create an effective tracking system that gives you a bird&apos;s-eye view of all your projects, helps you meet deadlines, and reduces stress. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this practical episode of Design Dialogues, I look at why a project tracker is essential for interior designers juggling multiple projects. Learn how to create an effective tracking system that gives you a bird&apos;s-eye view of all your projects, helps you meet deadlines, and reduces stress. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design systems, design studio workflow, client management, interior design business, design business systems, design studio organization, project management, interior design efficiency, design project management, design deadlines, project tracker</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b59d5d75-26e1-4773-81c3-1c65c0af0d57</guid>
      <title>095 A Dialogue with Nikki McGar</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode, Nikki McGar shares her journey from Airbnb host to sought-after interior designer. Learn how she creates memorable vacation rental experiences through storytelling, incorporates vintage pieces with modern design, and builds a thriving design business in the Geelong area.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• The transition from teaching to interior design through Airbnb hosting • Creating memorable vacation rental experiences through storytelling • The vibrant Geelong design scene and coastal inspiration • Balancing beautiful aesthetics with practical considerations for guest turnover • Incorporating vintage pieces to create spaces with character and soul • Current design trends including color experimentation and playful elements</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>✨ Say yes to opportunities that come your way ✨ Develop a clear "house story" to guide your design decisions ✨ Consider the architecture and location when styling spaces ✨ Mix vintage and modern pieces for spaces with character ✨ Don't be afraid to use color and express personality</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to approach Airbnb styling differently from residential design • Finding and repurposing vintage furniture • Creating spaces that photograph well but also function practically • Working with clients to develop their property's unique identity • Building a design business in a regional area</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Airbnb and vacation rental hosts • Interior designers interested in the short-term rental market • Anyone considering a career change to design • Designers looking to incorporate more vintage pieces • Property owners wanting to create spaces with personality</p><h2>Quote from Episode:</h2><p>"Creating this other world for people to enjoy just for a short period of time" - Nikki's perspective on the magic of Airbnb styling.</p><h2>Connect with our guest:</h2><p>Nikki McGar - Nikki McGar Interiors</p><p><a href="https://www.nikkimcgar.com.au/">Nikki McGar Interiors</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-095</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/25b3c99c-0d05-4f4f-b6c0-41d0f70c0ff1/episode-2095-20nikki-20mcgar.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode, Nikki McGar shares her journey from Airbnb host to sought-after interior designer. Learn how she creates memorable vacation rental experiences through storytelling, incorporates vintage pieces with modern design, and builds a thriving design business in the Geelong area.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h2>Episode Highlights:</h2><p>• The transition from teaching to interior design through Airbnb hosting • Creating memorable vacation rental experiences through storytelling • The vibrant Geelong design scene and coastal inspiration • Balancing beautiful aesthetics with practical considerations for guest turnover • Incorporating vintage pieces to create spaces with character and soul • Current design trends including color experimentation and playful elements</p><h2>Key Takeaways:</h2><p>✨ Say yes to opportunities that come your way ✨ Develop a clear "house story" to guide your design decisions ✨ Consider the architecture and location when styling spaces ✨ Mix vintage and modern pieces for spaces with character ✨ Don't be afraid to use color and express personality</p><h2>Practical Insights:</h2><p>• How to approach Airbnb styling differently from residential design • Finding and repurposing vintage furniture • Creating spaces that photograph well but also function practically • Working with clients to develop their property's unique identity • Building a design business in a regional area</p><h2>Perfect For:</h2><p>• Airbnb and vacation rental hosts • Interior designers interested in the short-term rental market • Anyone considering a career change to design • Designers looking to incorporate more vintage pieces • Property owners wanting to create spaces with personality</p><h2>Quote from Episode:</h2><p>"Creating this other world for people to enjoy just for a short period of time" - Nikki's perspective on the magic of Airbnb styling.</p><h2>Connect with our guest:</h2><p>Nikki McGar - Nikki McGar Interiors</p><p><a href="https://www.nikkimcgar.com.au/">Nikki McGar Interiors</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30020379" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a0eea873-3c2a-4ff2-a6fd-4b1d827055c4/audio/59c2db1d-3c2c-45a3-a882-eca5f7437855/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>095 A Dialogue with Nikki McGar</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/6d473332-5902-46ea-ab9e-070d8d977492/3000x3000/episode-20-95.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:31:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this inspiring episode, Nikki McGar shares her journey from Airbnb host to sought-after interior designer. Learn how she creates memorable vacation rental experiences through storytelling, incorporates vintage pieces with modern design, and builds a thriving design business in the Geelong area.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this inspiring episode, Nikki McGar shares her journey from Airbnb host to sought-after interior designer. Learn how she creates memorable vacation rental experiences through storytelling, incorporates vintage pieces with modern design, and builds a thriving design business in the Geelong area.

I hope you enjoy the episode.

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design, greenhouse interiors, julia green, vacation rental design, career change, color drenching, regional design, interior styling, hosting masterclass, barwon heads, sarah andrews, house story, vintage furniture, geelong</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">43383149-f225-4378-ba05-d554e2580e6b</guid>
      <title>094 Project Timelines: How to Prevent Client Frustration and Stay in Control</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I tackle one of the biggest stress points for interior designers: project timelines. If you've ever had a client ask "When will this be done?" or "Why is this taking so long?", you know how frustrating timeline confusion can be. Learn how a clear, structured timeline doesn't just keep clients happy - it keeps you in control.</p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why timelines are your best defense against client frustration </p><p>• The most common timeline mistakes designers make </p><p>• How to create a project timeline that actually works </p><p>• What to do when timelines start slipping </p><p>• Strategies for communicating timelines effectively</p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Most client frustrations aren't about delays - they're about misaligned expectations </p><p>✨ Include timelines in your fee proposal so clients accept them upfront </p><p>✨ Always build in buffer time (if you think it takes 6 weeks, plan for 8) </p><p>✨ Break timelines into clear, digestible phases </p><p>✨ Consistently reinforce the timeline throughout the project</p><h3>The Biggest Timeline Mistakes:</h3><p>• Not setting a timeline until it's too late </p><p>• Being too optimistic about timeframes </p><p>• Not communicating the timeline clearly </p><p>• Failing to build in buffer time </p><p>• Neglecting to reinforce the timeline regularly</p><h3>Creating Effective Timelines:</h3><p>• Break projects into clear phases (concept development, design and documentation, etc.) </p><p>• Build in checkpoints for client feedback </p><p>• Communicate the timeline consistently</p><p> • Include the timeline in fee proposals and welcome packs </p><p>• Update and resend timelines after completing each phase</p><h3>When Timelines Slip:</h3><p>• Stay ahead of it - tell clients before they ask • Frame delays positively: "To keep quality high, we need an extra week" • Offer solutions and revised timelines • Put client-caused delays in perspective: "Once we receive your feedback, we can move forward"</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with client timeline expectations • Anyone facing "why is this taking so long?" questions • Business owners wanting smoother project management • Designers ready to strengthen their processes • Studios looking to build client trust</p><p>      </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-094</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/36325c0e-8fb3-439a-93d9-adb464e75481/episode-20094-20-2013-20march.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I tackle one of the biggest stress points for interior designers: project timelines. If you've ever had a client ask "When will this be done?" or "Why is this taking so long?", you know how frustrating timeline confusion can be. Learn how a clear, structured timeline doesn't just keep clients happy - it keeps you in control.</p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why timelines are your best defense against client frustration </p><p>• The most common timeline mistakes designers make </p><p>• How to create a project timeline that actually works </p><p>• What to do when timelines start slipping </p><p>• Strategies for communicating timelines effectively</p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Most client frustrations aren't about delays - they're about misaligned expectations </p><p>✨ Include timelines in your fee proposal so clients accept them upfront </p><p>✨ Always build in buffer time (if you think it takes 6 weeks, plan for 8) </p><p>✨ Break timelines into clear, digestible phases </p><p>✨ Consistently reinforce the timeline throughout the project</p><h3>The Biggest Timeline Mistakes:</h3><p>• Not setting a timeline until it's too late </p><p>• Being too optimistic about timeframes </p><p>• Not communicating the timeline clearly </p><p>• Failing to build in buffer time </p><p>• Neglecting to reinforce the timeline regularly</p><h3>Creating Effective Timelines:</h3><p>• Break projects into clear phases (concept development, design and documentation, etc.) </p><p>• Build in checkpoints for client feedback </p><p>• Communicate the timeline consistently</p><p> • Include the timeline in fee proposals and welcome packs </p><p>• Update and resend timelines after completing each phase</p><h3>When Timelines Slip:</h3><p>• Stay ahead of it - tell clients before they ask • Frame delays positively: "To keep quality high, we need an extra week" • Offer solutions and revised timelines • Put client-caused delays in perspective: "Once we receive your feedback, we can move forward"</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with client timeline expectations • Anyone facing "why is this taking so long?" questions • Business owners wanting smoother project management • Designers ready to strengthen their processes • Studios looking to build client trust</p><p>      </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="11083902" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/0fbc3b39-0e8b-4086-a121-2b6fb7fdff7d/audio/ba0edeb2-2885-4f61-a484-919e0890afbb/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>094 Project Timelines: How to Prevent Client Frustration and Stay in Control</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/6588ddf6-49e0-4b68-8ef1-5c4dd72108c2/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2094.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, we tackle one of the biggest stress points for interior designers: project timelines. If you&apos;ve ever had a client ask &quot;When will this be done?&quot; or &quot;Why is this taking so long?&quot;, you&apos;ll discover how a clear, structured timeline doesn&apos;t just prevent frustration—it keeps you in control. Learn the most common timeline mistakes designers make, practical strategies for breaking projects into manageable phases, and how to handle inevitable delays while maintaining client trust. Most client frustrations aren&apos;t actually about delays—they&apos;re about misaligned expectations—and this episode provides the framework you need to set realistic timelines and create a stress-free workflow from the start.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, we tackle one of the biggest stress points for interior designers: project timelines. If you&apos;ve ever had a client ask &quot;When will this be done?&quot; or &quot;Why is this taking so long?&quot;, you&apos;ll discover how a clear, structured timeline doesn&apos;t just prevent frustration—it keeps you in control. Learn the most common timeline mistakes designers make, practical strategies for breaking projects into manageable phases, and how to handle inevitable delays while maintaining client trust. Most client frustrations aren&apos;t actually about delays—they&apos;re about misaligned expectations—and this episode provides the framework you need to set realistic timelines and create a stress-free workflow from the start.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#designpodcast, #designdialogues, #interiordesign, #businessgrowth, #projecttimeline, #designbusiness, #businessstrategy, #interiordesigner, #clientmanagement</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59b8e46b-82c0-4003-be14-d62fe159831a</guid>
      <title>093 A Dialogue with Daryl Wark and Sarah James</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I sit down with two experienced interior designers - Daryl Wark from Interiors by Daryl Wark and Sarah James from Greenwoods Home. This candid conversation reveals the realities of running a successful interior design studio and offers invaluable insights for both new and established designers.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><ul><li>Career Transitions: Both guests share their journeys to interior design as second and third careers, bringing valuable skills from previous industries</li><li>The Business Reality: Why design is only 20% of running a successful studio, and what makes up the other 80%</li><li>Setting Boundaries: How to manage client relationships, protect your time, and avoid burnout as an introverted designer</li><li>The Retail Dream vs. Reality: Hard-earned lessons from both designers' experiences with brick-and-mortar and online retail ventures</li><li>Client Management: Practical advice on documentation, communication, and trusting your instincts about potential clients</li><li>AI in Design: How both designers are incorporating AI tools into their workflows to save time and enhance their services</li><li>Industry Evolution: Exciting developments in the Brisbane design scene and how technology is creating new opportunities</li></ul><h3>Key Quotes:</h3><p>"I think a true really good designer... there is a role for everyone in design. So whether you think 'I'm not good enough because I can't draw' or 'I'm not good enough because I'm not good with color'... there is a role for you somewhere in this industry." - Daryl Wark</p><p>"You're better off to have mints on toast for a week than have to deal with the pain of a bad client." - Daryl Wark</p><p>"Design school kind of only really gets you to the front door. And then that on-the-job training is when you really learn how the house is put together." - Beth Bieske</p><h3>Connect with our guests:</h3><ul><li>Daryl Wark: <a href="https://www.interiorsbydarylwark.com.au/">Interiors by Daryl Wark</a></li><li>Sarah James: <a href="https://www.greenwoodshome.com.au/">Greenwoods Home</a></li></ul><p>Whether you're just starting your design career or looking to refine your established business, this episode offers honest, practical advice from designers who have navigated the challenges of building successful studios.</p><p> </p><p>               </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-093</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f2d467b9-1b80-48ce-91dc-3eb68f3b8cb4/episode-2093-20-2.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Design Dialogues, I sit down with two experienced interior designers - Daryl Wark from Interiors by Daryl Wark and Sarah James from Greenwoods Home. This candid conversation reveals the realities of running a successful interior design studio and offers invaluable insights for both new and established designers.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><ul><li>Career Transitions: Both guests share their journeys to interior design as second and third careers, bringing valuable skills from previous industries</li><li>The Business Reality: Why design is only 20% of running a successful studio, and what makes up the other 80%</li><li>Setting Boundaries: How to manage client relationships, protect your time, and avoid burnout as an introverted designer</li><li>The Retail Dream vs. Reality: Hard-earned lessons from both designers' experiences with brick-and-mortar and online retail ventures</li><li>Client Management: Practical advice on documentation, communication, and trusting your instincts about potential clients</li><li>AI in Design: How both designers are incorporating AI tools into their workflows to save time and enhance their services</li><li>Industry Evolution: Exciting developments in the Brisbane design scene and how technology is creating new opportunities</li></ul><h3>Key Quotes:</h3><p>"I think a true really good designer... there is a role for everyone in design. So whether you think 'I'm not good enough because I can't draw' or 'I'm not good enough because I'm not good with color'... there is a role for you somewhere in this industry." - Daryl Wark</p><p>"You're better off to have mints on toast for a week than have to deal with the pain of a bad client." - Daryl Wark</p><p>"Design school kind of only really gets you to the front door. And then that on-the-job training is when you really learn how the house is put together." - Beth Bieske</p><h3>Connect with our guests:</h3><ul><li>Daryl Wark: <a href="https://www.interiorsbydarylwark.com.au/">Interiors by Daryl Wark</a></li><li>Sarah James: <a href="https://www.greenwoodshome.com.au/">Greenwoods Home</a></li></ul><p>Whether you're just starting your design career or looking to refine your established business, this episode offers honest, practical advice from designers who have navigated the challenges of building successful studios.</p><p> </p><p>               </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49656519" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/eb7e5a76-36ba-4446-a5ac-330de7ebb830/audio/5bab94f4-7171-45ac-b569-04df17766e68/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>093 A Dialogue with Daryl Wark and Sarah James</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/8d4a8b2a-dbf2-4c54-8be6-2bad642e1987/3000x3000/episode-20-93-20-2.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this candid conversation, host Beth Bieske speaks with interior designers Daryl Wark and Sarah James about the realities of running a design studio. They share their journeys to interior design as career-changers, revealing that design work is only about 20% of running a successful business. The designers discuss setting healthy boundaries with clients, managing workloads as introverts, and their cautionary tales about retail ventures. They also explore how they&apos;re incorporating AI tools into their workflows and offer practical advice for designers at all career stages. This episode provides an honest look at the challenges and rewards of building a thriving interior design business.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this candid conversation, host Beth Bieske speaks with interior designers Daryl Wark and Sarah James about the realities of running a design studio. They share their journeys to interior design as career-changers, revealing that design work is only about 20% of running a successful business. The designers discuss setting healthy boundaries with clients, managing workloads as introverts, and their cautionary tales about retail ventures. They also explore how they&apos;re incorporating AI tools into their workflows and offer practical advice for designers at all career stages. This episode provides an honest look at the challenges and rewards of building a thriving interior design business.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>client boundaries, design business advice, work-life balance for designers, design business, interior design, design studio workflow, retail design business, client management, design career path, business, career change to interior design, design business systems, ai for interior design, profitability, design studio management, introvert designer, brisbane interior design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6be20e4a-34b4-4a40-9fc3-7fec39aa6c3a</guid>
      <title>092 Client Communication Hacks: What Top Designers Do Differently</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Most client frustrations don't come from bad design - they come from unclear communication. In this episode I provide actionable communication strategies to prevent problems before they start.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Three Key Communication Strategies:</h3><p>• Proactive updates that prevent client anxiety </p><p>• Clear boundaries that protect your time </p><p>• Transparent pricing that builds trust</p><h3>Proactive Communication:</h3><p>• Send weekly or bi-weekly progress updates at appropriate times </p><p>• Tell clients what's happening before they have to ask </p><p>• Set expectations about communication frequency upfront </p><p>• Reassure clients that things are moving forward</p><h3>Setting Communication Boundaries:</h3><p>• Include a "How We Work" section in your onboarding pack </p><p>• Specify preferred communication channels </p><p>• Set clear response times (e.g., within 48 hours, Monday-Friday) </p><p>• Educate clients who don't follow your guidelines</p><h3>Transparent Pricing:</h3><p>• Frame pricing as a flexible investment from the start </p><p>• Break down costs clearly in proposals </p><p>• Provide specific line items rather than package totals </p><p>• Update clients on pricing changes as the project evolves</p><h3>Scripts for Tough Conversations:</h3><p>• When clients want extra work: "I'd love to explore that for you. Some additional layouts take extra design time. I can put together a quick estimate so you can decide if you'd like to move forward with it." </p><p>• When clients question pricing: "I totally understand. Quality cabinetry is a big investment and we've sourced a supplier known for craftsmanship and durability. If we need to adjust the budget, we can look at alternative materials or finishes to bring the cost down. Just let me know what works for you."</p><h3>Remember These Three Things:</h3><p>• Preempt problems before they start </p><p>• Set boundaries from day one </p><p>• Be clear, calm, and proactive in every conversation</p><p> </p><p>       </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-092</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7f5c0cb0-886b-4b9e-8ec3-7f159f26bccd/episode-20092-20-2020-20march-202025.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most client frustrations don't come from bad design - they come from unclear communication. In this episode I provide actionable communication strategies to prevent problems before they start.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Three Key Communication Strategies:</h3><p>• Proactive updates that prevent client anxiety </p><p>• Clear boundaries that protect your time </p><p>• Transparent pricing that builds trust</p><h3>Proactive Communication:</h3><p>• Send weekly or bi-weekly progress updates at appropriate times </p><p>• Tell clients what's happening before they have to ask </p><p>• Set expectations about communication frequency upfront </p><p>• Reassure clients that things are moving forward</p><h3>Setting Communication Boundaries:</h3><p>• Include a "How We Work" section in your onboarding pack </p><p>• Specify preferred communication channels </p><p>• Set clear response times (e.g., within 48 hours, Monday-Friday) </p><p>• Educate clients who don't follow your guidelines</p><h3>Transparent Pricing:</h3><p>• Frame pricing as a flexible investment from the start </p><p>• Break down costs clearly in proposals </p><p>• Provide specific line items rather than package totals </p><p>• Update clients on pricing changes as the project evolves</p><h3>Scripts for Tough Conversations:</h3><p>• When clients want extra work: "I'd love to explore that for you. Some additional layouts take extra design time. I can put together a quick estimate so you can decide if you'd like to move forward with it." </p><p>• When clients question pricing: "I totally understand. Quality cabinetry is a big investment and we've sourced a supplier known for craftsmanship and durability. If we need to adjust the budget, we can look at alternative materials or finishes to bring the cost down. Just let me know what works for you."</p><h3>Remember These Three Things:</h3><p>• Preempt problems before they start </p><p>• Set boundaries from day one </p><p>• Be clear, calm, and proactive in every conversation</p><p> </p><p>       </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9870985" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/805dbb9f-0db8-4afa-adba-79388649693e/audio/edc08c47-8af4-462b-8c93-b39ebb75675f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>092 Client Communication Hacks: What Top Designers Do Differently</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/6e46eb82-9fd9-4fbe-809b-bc85c1a9b80a/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20episode-20-92-20client-20communication-20hacks-20what-20top-20designers-20do-20differently.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The best designers aren&apos;t just great at design - they&apos;re great at communication. In this episode, I explore simple but powerful communication strategies that top designers use to prevent frustration, set clear expectations, and keep projects running smoothly. From proactive updates to handling tough conversations, these practical hacks will help you build stronger client relationships and run a more profitable studio.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The best designers aren&apos;t just great at design - they&apos;re great at communication. In this episode, I explore simple but powerful communication strategies that top designers use to prevent frustration, set clear expectations, and keep projects running smoothly. From proactive updates to handling tough conversations, these practical hacks will help you build stronger client relationships and run a more profitable studio.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#projectmanagement, #designpodcast, #designdialogues, #interiordesign, #businessgrowth, #designbusiness, #clientcommunication, #businessstrategy, #interiordesigner</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">362f0979-c684-4f23-9b49-e5c958feb4cc</guid>
      <title>091 Understanding Client Indecision</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Every interior designer will face indecisive clients at some point. This episode provides a structured approach to managing client indecision without endless back-and-forths or project delays.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Download your free Client Decision Guide <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/clientdecisionguidedownload">here</a></p><h3>Why Clients Struggle with Decisions:</h3><p>• Decision fatigue from too many choices </p><p>• Fear of making the wrong choice </p><p>• Emotional attachment to the project </p><p>• Influence from family and friends</p><h3>Practical Strategies to Prevent Indecision:</h3><p>• Include decision deadlines in your contract </p><p>• Use 48-72 hour decision windows </p><p>• Explain the consequences of delays </p><p>• Create visual timelines for decision points </p><p>• Limit options to prevent overwhelm </p><p>• Present cohesive schemes rather than isolated choices</p><h3>Scripts That Work:</h3><p>• "Based on your style and budget, here is the scheme I've put together. Each piece has been carefully selected to align with your design vision." </p><p>• "I totally understand you want to explore all possibilities, but adding more options at this stage can slow down our progress." </p><p>• "If we change the sofa now, there's a restocking fee of $500 plus a six-week delay. Would you like to proceed?"</p><h3>Managing Changes After Approval:</h3><p>• Implement a change order process </p><p>• Include additional fees for revisions </p><p>• Emphasize financial and timeline impacts </p><p>• Create a final approval meeting </p><p>• Develop clear policies around revisions</p><p>        </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-091</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f370ef67-cf37-4594-8ef7-c68b950b4f43/episode-2091-20solo-20with-20beth-20.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Every interior designer will face indecisive clients at some point. This episode provides a structured approach to managing client indecision without endless back-and-forths or project delays.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Download your free Client Decision Guide <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/clientdecisionguidedownload">here</a></p><h3>Why Clients Struggle with Decisions:</h3><p>• Decision fatigue from too many choices </p><p>• Fear of making the wrong choice </p><p>• Emotional attachment to the project </p><p>• Influence from family and friends</p><h3>Practical Strategies to Prevent Indecision:</h3><p>• Include decision deadlines in your contract </p><p>• Use 48-72 hour decision windows </p><p>• Explain the consequences of delays </p><p>• Create visual timelines for decision points </p><p>• Limit options to prevent overwhelm </p><p>• Present cohesive schemes rather than isolated choices</p><h3>Scripts That Work:</h3><p>• "Based on your style and budget, here is the scheme I've put together. Each piece has been carefully selected to align with your design vision." </p><p>• "I totally understand you want to explore all possibilities, but adding more options at this stage can slow down our progress." </p><p>• "If we change the sofa now, there's a restocking fee of $500 plus a six-week delay. Would you like to proceed?"</p><h3>Managing Changes After Approval:</h3><p>• Implement a change order process </p><p>• Include additional fees for revisions </p><p>• Emphasize financial and timeline impacts </p><p>• Create a final approval meeting </p><p>• Develop clear policies around revisions</p><p>        </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="11451706" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/9c41035c-beca-4a25-a514-df3050b4e90f/audio/2e3fa680-4700-457f-b424-eef978db21f6/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>091 Understanding Client Indecision</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b194cdcc-0733-4271-83a8-2f093baf89da/3000x3000/episode-20-91-20solo-20with-20beth-20-20understanding-20client-20indecision.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, I tackle a universal challenge for interior designers: the client who just can&apos;t make up their mind. From the Monday sofa lover who changes their mind by Wednesday to the client who approves selections only to request revisions after orders are placed, indecisiveness can derail projects and drain your energy. Learn practical strategies to guide clients through decisions confidently while protecting your time, budget, and sanity.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, I tackle a universal challenge for interior designers: the client who just can&apos;t make up their mind. From the Monday sofa lover who changes their mind by Wednesday to the client who approves selections only to request revisions after orders are placed, indecisiveness can derail projects and drain your energy. Learn practical strategies to guide clients through decisions confidently while protecting your time, budget, and sanity.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#designpodcast, #designdialogues, #interiordesign, #businessgrowth, #designbusiness, #decisionmaking, #businessstrategy, #interiordesigner, #clientmanagement</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">01219fc3-f5a7-484d-849f-d33c0323c9f2</guid>
      <title>090 How to Handle Scope Creep Without Burning Bridges</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we tackle scope creep - that slow, sneaky project killer that eats away at your profit, burns you out, and leaves you resenting even your best clients. Learn practical scripts and strategies to maintain clear boundaries while preserving great client relationships.</p><p>I hope you enhoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why scope creep happens (hint: it's rarely because clients are trying to take advantage) • Three steps to prevent and manage scope creep effectively • Real-life scripts for common client scenarios • How to say "yes" while still protecting your time and profit • Alternative service options for clients who need extra work</p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Set clear expectations from day one ✨ Respond confidently in the moment with prepared scripts ✨ Offer paid solutions for additional requests ✨ Frame boundaries as part of your professional process ✨ Always provide a path forward</p><h3>Real-Life Scripts for:</h3><p>• The "quick favor" request • Mid-project change requests • Last-minute design changes • Timeline adjustments • Additional design options</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with scope creep • Business owners setting boundaries • Anyone who finds it hard to say no • Designers who undercharge for extra work • Studio owners refining their processes</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-090</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we tackle scope creep - that slow, sneaky project killer that eats away at your profit, burns you out, and leaves you resenting even your best clients. Learn practical scripts and strategies to maintain clear boundaries while preserving great client relationships.</p><p>I hope you enhoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why scope creep happens (hint: it's rarely because clients are trying to take advantage) • Three steps to prevent and manage scope creep effectively • Real-life scripts for common client scenarios • How to say "yes" while still protecting your time and profit • Alternative service options for clients who need extra work</p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Set clear expectations from day one ✨ Respond confidently in the moment with prepared scripts ✨ Offer paid solutions for additional requests ✨ Frame boundaries as part of your professional process ✨ Always provide a path forward</p><h3>Real-Life Scripts for:</h3><p>• The "quick favor" request • Mid-project change requests • Last-minute design changes • Timeline adjustments • Additional design options</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with scope creep • Business owners setting boundaries • Anyone who finds it hard to say no • Designers who undercharge for extra work • Studio owners refining their processes</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6969930" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/adbc7f9b-8ece-4d60-b8b6-59c1dfb27a28/audio/8ef85894-dcab-4026-887c-76f2f0f3aba3/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>090 How to Handle Scope Creep Without Burning Bridges</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/83dc2925-7057-49dd-b561-0b1de2056275/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20episode-20-90-20how-20to-20handle-20scope-20creep-20without-20burning-20bridges.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:07:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Stop Scope Creep: How to Set Boundaries Without Damaging Relationships</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Stop Scope Creep: How to Set Boundaries Without Damaging Relationships</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#designpodcast, #designdialogues, #businessgrowth, interiordesign, #scopecreep, #designbusiness, #boundaries, #businessstrategy, #interiordesigner</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>90</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">94a6bd25-7807-41e7-9763-41765f04bfc7</guid>
      <title>089 A Dialogue with Bea Lambos</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<h3>Building a Successful Interior Styling Career | A Conversation with Bea Lambos</h3><p>This week I am joined by Bea Lambos from Bea & Co. as she shares her journey from kitchen design to becoming a sought-after interior stylist. With refreshing honesty, Bea reveals how networking, relationship building, and embracing the practical side of design shaped her career.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• The transition from kitchen design to interior styling • How to build valuable industry relationships • Why networking in showrooms matters • Managing different types of styling work • Building authentic connections in the industry • The reality of photo shoot styling</p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Start by putting yourself out there ✨ Build relationships before you need them ✨ Learn through hands-on experience ✨ Find your unique style and approach ✨ Trust your creative instincts</p><h3>Practical Insights:</h3><p>• How to approach showroom visits • Building photographer relationships • Managing client expectations • Creating portfolio-worthy work • Balancing different types of projects</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Aspiring interior stylists • Designers interested in styling • Anyone building industry relationships • Creatives changing careers • Those starting their own business</p><h3>Quote from Episode:</h3><p>"<i>My interior design skills far surpass my invoicing and business skills</i>" - a refreshingly honest take on the reality of creative business.</p><h3>Connect with our guest:</h3><p>Bea Lambos - Bea & Co </p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/beaandcostyle">@beaandcostyle</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Bea Lambos, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-089</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/145af371-8828-45e3-8169-0263f236b760/episode-2089-20bea-20lambos.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>Building a Successful Interior Styling Career | A Conversation with Bea Lambos</h3><p>This week I am joined by Bea Lambos from Bea & Co. as she shares her journey from kitchen design to becoming a sought-after interior stylist. With refreshing honesty, Bea reveals how networking, relationship building, and embracing the practical side of design shaped her career.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• The transition from kitchen design to interior styling • How to build valuable industry relationships • Why networking in showrooms matters • Managing different types of styling work • Building authentic connections in the industry • The reality of photo shoot styling</p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Start by putting yourself out there ✨ Build relationships before you need them ✨ Learn through hands-on experience ✨ Find your unique style and approach ✨ Trust your creative instincts</p><h3>Practical Insights:</h3><p>• How to approach showroom visits • Building photographer relationships • Managing client expectations • Creating portfolio-worthy work • Balancing different types of projects</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Aspiring interior stylists • Designers interested in styling • Anyone building industry relationships • Creatives changing careers • Those starting their own business</p><h3>Quote from Episode:</h3><p>"<i>My interior design skills far surpass my invoicing and business skills</i>" - a refreshingly honest take on the reality of creative business.</p><h3>Connect with our guest:</h3><p>Bea Lambos - Bea & Co </p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/beaandcostyle">@beaandcostyle</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32234309" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/8e1e4d24-33dd-4a65-9427-f814d1cdd37b/audio/65d70a64-b659-434d-8411-d9e8baeefebc/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>089 A Dialogue with Bea Lambos</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Bea Lambos, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/8b2cc15c-754d-4457-97ce-64799149e758/3000x3000/episode-20-89-20a-20dialogue-20with-20bea-20lamabos.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:33:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Discover how Bea Lambos built her successful styling career through networking, relationship building, and embracing hands-on experience. Real insights for creative professionals.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Discover how Bea Lambos built her successful styling career through networking, relationship building, and embracing hands-on experience. Real insights for creative professionals.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#designpodcast, #designdialogues, #creativebusiness, #interiordesign, #designbusiness, #businessstrategy, #interiordesigner, #photostyling, #styling</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b04d00f3-0ca8-4c9b-9c2b-95a9fa5f88db</guid>
      <title>088 Prevent 90% of Client Issues with Strong Onboarding</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I look at how 90% of client issues can be prevented before they even start. If you've ever found yourself knee-deep in a project with clients pushing boundaries, questioning pricing, or expecting things you never agreed to, this episode reveals how strong onboarding can prevent these common frustrations.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why most client issues stem from lack of clarity, not difficult clients </p><p>• Three essential elements of strong onboarding </p><p>• How to set clear boundaries from day one </p><p>• The right way to communicate trade pricing </p><p>• Setting communication expectations that prevent burnout</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Be crystal clear on scope before contracts are signed </p><p>✨ Explain trade pricing upfront and reinforce it in onboarding </p><p>✨ Set communication boundaries early (including response times) </p><p>✨ Create systems that remove emotion from difficult conversations </p><p>✨ Build repeatable processes you can use for every project</p><h3>Practical Tips Covered:</h3><p>• Creating clear scope documents • Handling revision requests confidently • Setting office hours and response times • Choosing preferred communication methods • Managing client expectations effectively</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with scope creep • Anyone facing pricing pushback • Those feeling overwhelmed by client communications • Business owners wanting smoother projects • Designers ready to strengthen their processes</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 5 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-088</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/babdb715-a734-43f1-a25b-c7f07c4d9921/episode-20088.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I look at how 90% of client issues can be prevented before they even start. If you've ever found yourself knee-deep in a project with clients pushing boundaries, questioning pricing, or expecting things you never agreed to, this episode reveals how strong onboarding can prevent these common frustrations.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why most client issues stem from lack of clarity, not difficult clients </p><p>• Three essential elements of strong onboarding </p><p>• How to set clear boundaries from day one </p><p>• The right way to communicate trade pricing </p><p>• Setting communication expectations that prevent burnout</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Be crystal clear on scope before contracts are signed </p><p>✨ Explain trade pricing upfront and reinforce it in onboarding </p><p>✨ Set communication boundaries early (including response times) </p><p>✨ Create systems that remove emotion from difficult conversations </p><p>✨ Build repeatable processes you can use for every project</p><h3>Practical Tips Covered:</h3><p>• Creating clear scope documents • Handling revision requests confidently • Setting office hours and response times • Choosing preferred communication methods • Managing client expectations effectively</p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with scope creep • Anyone facing pricing pushback • Those feeling overwhelmed by client communications • Business owners wanting smoother projects • Designers ready to strengthen their processes</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9467236" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/417709e2-2060-4898-8a9a-1ada2967a608/audio/c048eb87-6ce1-4c56-bf5a-e94dfeb3908c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>088 Prevent 90% of Client Issues with Strong Onboarding</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9deb0c43-109a-47a3-8983-3a441836a5de/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2088.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#businessgrowth #designbusiness #clientmanagement #interiordesigner #onboarding #businessstrategy #designpodcast #designdialogues, businessgrowth designbusiness clientmanagement interiordesigner onboarding businessstrategy designpodcast designdialogues, interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1dea73f5-1463-4cbd-b034-ae25a9195670</guid>
      <title>087 A Dialogue with Marcus Syvertsen</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I am joined by Marcus Syvertsen from Little Road in Adelaide. His journey from paramedic to award-winning interior designer offers valuable insights about career transitions, building a successful design studio, and the power of transferable skills.</p><p>I hope you enjoy today's episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• The transition from paramedic to interior designer </p><p>• Growing a team from solo practice to five staff </p><p>• Why hiring a studio manager transformed his business </p><p>• The thriving Adelaide design scene </p><p>• Managing interstate projects successfully </p><p>• Building effective systems and processes</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Transferable skills can be your biggest asset </p><p>✨ Problem-solving and communication are universal </p><p>✨ The right studio manager can transform your business </p><p>✨ Document processes to maintain consistency</p><p> ✨ Systems allow for sustainable growth</p><p> </p><h3>Business Growth Insights:</h3><p>• How to know when to hire a studio manager • The importance of documenting daily tasks • Creating consistent client experiences • Managing projects across states • Building strong supplier relationships</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers considering a career change • Studio owners planning to grow their team • Anyone struggling with systems and processes • Designers working in regional areas • Business owners ready to scale</p><p> </p><h3>Connect with Marcus:</h3><p><a href="https://littleroad.com.au/">Little Road</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 3 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (marcus Syvertsen, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-087</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a34f36c9-c6f6-4654-b60f-55c563319a80/episode-2087-20marcus-20syvertsen.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I am joined by Marcus Syvertsen from Little Road in Adelaide. His journey from paramedic to award-winning interior designer offers valuable insights about career transitions, building a successful design studio, and the power of transferable skills.</p><p>I hope you enjoy today's episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• The transition from paramedic to interior designer </p><p>• Growing a team from solo practice to five staff </p><p>• Why hiring a studio manager transformed his business </p><p>• The thriving Adelaide design scene </p><p>• Managing interstate projects successfully </p><p>• Building effective systems and processes</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Transferable skills can be your biggest asset </p><p>✨ Problem-solving and communication are universal </p><p>✨ The right studio manager can transform your business </p><p>✨ Document processes to maintain consistency</p><p> ✨ Systems allow for sustainable growth</p><p> </p><h3>Business Growth Insights:</h3><p>• How to know when to hire a studio manager • The importance of documenting daily tasks • Creating consistent client experiences • Managing projects across states • Building strong supplier relationships</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers considering a career change • Studio owners planning to grow their team • Anyone struggling with systems and processes • Designers working in regional areas • Business owners ready to scale</p><p> </p><h3>Connect with Marcus:</h3><p><a href="https://littleroad.com.au/">Little Road</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30745120" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/c107c4d1-7d6e-45f6-b425-7a48dc128c33/audio/3db9616a-989b-47ec-a434-19e268bcce5b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>087 A Dialogue with Marcus Syvertsen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>marcus Syvertsen, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/bb0fa747-2c6d-4c42-82ca-b832f91c8fc7/3000x3000/episode-20-87-20a-20dialogue-20with-20marcus-20syvertsen.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#interiordesign #businessgrowth #designbusiness #careerchange #interiordesigner #designstudio #businessstrategy #designpodcast #designdialogues</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7a53a57e-64d5-45fc-99a4-12125497e353</guid>
      <title>086 Setting Your Interior Design Rates: From Surviving to Thriving</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks Thursday episode, I dive deep into one of the most challenging aspects of running a design business - setting (and raising) your hourly rate. Inspired by a recent Health Check session with a designer, we explore why so many talented designers undercharge and how to break free from this cycle.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why random rate-setting leads to burnout </p><p>• How to calculate your actual required hourly rate </p><p>• The real impact of undercharging on your business </p><p>• When and how to communicate rate increases </p><p>• Why raising rates is about respect, not just money</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Your rate needs to be based on real numbers, not market assumptions </p><p>✨ Consider your ideal annual salary, not just survival needs </p><p>✨ Account for actual billable hours (hint: it's not 40) </p><p>✨ Undercharging attracts budget-conscious clients who don't value expertise </p><p>✨ Higher rates mean better service for fewer clients</p><p> </p><h3>The Right Way to Set Rates:</h3><p>• Start with your desired take-home pay </p><p>• Calculate actual business expenses </p><p>• Consider real billable hours </p><p>• Factor in business growth </p><p>• Account for expertise and value</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers who know they should charge more </p><p>• Business owners feeling burned out </p><p>• Anyone struggling with pricing confidence </p><p>• Designers ready to increase their rates </p><p>• Those wanting sustainable business growth</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-86</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f21cf5a9-a463-4ab6-ab5b-a60361464dd4/episode-20086.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks Thursday episode, I dive deep into one of the most challenging aspects of running a design business - setting (and raising) your hourly rate. Inspired by a recent Health Check session with a designer, we explore why so many talented designers undercharge and how to break free from this cycle.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why random rate-setting leads to burnout </p><p>• How to calculate your actual required hourly rate </p><p>• The real impact of undercharging on your business </p><p>• When and how to communicate rate increases </p><p>• Why raising rates is about respect, not just money</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Your rate needs to be based on real numbers, not market assumptions </p><p>✨ Consider your ideal annual salary, not just survival needs </p><p>✨ Account for actual billable hours (hint: it's not 40) </p><p>✨ Undercharging attracts budget-conscious clients who don't value expertise </p><p>✨ Higher rates mean better service for fewer clients</p><p> </p><h3>The Right Way to Set Rates:</h3><p>• Start with your desired take-home pay </p><p>• Calculate actual business expenses </p><p>• Consider real billable hours </p><p>• Factor in business growth </p><p>• Account for expertise and value</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers who know they should charge more </p><p>• Business owners feeling burned out </p><p>• Anyone struggling with pricing confidence </p><p>• Designers ready to increase their rates </p><p>• Those wanting sustainable business growth</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9913616" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/900d641d-fc82-4aa7-9cbe-1ab8fd1f48b2/audio/a1531c8f-abbc-4112-aa8b-6c580f7724e7/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>086 Setting Your Interior Design Rates: From Surviving to Thriving</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/230ca9d0-b1af-4037-9f9f-e48f8ede61a2/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2086.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#interiordesign #businessgrowth #designbusiness #pricing #interiordesigner #ratesetting #businessstrategy #designpodcast #profitability #designbusiness</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a48a307c-a51c-45a4-86e4-4f56d24b5ee8</guid>
      <title>085 The Cookie Story: Why Value Matters More Than Time</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I share a seemingly simple story about buying cookies that perfectly illustrates a powerful business lesson: when you create genuine connection and demonstrate clear value, price becomes secondary to experience.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• How Brookie's Bakehouse builds connection before purchase </p><p>• Why social media can be powerful for relationship building</p><p>• The shift from price-focused to value-focused decisions </p><p>• How to create connection with prospective clients </p><p>• Why building trust matters more than immediate revenue</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Connection should come before conversion </p><p>✨ Social media isn't about finding clients - it's about building relationships </p><p>✨ When value is clear, price becomes secondary </p><p>✨ People buy experiences, not just products or services </p><p>✨ Authentic connection creates loyal clients</p><p> </p><h3>This Episode is Perfect For:</h3><p>• Interior designers reviewing their marketing strategy </p><p>• Anyone struggling with fee proposals </p><p>• Designers wanting to attract higher-value clients </p><p>• Business owners building client relationships </p><p>• Those questioning their social media approach</p><p> </p><h3>Ways to Build Connection:</h3><p>• Face-to-face networking </p><p>• Authentic social media presence </p><p>• Value-focused newsletters </p><p>• Clear communication about your unique approach </p><p>• Demonstrating expertise through content</p><p> </p><h3>Remember:</h3><p>When you've established your value proposition and made it clear that the experience of working with you will be amazing, the number becomes secondary. It's not about finding the cheapest option - it's about creating an experience clients can't imagine getting anywhere else.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Feb 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-85</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9d0d4e7b-010f-43d6-bb44-4d0d31be7f36/episode-2085-20solo-20with-20beth.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this solo episode, I share a seemingly simple story about buying cookies that perfectly illustrates a powerful business lesson: when you create genuine connection and demonstrate clear value, price becomes secondary to experience.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• How Brookie's Bakehouse builds connection before purchase </p><p>• Why social media can be powerful for relationship building</p><p>• The shift from price-focused to value-focused decisions </p><p>• How to create connection with prospective clients </p><p>• Why building trust matters more than immediate revenue</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Connection should come before conversion </p><p>✨ Social media isn't about finding clients - it's about building relationships </p><p>✨ When value is clear, price becomes secondary </p><p>✨ People buy experiences, not just products or services </p><p>✨ Authentic connection creates loyal clients</p><p> </p><h3>This Episode is Perfect For:</h3><p>• Interior designers reviewing their marketing strategy </p><p>• Anyone struggling with fee proposals </p><p>• Designers wanting to attract higher-value clients </p><p>• Business owners building client relationships </p><p>• Those questioning their social media approach</p><p> </p><h3>Ways to Build Connection:</h3><p>• Face-to-face networking </p><p>• Authentic social media presence </p><p>• Value-focused newsletters </p><p>• Clear communication about your unique approach </p><p>• Demonstrating expertise through content</p><p> </p><h3>Remember:</h3><p>When you've established your value proposition and made it clear that the experience of working with you will be amazing, the number becomes secondary. It's not about finding the cheapest option - it's about creating an experience clients can't imagine getting anywhere else.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="11989202" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/710e38a0-85ca-492d-ad4e-5b8caeb1774f/audio/9a50dcc6-dce5-4244-85e7-01625ffe3485/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>085 The Cookie Story: Why Value Matters More Than Time</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c742d9cc-eed3-4342-8f67-e555f527c475/3000x3000/episode-20-85-20solo-20with-20beth.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:12:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#interiordesign #businessgrowth #designbusiness #valuebasedpricing #interiordesigner #clientrelationships #businessstrategy #designpodcast #designdialogues</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fc7d962c-3cc4-488d-bd1b-194ebbca01d9</guid>
      <title>084 Trade Pricing Made Simple</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I am tackling a topic that can make or break your studio's profitability - trade pricing and markups. If you've ever felt awkward about markups, uncertain about your pricing structure, or caught yourself undercharging, this episode is for you.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why over-complicated trade pricing leads to lost revenue </p><p>• The mindset shift needed around markups </p><p>• Three ways to simplify your trade pricing model </p><p>• How to communicate pricing with confidence </p><p>• Why you should never devalue your design services</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Trade pricing isn't just about making money - it's about delivering value </p><p>✨ Your markup structure needs to be clear and consistent </p><p>✨ Talk about pricing early in the client relationship </p><p>✨ Never justify your design fee through trade savings </p><p>✨ Frame trade pricing as a benefit, not a cost</p><p> </p><h3>Common Mistakes to Avoid:</h3><p>• Having different markups for different suppliers </p><p>• Hiding trade pricing until invoice stage </p><p>• Discounting to avoid uncomfortable conversations </p><p>• Using trade savings to justify design fees </p><p>• Feeling guilty about standard industry practices</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Interior designers establishing pricing structures</p><p> • Designers reviewing their markup policies </p><p>• Anyone struggling with pricing conversations </p><p>• Business owners wanting to increase profitability </p><p>• Designers looking to build client trust</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Feb 2025 21:40:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-84</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/37dd4b29-8251-44df-a5dc-e11f6f737fdf/episode-20084.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I am tackling a topic that can make or break your studio's profitability - trade pricing and markups. If you've ever felt awkward about markups, uncertain about your pricing structure, or caught yourself undercharging, this episode is for you.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why over-complicated trade pricing leads to lost revenue </p><p>• The mindset shift needed around markups </p><p>• Three ways to simplify your trade pricing model </p><p>• How to communicate pricing with confidence </p><p>• Why you should never devalue your design services</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Trade pricing isn't just about making money - it's about delivering value </p><p>✨ Your markup structure needs to be clear and consistent </p><p>✨ Talk about pricing early in the client relationship </p><p>✨ Never justify your design fee through trade savings </p><p>✨ Frame trade pricing as a benefit, not a cost</p><p> </p><h3>Common Mistakes to Avoid:</h3><p>• Having different markups for different suppliers </p><p>• Hiding trade pricing until invoice stage </p><p>• Discounting to avoid uncomfortable conversations </p><p>• Using trade savings to justify design fees </p><p>• Feeling guilty about standard industry practices</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Interior designers establishing pricing structures</p><p> • Designers reviewing their markup policies </p><p>• Anyone struggling with pricing conversations </p><p>• Business owners wanting to increase profitability </p><p>• Designers looking to build client trust</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9217714" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/85c6d9a5-26e6-42ef-be69-448982de849d/audio/30f7a3aa-0896-45c5-af90-fe05b3b03877/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>084 Trade Pricing Made Simple</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/50e11b81-8a60-4fbf-ad14-eadcb70ccb05/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20episode-2084.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b62315e2-0842-42a6-9bef-67821502d8d9</guid>
      <title>083 A Dialogue with Katie McFarlan</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I am joined by Katie McFarlan from the Dakota Design Company to explore the crucial differences between business coaching and consulting in the interior design industry. With her unique background in wedding planning and extensive experience working with interior designers, Katie shares invaluable insights about choosing the right business support for your needs.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the epsiode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why consultants provide solutions while coaches guide discovery </p><p>• How Katie used her transferable skills in her business.</p><p>• Managing client experience and setting boundaries </p><p>• Current challenges facing interior designers in 2024 </p><p>• The impact of AI on interior design marketing </p><p>• Building authentic connections in a digital world</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Your marketing should reflect your authentic voice, not AI-generated content </p><p>✨ New designers should start with smaller, flexible scopes </p><p>✨ Data collection is crucial for pricing and process development </p><p>✨ Quality leads come from authentic connections, not just social media</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with pricing and boundaries</p><p>• Anyone looking to improve their client experience </p><p>• Designers navigating AI and marketing </p><p>• Business owners wanting to scale sustainably</p><p> </p><h3>Connect with our guest:</h3><p><a href="https://www.dakotadesigncompany.com/">Katie McFarlan - Decoded Design Company</a> </p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Feb 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Katie McFarlan, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-83</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/2668c015-1135-474c-8cb5-3598ce7ea15d/episode-2083-20katie-20mcfarlan.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I am joined by Katie McFarlan from the Dakota Design Company to explore the crucial differences between business coaching and consulting in the interior design industry. With her unique background in wedding planning and extensive experience working with interior designers, Katie shares invaluable insights about choosing the right business support for your needs.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the epsiode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><h3>Episode Highlights:</h3><p>• Why consultants provide solutions while coaches guide discovery </p><p>• How Katie used her transferable skills in her business.</p><p>• Managing client experience and setting boundaries </p><p>• Current challenges facing interior designers in 2024 </p><p>• The impact of AI on interior design marketing </p><p>• Building authentic connections in a digital world</p><p> </p><h3>Key Takeaways:</h3><p>✨ Your marketing should reflect your authentic voice, not AI-generated content </p><p>✨ New designers should start with smaller, flexible scopes </p><p>✨ Data collection is crucial for pricing and process development </p><p>✨ Quality leads come from authentic connections, not just social media</p><p> </p><h3>Perfect For:</h3><p>• Designers struggling with pricing and boundaries</p><p>• Anyone looking to improve their client experience </p><p>• Designers navigating AI and marketing </p><p>• Business owners wanting to scale sustainably</p><p> </p><h3>Connect with our guest:</h3><p><a href="https://www.dakotadesigncompany.com/">Katie McFarlan - Decoded Design Company</a> </p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49068451" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/bd6201c6-b4ff-476e-a7b7-f074ff034792/audio/d64e6d9d-4750-4263-aeb9-6a27e147124f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>083 A Dialogue with Katie McFarlan</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Katie McFarlan, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3adfae95-2845-4485-a215-6c30c6a937c7/3000x3000/episode-20-83-20a-20dialogue-20with-20katie-20mcfarlan.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">71240e1c-41eb-4d0e-bbc1-11d61241350a</guid>
      <title>082 Why you shouldn&apos;t charge for your initial consult</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Should Interior Designers Charge for Initial Client Meetings?</p><p>In this week's Thursday episode I share my thoughts on a topic that always starts a good debate among interior designers: charging for initial consultations. I want to challenge traditional thinking about value, positioning, and how to set up client relationships for long-term success.</p><p>In this episode, we explore: </p><p>• Why charging for initial meetings might be hurting your business</p><p>• How to shift from time-based to value-based pricing </p><p>• Practical strategies to qualify clients without charging upfront </p><p>• Alternative service offerings that protect your time </p><p>• Real examples of successful client relationship building</p><p>Key takeaways: </p><p>✨ The real exchange isn't money for time - it's money for value </p><p>✨ How to structure your pre-client process </p><p>✨ Ways to offer paid services for smaller scope clients </p><p>✨ Building trust from the first interaction </p><p>✨ Creating sustainable, high-value client relationships</p><p> </p><p>Perfect for: • Interior designers starting their practice • Established designers reviewing their processes • Anyone struggling with time management • Designers looking to attract higher-value clients</p><p> </p><p> </p><p> </p><p> </p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Feb 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-082</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/37c311b9-50ac-4b6d-b7f5-af1ce03c0a95/episode-20082.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Should Interior Designers Charge for Initial Client Meetings?</p><p>In this week's Thursday episode I share my thoughts on a topic that always starts a good debate among interior designers: charging for initial consultations. I want to challenge traditional thinking about value, positioning, and how to set up client relationships for long-term success.</p><p>In this episode, we explore: </p><p>• Why charging for initial meetings might be hurting your business</p><p>• How to shift from time-based to value-based pricing </p><p>• Practical strategies to qualify clients without charging upfront </p><p>• Alternative service offerings that protect your time </p><p>• Real examples of successful client relationship building</p><p>Key takeaways: </p><p>✨ The real exchange isn't money for time - it's money for value </p><p>✨ How to structure your pre-client process </p><p>✨ Ways to offer paid services for smaller scope clients </p><p>✨ Building trust from the first interaction </p><p>✨ Creating sustainable, high-value client relationships</p><p> </p><p>Perfect for: • Interior designers starting their practice • Established designers reviewing their processes • Anyone struggling with time management • Designers looking to attract higher-value clients</p><p> </p><p> </p><p> </p><p> </p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="10568976" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f4fe2087-7051-45cc-ab42-cd7243dc10fc/audio/3c1e90dc-1cfa-47d1-9598-ab3de7d044fc/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>082 Why you shouldn&apos;t charge for your initial consult</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/1b24ffca-a07e-451b-94c6-d5db1c56955c/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2082-20-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06cb9796-3937-4586-8100-cb72cc938a84</guid>
      <title>081 A Dialogue with Arna Sleishman</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week I am joined by Arna Sleishman from Designed By Arna and we chat  about the process of working towards building a thriving interior design business in Newcastle. From managing 20 projects in her first year to learning valuable lessons about marketing and client relationships, Arna shares the real challenges and triumphs of regional design practice.</p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>In this episode, we discuss:</strong></p><p>• The journey from kitchen designer to full-service interior design </p><p>• Why social media isn't always the answer for high-end clients </p><p>• How the crystalline silica ban is influencing design choices </p><p>• Managing supplier relationships outside major cities </p><p>• Building a strong regional design community</p><p> </p><p><strong>Key takeaways:</strong></p><p>✨ Word-of-mouth remains king for securing quality clients </p><p>✨ The importance of investing in business systems over social media </p><p>✨ Why collaboration beats competition in regional markets </p><p>✨ How to navigate the transition from employee to business owner</p><p> </p><p><strong>This Episode is Perfect for: </strong></p><p>• Interior designers starting their own business </p><p>• Designers working in regional areas </p><p>• Anyone interested in the business side of design </p><p>• Kitchen and bathroom designers looking to expand their services</p><p> </p><p>Connect with our guest: Arna Sleishman - <a href="https://www.designedbyarna.com.au/">Designed by Anna</a></p><p><strong>Want to work with Beth? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes and work on your strategic business decisions. </p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p><p> </p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Feb 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-081</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a43002c3-8759-4c35-b2c3-164183c7f2b2/episode-2081-20designed-20by-20arna.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week I am joined by Arna Sleishman from Designed By Arna and we chat  about the process of working towards building a thriving interior design business in Newcastle. From managing 20 projects in her first year to learning valuable lessons about marketing and client relationships, Arna shares the real challenges and triumphs of regional design practice.</p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>In this episode, we discuss:</strong></p><p>• The journey from kitchen designer to full-service interior design </p><p>• Why social media isn't always the answer for high-end clients </p><p>• How the crystalline silica ban is influencing design choices </p><p>• Managing supplier relationships outside major cities </p><p>• Building a strong regional design community</p><p> </p><p><strong>Key takeaways:</strong></p><p>✨ Word-of-mouth remains king for securing quality clients </p><p>✨ The importance of investing in business systems over social media </p><p>✨ Why collaboration beats competition in regional markets </p><p>✨ How to navigate the transition from employee to business owner</p><p> </p><p><strong>This Episode is Perfect for: </strong></p><p>• Interior designers starting their own business </p><p>• Designers working in regional areas </p><p>• Anyone interested in the business side of design </p><p>• Kitchen and bathroom designers looking to expand their services</p><p> </p><p>Connect with our guest: Arna Sleishman - <a href="https://www.designedbyarna.com.au/">Designed by Anna</a></p><p><strong>Want to work with Beth? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes and work on your strategic business decisions. </p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p><p> </p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35883928" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/ed2fd8c6-7288-4ac0-8228-e9001084cde5/audio/127cbced-06be-46cf-8df9-e857390b685e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>081 A Dialogue with Arna Sleishman</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/dbd56e3b-f783-4ca2-a38b-f10a88e314f9/3000x3000/episode-20-81-20a-20dialogue-20with-20arna-20sleishman.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>#interiordesign #businessgrowth #designbusiness #regionaldesign #interiordesigner #newcastle #kitchendesign #designpodcast #designdialogues</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f0f34c0-8fc8-4b52-ad01-6ecca6bd4e49</guid>
      <title>080 Why You Need Multiple Referral Streams</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Thursday epsiode I talk about how interior designers can transform their business through strategic referrals.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Learn the difference between B2C and B2B referral partnerships and discover how to build a sustainable design studio through trusted relationships.</p><p>Key Episode Highlights:</p><p>Understanding B2C (past client) and B2B (industry professional) referral partnerships</p><p>Creating systems that make referrals natural and easy</p><p>Building genuine relationships with architects, builders, and real estate agents</p><p>Strategies for staying top-of-mind with past clients</p><p>Tips for networking without feeling salesy</p><p>Whether you're an established interior designer looking to stabilize your project pipeline or a growing studio wanting to attract ideal clients, this episode offers practical strategies for building a strong referral network.</p><p>Expert Tip: "Real referrals don't come from forced networking events or awkward coffee meetings. They come from genuine relationships, from showing up, adding value, and being someone people trust."</p><p>Listen now to discover:</p><p>How to turn past clients into active referral partners</p><p>Ways to host client appreciation events that generate referrals</p><p>Building mutually beneficial relationships with industry professionals</p><p>Creating clear, effective messaging for referral partners</p><p>Simple follow-up strategies that encourage ongoing referrals</p><p>Perfect for: Interior designers looking to create a sustainable business through strategic partnerships and referrals.</p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 5 Feb 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-80</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/d7822d78-9cd5-4064-bd16-4d2f152d41f0/episode-20080.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Thursday epsiode I talk about how interior designers can transform their business through strategic referrals.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Learn the difference between B2C and B2B referral partnerships and discover how to build a sustainable design studio through trusted relationships.</p><p>Key Episode Highlights:</p><p>Understanding B2C (past client) and B2B (industry professional) referral partnerships</p><p>Creating systems that make referrals natural and easy</p><p>Building genuine relationships with architects, builders, and real estate agents</p><p>Strategies for staying top-of-mind with past clients</p><p>Tips for networking without feeling salesy</p><p>Whether you're an established interior designer looking to stabilize your project pipeline or a growing studio wanting to attract ideal clients, this episode offers practical strategies for building a strong referral network.</p><p>Expert Tip: "Real referrals don't come from forced networking events or awkward coffee meetings. They come from genuine relationships, from showing up, adding value, and being someone people trust."</p><p>Listen now to discover:</p><p>How to turn past clients into active referral partners</p><p>Ways to host client appreciation events that generate referrals</p><p>Building mutually beneficial relationships with industry professionals</p><p>Creating clear, effective messaging for referral partners</p><p>Simple follow-up strategies that encourage ongoing referrals</p><p>Perfect for: Interior designers looking to create a sustainable business through strategic partnerships and referrals.</p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="13429071" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/cac3d30d-9f27-4a5d-b10f-c94eb90687a6/audio/b92c2b41-ed28-425c-b1fb-75901e525e3a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>080 Why You Need Multiple Referral Streams</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/2caa4a3b-5295-4a69-8e73-f35ace7e0f2b/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2080.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:13:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>client relationships, business growth, b2c, design business, interior design, client attraction, keywords  referrals, strategic partnerships, networking, b2b</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f335f715-e9d5-4da7-a88d-2195ef00dccb</guid>
      <title>079 Solo with Beth - Getting Published in House &amp; Garden: Behind the Scenes of an Interior Design Project</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Join Beth as she shares the journey of her Sydney lower North Shore project landing the cover of House & Garden magazine. From managing a COVID-era renovation to navigating photography and magazine submissions, discover the real story behind achieving the cover. Perfect for interior designers looking to get published or enhance their industry presence, this episode offers practical insights into project management, client relationships, and strategic networking in the design world.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Key Episode Highlights:</p><ul><li>The strategic decision-making process behind taking on projects</li><li>Managing client relationships during COVID lockdowns</li><li>Adapting design processes to meet client needs</li><li>Working effectively with architects and photographers</li><li>Tips for getting your interior design work published in magazines</li></ul><p>Whether you're an established interior designer looking to get published or a studio owner wanting to build authority in the industry, this episode offers valuable insights into the realities of high-end residential projects and magazine features.</p><p>Expert Tip: "Choose photographers that have relationships with where you want the project to go. Their existing connections with magazine editors can be crucial for getting your work published."</p><p>Listen now to discover:</p><ul><li>How to maintain client engagement during long-term projects</li><li>The importance of flexibility in your design processes</li><li>What magazines look for in interior design submissions</li><li>Building strategic relationships with architects and photographers</li><li>Tips for managing project photography shoots</li></ul><p>Perfect for: Interior designers, studio owners, and design professionals looking to enhance their portfolio and industry presence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes and work on your strategic business decisions. </p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 3 Feb 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-79</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/4a1f4710-3f12-4dfe-979b-81a1e00df79b/episode-2079-20solo-20with-20beth-20youtube-20cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Beth as she shares the journey of her Sydney lower North Shore project landing the cover of House & Garden magazine. From managing a COVID-era renovation to navigating photography and magazine submissions, discover the real story behind achieving the cover. Perfect for interior designers looking to get published or enhance their industry presence, this episode offers practical insights into project management, client relationships, and strategic networking in the design world.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Key Episode Highlights:</p><ul><li>The strategic decision-making process behind taking on projects</li><li>Managing client relationships during COVID lockdowns</li><li>Adapting design processes to meet client needs</li><li>Working effectively with architects and photographers</li><li>Tips for getting your interior design work published in magazines</li></ul><p>Whether you're an established interior designer looking to get published or a studio owner wanting to build authority in the industry, this episode offers valuable insights into the realities of high-end residential projects and magazine features.</p><p>Expert Tip: "Choose photographers that have relationships with where you want the project to go. Their existing connections with magazine editors can be crucial for getting your work published."</p><p>Listen now to discover:</p><ul><li>How to maintain client engagement during long-term projects</li><li>The importance of flexibility in your design processes</li><li>What magazines look for in interior design submissions</li><li>Building strategic relationships with architects and photographers</li><li>Tips for managing project photography shoots</li></ul><p>Perfect for: Interior designers, studio owners, and design professionals looking to enhance their portfolio and industry presence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes and work on your strategic business decisions. </p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="21033003" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/68773c9f-8cee-4fbd-91d2-a027becc940f/audio/b039794f-376a-45bc-b211-394c9a1cb920/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>079 Solo with Beth - Getting Published in House &amp; Garden: Behind the Scenes of an Interior Design Project</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/33673362-f7c3-4dfd-8337-49d91832fd58/3000x3000/episode-20-79-20solo-20with-20beth.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:21:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>client relationships, house and garden, design process, design authority, keywords  interior design, design publication, strategic planning, project management, covid-19, photography</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd66ea5d-1783-4cf9-a526-7acb07b83189</guid>
      <title>078 Streamlining Success: The Power of Standardized Processes in Your Design Studio</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I look at the importance of standardized processes in your design studio. Having these processes in place can transform a chaotic work environment into a structured and efficient one, allowing you to focus on your creative work. I outlines essential templates for proposals, client communication, and project tracking, and provide actionable steps for creating processes that stick, including auditing current workflows, involving team members, and documenting procedures. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p> </p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-078</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/cd7da2ed-2701-414a-a5bd-24bbda3f8d2d/episode-20078.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I look at the importance of standardized processes in your design studio. Having these processes in place can transform a chaotic work environment into a structured and efficient one, allowing you to focus on your creative work. I outlines essential templates for proposals, client communication, and project tracking, and provide actionable steps for creating processes that stick, including auditing current workflows, involving team members, and documenting procedures. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p> </p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="7525816" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/9941b0d0-3cb0-4fb6-9b03-2b4c7e5cd0f1/audio/0d8ac017-90ea-4f90-9ef9-6e6c08ef1364/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>078 Streamlining Success: The Power of Standardized Processes in Your Design Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/72079825-3102-4946-951a-c6e524ce36f3/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2078.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:07:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>workflow, interior design, efficiency, business systems, design studio, templates, project management, keywords  standardized processes, time management, client communication</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6e7ef485-9acc-427e-8de9-7e263eaf2db8</guid>
      <title>077 A Dialogue with Tracey Mylecharane</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues Podcast, I speaks with Tracey Mylechrane from TM Solicitor about the importance of legal support for creatives. Tracey shares her journey from litigation to helping small business owners, particularly in the creative industry, navigate their legal needs. We talk about the significance of tailored legal advice, the necessity of understanding contracts, and the value of building relationships with legal professionals. Tracey emphasizes the importance of documentation and prevention in avoiding legal issues, sharing real-life examples of the consequences of neglecting legal responsibilities.</p><p>I hope you enjoy my chat with Tracey.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Tracey Mylecharane, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-077</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/803ac5f2-9e89-403e-ad09-3a94a4750069/episode-2077-20tracey-20mylecharane.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues Podcast, I speaks with Tracey Mylechrane from TM Solicitor about the importance of legal support for creatives. Tracey shares her journey from litigation to helping small business owners, particularly in the creative industry, navigate their legal needs. We talk about the significance of tailored legal advice, the necessity of understanding contracts, and the value of building relationships with legal professionals. Tracey emphasizes the importance of documentation and prevention in avoiding legal issues, sharing real-life examples of the consequences of neglecting legal responsibilities.</p><p>I hope you enjoy my chat with Tracey.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33861006" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a3dcc373-1d3c-4d01-b3fa-3c81aa840436/audio/d7caca70-3960-487f-b502-21a2ef9e4d10/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>077 A Dialogue with Tracey Mylecharane</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Tracey Mylecharane, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5e4b9838-3f53-4f23-a960-3ab6d6ba2802/3000x3000/episode-20-77-20tracey-20mylechrane-20-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>contracts, documentation, business advice, legal issues, creatives, business success, lawyer relationship, prevention, design industry, legal support</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f199db68-af16-46f4-9636-9c7a8ab99346</guid>
      <title>076 The Art of Delegation</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks tip thursday episode I  discuss the critical role of delegation in any interior design business. I look at how delegating tasks is not just about relieving workload but is essential for growth, efficiency, and maintaining creative energy. In the episode I look at how to identify tasks to delegate, overcome fears associated with letting go, and find the right support team to enhance studio operations.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p> </p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-076</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f0640805-0de0-4ec9-b832-b72315c59452/episode-20076.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks tip thursday episode I  discuss the critical role of delegation in any interior design business. I look at how delegating tasks is not just about relieving workload but is essential for growth, efficiency, and maintaining creative energy. In the episode I look at how to identify tasks to delegate, overcome fears associated with letting go, and find the right support team to enhance studio operations.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p> </p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="8679801" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/724dc6ac-e90b-4dbf-9851-b11138df70d6/audio/acd6647f-8839-477a-acca-7b818be1f805/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>076 The Art of Delegation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/ab8c76d5-dee9-4782-920c-372dab987641/3000x3000/tip-20cover-20ep-2076.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>delegation, task management, business growth, interior design, support team, studio efficiency, time management, outsourcing, creative energy, productivity</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">488df78d-04dd-4c94-8ecb-a85f063631f4</guid>
      <title>075 A Dialogue with Hayley Griffiths</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast, Hayley Griffiths and I  discusses  all things copy. We look at  the concept of a word bank, emphasizing its importance in crafting a brand voice that resonates with authenticity. Hayley also explains how to curate a list of words that align with one's personal and brand identity, while also identifying words to avoid that do not reflect the brand's essence.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Hayley Griffiths, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-075</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/70dad72e-e8cc-4896-9d7b-7c09e455cdb9/episode-2075-20hayley-20griffiths.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast, Hayley Griffiths and I  discusses  all things copy. We look at  the concept of a word bank, emphasizing its importance in crafting a brand voice that resonates with authenticity. Hayley also explains how to curate a list of words that align with one's personal and brand identity, while also identifying words to avoid that do not reflect the brand's essence.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34272278" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/7c2ec658-e839-472f-854c-64171bf6d64a/audio/c3fbba62-14b0-4ba1-9d08-647e957dfc9e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>075 A Dialogue with Hayley Griffiths</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Hayley Griffiths, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f7f7b367-f536-4eeb-b72b-db7d5735a728/3000x3000/episode-20-75-20hayley-20griffiths.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>brand voice, communication, branding, word bank, storytelling</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18d5ba7f-858f-4706-af94-7eaa257eeb71</guid>
      <title>074 Chaos To Clarity. Steps to Streamline Your Interior Design Studio</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Tip Thursday episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I discusses the common operational challenges faced by interior designers and offer practical solutions to streamline processes. I look at  the importance of efficiency in design studios, highlighting how inefficiencies can lead to wasted time and lost revenue. I shares tools and strategies, including the use of software, creating standard operating procedures, and the significance of time tracking and regular team check-ins. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this Tip Thursday episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p> </p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-074</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/dfcd7fb8-74c0-4e94-8602-e51426e73c4c/episode-20074-youtube-20cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this Tip Thursday episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I discusses the common operational challenges faced by interior designers and offer practical solutions to streamline processes. I look at  the importance of efficiency in design studios, highlighting how inefficiencies can lead to wasted time and lost revenue. I shares tools and strategies, including the use of software, creating standard operating procedures, and the significance of time tracking and regular team check-ins. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this Tip Thursday episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</p><p> </p><p>1. Start a  <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a> today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>2. Start my course <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a> so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>3. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>4. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="10016016" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/3168fd80-3329-4d19-b9c4-8718fbc447f6/audio/1818e5e0-8946-4e38-91ec-74e48533628f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>074 Chaos To Clarity. Steps to Streamline Your Interior Design Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/df4cd294-7528-429c-9596-80be8c98b057/3000x3000/episode-20074.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>efficiency, time tracking, keywords  interior design, automation, client management, design processes, studio management, design strategies, productivity, operational challenges</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fb03af9a-4b5e-4ab1-b644-ba478bded156</guid>
      <title>073 Live Event - Satara Brisbane</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In our first episode back for 2025 I am really excited to bring you our live podcast event that we held at the end of 2024. I was joined in the Brisbane Satara showroom by Eliza Smoothey from Eliza Grace Interiors, Tara Dehbozorgi and Laure Bebbington from Residence Studio and Sara Cornish from Yuzu Interiors - who kindly stepped in for Donna Guyler. </p><p>It was a fantastic evening filled with lots of great discussions about how to run our interior design studios well. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-073</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c34d2448-1220-44b0-abc6-0bc70a71336a/episode-2073-20live-20event-20-20brisbane-20satara.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In our first episode back for 2025 I am really excited to bring you our live podcast event that we held at the end of 2024. I was joined in the Brisbane Satara showroom by Eliza Smoothey from Eliza Grace Interiors, Tara Dehbozorgi and Laure Bebbington from Residence Studio and Sara Cornish from Yuzu Interiors - who kindly stepped in for Donna Guyler. </p><p>It was a fantastic evening filled with lots of great discussions about how to run our interior design studios well. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="67946831" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/77add6e8-ef5e-4282-ad47-1ba9053d884f/audio/ea52cb05-9013-4a82-878e-845a3d04ef04/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>073 Live Event - Satara Brisbane</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/39aae0dc-31ae-4563-b5e8-a909976f7587/3000x3000/episode-20-73-20live-20event-20-20satara-20brisbane.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:10:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20a59873-2624-481b-ab14-81fc0ccf75df</guid>
      <title>Summer Series A little Announcement</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A little annoucement to start 2025. </p><p>We are back on Tuesday 14th Jan with our first new episode of the year. </p><p>For 2025 we are introducing a second weekly episode, on Thursdays, which will be short tip episodes to help you in your studios. </p><p>We are also going to be having regular Q&A episodes where I will answer YOUR questions. </p><p>Watch out for our speak pipe where you will be able to leave me a voicemail with your question. </p><p>We have so many exciting things planned for 2025 - great guests and more live events. It is going to be a great year. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2025 05:13:44 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://the-design-dialogues-podcast.simplecast.com/episodes/summer-series-a-little-announcement-YiIVvOH8</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A little annoucement to start 2025. </p><p>We are back on Tuesday 14th Jan with our first new episode of the year. </p><p>For 2025 we are introducing a second weekly episode, on Thursdays, which will be short tip episodes to help you in your studios. </p><p>We are also going to be having regular Q&A episodes where I will answer YOUR questions. </p><p>Watch out for our speak pipe where you will be able to leave me a voicemail with your question. </p><p>We have so many exciting things planned for 2025 - great guests and more live events. It is going to be a great year. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3449878" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a6d550cc-e936-4aca-862c-bf2081ddfff5/audio/30cfcacc-f53b-40f4-bbcd-f0c05d9c08fd/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Summer Series A little Announcement</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7ab79e8c-ad34-457a-b755-4946125777a2</guid>
      <title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Simone Mathews</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 6 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-018</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a17e55b0-885a-42ab-973d-3417023c64ef/the-20design-20dialogues-20rewind-20summer-20holiday-20series-20-20episode-2018.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="75404895" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/6a497c9b-5f46-4482-b081-b446fc8d17ed/audio/9a27612d-8e54-43bd-897b-024a919eee40/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Simone Mathews</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/fabd20ee-8c4d-4974-8759-1c4875cc5675/3000x3000/summer-20holiday-20series-20-20ep18.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:18:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f946a5a-62f6-4e4a-88b0-5efc2ae8f0c5</guid>
      <title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Kate Nixon</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-019</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c2ea0e2f-f180-4a7b-94e1-c0805c84f7c3/the-20design-20dialogues-20rewind-20summer-20holiday-20series-20-20episode-2019.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44804431" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/790aae34-c7f6-4703-a98d-4143d81c7595/audio/1d514118-6500-4426-ad6e-dba6cf18b011/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Kate Nixon</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7152060a-9384-4f44-8f41-8fe9264af87d/3000x3000/summer-20holiday-20series-20-20ep19.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e6326871-daff-4960-82f6-9b439b9e865a</guid>
      <title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Jane Mow</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-02</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5650e710-f0fe-4641-baa8-53b879f9231c/the-20design-20dialogues-20rewind-20summer-20holiday-20series-20-20episode-2002.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="58710351" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/9d084272-654a-4b6e-bf1f-5b8a5433786b/audio/47a8d013-f1ef-4011-8e69-b1fe5e19bad7/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Jane Mow</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/df3021b9-c801-43c1-a88a-75643c75d29f/3000x3000/summer-20holiday-20series-20-20ep02.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14ba3645-8381-4dcc-b8db-8bce7f9dccd3</guid>
      <title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Nat Spadavecchia</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-023</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/6a1c3b19-3fdf-46d3-bb5e-f29d4b1b4507/the-20design-20dialogues-20rewind-20summer-20holiday-20series-20-20episode-2023.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42200545" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/2f6813f1-bc0d-46e5-b3b3-c41f1ce2b091/audio/5fb290c1-7b76-4bd3-b288-49cf5f4b58b1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Nat Spadavecchia</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/52dd7701-e87d-49b4-9623-afb81ba5bf5c/3000x3000/summer-20holiday-20series-20-20ep23.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ca4d7536-831c-41a4-841d-e862c1d1ac9a</guid>
      <title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Catherine Heraghty</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-022</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/ad3e3a39-ff4e-4a49-accc-772da847eb29/the-20design-20dialogues-20rewind-20summer-20holiday-20series-20-20episode-2022.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Summer Series - The Design Dialogues Podcast is taking a break over the summer holidays and I have selected some of my favourite guests for you to have a second listen to as I am sure you will get so much out of them. </p><p>Thank you so much for your support in 2024. I have so many existing things planned for the podcast in 2025. </p><p>Have a wonderful holiday break and I am looking forward to continuing the dialogues with you in 2025. </p><p>Happy Holidays</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56859628" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/36db04f2-d820-4ae1-94e8-18970697416e/audio/1dbc60ce-0e4d-413f-bd55-4ea6b344f37b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Summer Series A Dialogue with Catherine Heraghty</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/746b9004-98d2-40d7-8976-2303c46f4d4d/3000x3000/summer-20holiday-20series-20-20ep22.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:59:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">898f1119-09c4-4fe4-a637-fd6dbf1edbf0</guid>
      <title>072 A Dialogue with Laurie Laizue</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast, I am speaking with Laurie Laizure, founder of the Interior Design Community. We discuss the evolution of the design industry, the importance of collaboration and support among designers, and the challenges faced in the post-COVID landscape. </p><p>Laurie shares her journey of creating a vibrant community that fosters positivity and knowledge sharing, while also addressing the need for boundaries and effective communication with clients. </p><p>In our conversation, we explore the complexities of client communication, the importance of mindfulness in managing anxiety, and the emotional toll of working in the interior design industry. </p><p>We discuss the need to define personal success, and the significance of building a supportive community among fellow designers. The conversation emphasizes the caring nature of designers and the importance of maintaining creativity and joy in our work.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 2 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Laurie Laizue, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-072</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/2508ff67-aa8c-4509-a38e-b69bacff426d/episode-2072-20youtube-20cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast, I am speaking with Laurie Laizure, founder of the Interior Design Community. We discuss the evolution of the design industry, the importance of collaboration and support among designers, and the challenges faced in the post-COVID landscape. </p><p>Laurie shares her journey of creating a vibrant community that fosters positivity and knowledge sharing, while also addressing the need for boundaries and effective communication with clients. </p><p>In our conversation, we explore the complexities of client communication, the importance of mindfulness in managing anxiety, and the emotional toll of working in the interior design industry. </p><p>We discuss the need to define personal success, and the significance of building a supportive community among fellow designers. The conversation emphasizes the caring nature of designers and the importance of maintaining creativity and joy in our work.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44973705" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/086ed295-7f1e-4497-aadd-e5cefbf0e446/audio/76f629f4-d895-4006-9e5e-2b2ac47145ff/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>072 A Dialogue with Laurie Laizue</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Laurie Laizue, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3a2a453e-2ce4-40b8-93d0-59717eebc0cc/3000x3000/episode-20-72-20a-20dialogue-20with-20laurie-20laizure.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>anxiety management, communication, community, power imbalance, design process, interior design, collaboration, success in design, emotional toll, mental health, keywords  interior design, challenges, luxury design, designer community, boundaries, support, mindfulness, networking, client communication</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a3901bd-5f87-4599-a20a-52bccfbbd51a</guid>
      <title>071 A Dialogue with Leah and Fliss Pitman</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I chat with Leah and Fliss Pitman, the design duo behind Bone Made. They share their journey from humble beginnings to establishing a successful interior design studio. Our conversation explores their unique partnership, the challenges of balancing motherhood with business, and the importance of defining roles within their team. They discuss their approach to identifying ideal clients, the significance of systems and processes in their operations, and their aspirations for the future of Bone Made.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-071</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/39a89c81-bfd9-452c-8cc1-10ed1c2bec57/episode-2071-20youtube-20cover-20-2.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I chat with Leah and Fliss Pitman, the design duo behind Bone Made. They share their journey from humble beginnings to establishing a successful interior design studio. Our conversation explores their unique partnership, the challenges of balancing motherhood with business, and the importance of defining roles within their team. They discuss their approach to identifying ideal clients, the significance of systems and processes in their operations, and their aspirations for the future of Bone Made.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? Book in a health check today <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36365835" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/1324ce56-9fd0-4cfb-857c-e6a44ffa3034/audio/2420c4b3-dd32-4b0e-8917-86d37a932574/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>071 A Dialogue with Leah and Fliss Pitman</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/989ee0ce-26a9-42f1-95e3-3c7e0e7c4b87/3000x3000/episode-20-71-20a-20dialogue-20with-20leah-20and-20fliss-20pitman.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>business growth, interior design, creative process, design aesthetics, client relations, project management, motherhood, studio culture, team dynamics, business partnership</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04859de2-8ec6-432b-ad28-c88919a31f75</guid>
      <title>070 Solo With Beth Navigating Business Changes</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It is a Solo With Beth episode this week and I am talking about some positive changes in my business - focusing on new mentoring services and courses designed for interior designers. I wanted to share the journey towards offering these services, the importance of my experience, and how I aims to provide tailored support to help others grow their businesses. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-070</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/98d9a57e-6bcb-4d5a-a842-4eafa6633ffd/episode-2070-20youtube-20cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It is a Solo With Beth episode this week and I am talking about some positive changes in my business - focusing on new mentoring services and courses designed for interior designers. I wanted to share the journey towards offering these services, the importance of my experience, and how I aims to provide tailored support to help others grow their businesses. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Want me to look over your Systems and Processes? <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Sign up here</a></p><p>Want to know the steps to take from enquiry to signed contract</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">Take our course here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="10922988" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/02129702-cced-473d-b74a-7b1ce4c2aa36/audio/0afb3f24-cbbe-488f-bd4c-636d7664b25b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>070 Solo With Beth Navigating Business Changes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5928606c-13b7-4533-ba6f-3df760c7a6cf/3000x3000/episode-2070-20with-20beth-20navigating-20business-20changes-20-2.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design community, mentoring, podcast, design services, interior design, business coaching, strategic advice, courses, health check, business changes</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">97897750-c0da-4fd7-afe4-078c21f45a2a</guid>
      <title>069 A Dialogue with Kate Addamo</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I speak with Kate Addamo, a mentor for women and creatives. </p><p>Kate shares her journey of overcoming personal health challenges and how they shaped her holistic approach to mentoring. We explore the importance of defining success on one's own terms, setting boundaries in business, and creating a balanced life. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my chat with Kate</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Kate Addamo, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-069</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3894dc96-f79b-401a-bb3a-ba1002338035/episode-69-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I speak with Kate Addamo, a mentor for women and creatives. </p><p>Kate shares her journey of overcoming personal health challenges and how they shaped her holistic approach to mentoring. We explore the importance of defining success on one's own terms, setting boundaries in business, and creating a balanced life. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my chat with Kate</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="35728030" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/44caa195-0dff-474e-9f79-ddde859b8e64/audio/0c6d9808-660e-4c22-bc2c-29512193b054/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>069 A Dialogue with Kate Addamo</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Kate Addamo, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/4e577f28-1910-4cb9-b479-297e55b95d57/3000x3000/episode-69-kate-addamo.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>coaching, work-life balance, mentoring, self-care, women in business, business foundations, success redefined, boundaries, holistic success, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f051a33e-fa48-4f86-9d0b-4f81d4cf7a1a</guid>
      <title>068 A Dialogue with Andrew Mitchell</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode I am chatting with Andrew Mitchell, founder of the Design Coach and Mr. Mitchell Design.</p><p>Andrew shares his journey in the interior design industry and we talk about the mindset shift required for designers to see themselves as business owners and not just creatives. We also talk about how important the concept of balance in all areas of life. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my chat with Andrew</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Nov 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Andrew Mitchell, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-068</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/dbe5379e-3052-4294-acbe-56e93d2cd994/episode-2068-20youtube-20cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode I am chatting with Andrew Mitchell, founder of the Design Coach and Mr. Mitchell Design.</p><p>Andrew shares his journey in the interior design industry and we talk about the mindset shift required for designers to see themselves as business owners and not just creatives. We also talk about how important the concept of balance in all areas of life. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my chat with Andrew</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="48764594" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/163956be-0432-4453-a2be-5199af3fba94/audio/c7e0842c-1962-4dba-b4ad-4648b5c9a50a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>068 A Dialogue with Andrew Mitchell</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Mitchell, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/01d5be74-a17b-415e-838f-12be600599ab/3000x3000/episode-2068-20solo-20with-20beth.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:50:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>client boundaries, balance, setting boundaries, fostering creativity, keywords  interior design, well-being, systems and processes, mindset shift, business, taking control of calendar, streamlining client meetings, travel, profitability, value recognition, time management, design trips</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab93a71a-37e4-424d-97ac-198b90f2290e</guid>
      <title>067 Solo with Beth Clear Communication is Key</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week it is a Solo with Beth episode and I am looking at common friction points designers face with clients, primarily stemming from unclear communication and unmet expectations. </p><p>I look at three examples of where designers are commonly seeing friction pointes which can be easily resolved with clear and concise communication. </p><p>By fixing these friction points, you are going to be able to create smoother project experiences, leading to happier clients and better referrals.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-067</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/eacd99b3-3029-4c5d-8ab5-78d51833b5f1/episode-67-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week it is a Solo with Beth episode and I am looking at common friction points designers face with clients, primarily stemming from unclear communication and unmet expectations. </p><p>I look at three examples of where designers are commonly seeing friction pointes which can be easily resolved with clear and concise communication. </p><p>By fixing these friction points, you are going to be able to create smoother project experiences, leading to happier clients and better referrals.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15928049" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/abff3e23-65c1-4ac5-9497-5bfc285aeb55/audio/4505d026-7838-4bdc-aa9f-38bf18761ad1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>067 Solo with Beth Clear Communication is Key</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/70970436-de2c-4b82-8bdd-cf0616158a62/3000x3000/episode-67-solo-with-beth.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:16:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>design, friction points, expectations, systems and processes, invoicing, project management, client communication, feedback</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a80ee855-9e36-4dc8-9a0f-73ff6158035a</guid>
      <title>Episode 66 A Dialogue with Sam McArthur</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> In this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast I am chatting with  Sam McArthur from Wild Bird Interiors. Sam shares her journey from advertising to interior design and starting her own business. We discuss the importance of leveraging skills from previous careers and the challenges and rewards of being self-employed. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Oct 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Sam McArthur, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-066</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/13926ae1-50fb-4282-b5af-638dafcfa766/episode-66-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> In this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast I am chatting with  Sam McArthur from Wild Bird Interiors. Sam shares her journey from advertising to interior design and starting her own business. We discuss the importance of leveraging skills from previous careers and the challenges and rewards of being self-employed. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39648069" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/282cbc55-e314-4ee0-b7d2-5d3af2fc62c0/audio/50eacc9e-e006-43f4-83e8-bb7562c6de22/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Episode 66 A Dialogue with Sam McArthur</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Sam McArthur, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b73440e5-de75-4cdb-ba1c-4c65719c8deb/3000x3000/episode-66-sam-mcarthur.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>self-employment, career transition, communication, goals, home staging, trades, keywords  interior design, developers, systems, juggling, business, boundaries, suppliers, networking, renovations, family, relationships, relationships, processes</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cfcf4b77-43d0-4a35-bdc3-19dae73c916c</guid>
      <title>065 Live Event - Satara Sydney</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week's episode is the recording of our live event at the Sydney Satara showroom from September. </p><p>I am joined by Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys-Jones and Gemma Gillett. We talk about the business of running an interior design studio. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>P.S. Brisbane your turn is next - look out for the announcement of our panel members for our live recording event happening on Thursday 28th November in the Brisbane Satara showroom. </p><p> </p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today. </a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Oct 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys Jones, Gemma Gillett)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-065</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0f115da3-4e5a-4740-aba5-325956bc06e4/episode-65-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week's episode is the recording of our live event at the Sydney Satara showroom from September. </p><p>I am joined by Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys-Jones and Gemma Gillett. We talk about the business of running an interior design studio. </p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>P.S. Brisbane your turn is next - look out for the announcement of our panel members for our live recording event happening on Thursday 28th November in the Brisbane Satara showroom. </p><p> </p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today. </a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="69402165" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/55a9e7b2-97ff-4db2-9797-a9a7dccfd9ee/audio/a12576da-f470-4fb8-9f21-b6360f6d118b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>065 Live Event - Satara Sydney</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys Jones, Gemma Gillett</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/94a99405-6317-4b89-ad4d-1be2bf351c14/3000x3000/episode-65-satara-event.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:12:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>community, interiordesign, satara, live event, small business</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d8d23000-f2a4-40b9-865d-ad26a7b9c00a</guid>
      <title>064 Solo With Beth - How are you going to end the year?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Dialogues podcast, I am talking about how to effectively end the year while maintaining a healthy work-life balance. I look at the importance of setting boundaries with clients and clear communication to ensure a positive transition into the new year. By managing client expectations and building excitement for upcoming projects, professionals can end the year on a high note and start the new year with momentum.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-064</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/87715b0e-a6fe-45cc-b9ed-473c5c349623/episode-64-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Dialogues podcast, I am talking about how to effectively end the year while maintaining a healthy work-life balance. I look at the importance of setting boundaries with clients and clear communication to ensure a positive transition into the new year. By managing client expectations and building excitement for upcoming projects, professionals can end the year on a high note and start the new year with momentum.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p> </p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and processes. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book your health check today.</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business</p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&subnav=join-us">START TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9492732" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/14dcecc1-a401-48d1-a3be-46e1e8334fff/audio/2711d876-6ad6-40fd-bdd1-77241a81dc0c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>064 Solo With Beth - How are you going to end the year?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c44097da-bb32-4014-af5d-b9b731b91029/3000x3000/episode-64-solo-with-beth.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>work-life balance, business management, project momentum, keywords  end of year, client communication</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">331f032c-63ed-4f2f-aa4a-bdae1ee549db</guid>
      <title>063 A Dialogue with Courtney Dunn</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I chat with Courtney Dunn from Assembly Interiors about passive homes and the philosophy behind building and renovating them. </p><p>Courtney shares her journey into interior design and her passion for helping people love their homes. She explains that a passive home is a building methodology that creates a comfortable and energy-efficient home with minimal reliance on heating and cooling. </p><p>Courtney discusses the elements of a passive home, such as temperature control, ventilation systems, insulation, and airtight wraps. She also emphasizes the importance of considering the future and making sustainable choices when renovating or building a home.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and process. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Systems and Process Health Check</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business. </p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?subnav=join-us&schedule-item=">START YOUR FREE 30 DAY TRIAL TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-064</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3a80b118-96d4-4b12-aa72-d75bfacdb74a/episode-63-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I chat with Courtney Dunn from Assembly Interiors about passive homes and the philosophy behind building and renovating them. </p><p>Courtney shares her journey into interior design and her passion for helping people love their homes. She explains that a passive home is a building methodology that creates a comfortable and energy-efficient home with minimal reliance on heating and cooling. </p><p>Courtney discusses the elements of a passive home, such as temperature control, ventilation systems, insulation, and airtight wraps. She also emphasizes the importance of considering the future and making sustainable choices when renovating or building a home.</p><p>I hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Have the experience of a general manager look over your systems and process. Book in a health check today. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Systems and Process Health Check</a></p><p>Start your FREE 30 day trial today to see how MTTD can help you build a better business. </p><p><a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?subnav=join-us&schedule-item=">START YOUR FREE 30 DAY TRIAL TODAY</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34506753" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/d5dd5d67-a157-4b73-bc08-1a0bb7b77fb3/audio/d2166f0d-02f6-41a0-9ab9-8d624bfd2c1a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>063 A Dialogue with Courtney Dunn</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/024f22c3-255b-43ae-93bb-1ff3336fe2c0/3000x3000/episode-63-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>keywords  passive homes, interior design, temperature control, insulation, airtight wraps, ventilation systems, building methodology, sustainable choices</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5def8c3-ab2a-4330-9944-55b4a1b6d72f</guid>
      <title>062 A Dialogue with Cate Liedtke</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Work with Beth for 8 weeks, one-on-one, with the Systems and Processes Health Check.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Find out more here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Sep 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-062</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/67cddd01-6b6e-4940-a347-4f450ddeb1df/episode-62-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Work with Beth for 8 weeks, one-on-one, with the Systems and Processes Health Check.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Find out more here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34449492" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/6b439cfa-0701-4883-aa4b-bf33f53d1890/audio/ead4c7fe-72d4-4b5a-9eab-e616f9426c5e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>062 A Dialogue with Cate Liedtke</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/2c73cff2-2112-407a-aa55-062c78771da8/3000x3000/episode-62-website-cover-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e8d74531-562b-40d5-8dee-62879d315773</guid>
      <title>061 Solo with Beth  - Are your systems and processes right for your studio?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Join us on Thursday 19th September at the Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p><a href="https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator">Get your FREE ticket here</a></p><p>The event will be a live panel with myself, Lynne Bradley, Gemma Gillett and Sally Rhys-Jones</p><p> </p><p>Systems and Processes Health Check </p><p>Want to have a general manager look at your business to see how it could be working better for you. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book in your health check today. </a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-061</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/193a3acc-e50e-44eb-9a2b-06410a4a4d92/episode-61-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join us on Thursday 19th September at the Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p><a href="https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator">Get your FREE ticket here</a></p><p>The event will be a live panel with myself, Lynne Bradley, Gemma Gillett and Sally Rhys-Jones</p><p> </p><p>Systems and Processes Health Check </p><p>Want to have a general manager look at your business to see how it could be working better for you. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book in your health check today. </a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17648787" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/cef71cd8-3eac-4d28-9a47-edae55bb6f9a/audio/53ae73b3-e1f2-4afb-abbb-e291abb44ce1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>061 Solo with Beth  - Are your systems and processes right for your studio?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/2ea36105-77ab-42ec-8a1d-9fddceb0ee05/3000x3000/episode-61-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:18:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, Beth Bieske discusses the importance of tailoring systems and processes to fit the unique needs of interior design businesses. She emphasizes that there is no one-size-fits-all approach and encourages designers to critically evaluate the advice they receive. The conversation covers the significance of understanding the type of business one wants to create, the necessity of simplicity in processes, and the importance of designing systems that cater to the specific needs of clients to ensure their success.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, Beth Bieske discusses the importance of tailoring systems and processes to fit the unique needs of interior design businesses. She emphasizes that there is no one-size-fits-all approach and encourages designers to critically evaluate the advice they receive. The conversation covers the significance of understanding the type of business one wants to create, the necessity of simplicity in processes, and the importance of designing systems that cater to the specific needs of clients to ensure their success.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">648e6c82-fd97-437c-af2f-71874a03bfb0</guid>
      <title>060 A Dialogue With Jen Bishop</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Join us on Thursday 19th September at the Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p><a href="https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator">Get your FREE ticket here</a></p><p>The event will be a live panel with myself, Lynne Bradley, Gemma Gillett and Sally Rhys-Jones</p><p> </p><p>Systems and Processes Health Check </p><p>Want to have a general manager look at your business to see how it could be working better for you. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book in your health check today. </a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Sep 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Jen Bishop, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-060</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/96191c6b-272a-41ce-9d6d-745a91bad1c2/episode-60-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join us on Thursday 19th September at the Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p><a href="https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator">Get your FREE ticket here</a></p><p>The event will be a live panel with myself, Lynne Bradley, Gemma Gillett and Sally Rhys-Jones</p><p> </p><p>Systems and Processes Health Check </p><p>Want to have a general manager look at your business to see how it could be working better for you. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Book in your health check today. </a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37411987" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/c8f9ec0d-371a-4fb3-8ff8-4572048a76b3/audio/7f43889e-0ea8-45ad-b4c8-e36827ef637e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>060 A Dialogue With Jen Bishop</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Jen Bishop, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/099d9bf4-2b51-4f20-92d6-71b3a28e0310/3000x3000/episode-5-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa830a64-8fa2-4c7d-b1a9-ccc2dc7de3c5</guid>
      <title>059 A Dialogue with Shari Lyon from Fluxwood</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>I would love if you could join us at our first live recording of The Design Dialogues Podcast at the beautiful Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p>The panel of Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys-Jones and Gemma Gillett will discuss how they have built their businesses and some of the challenges they have faced along the way. </p><p><a href="https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator">Get your FREE ticket here</a></p><p> </p><p>Do you need some help with a key area of your systems and procesess? </p><p>Book in for a Health Check and work with me for 8 weeks.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Find out more here</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 2 Sep 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Shari Lyon, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-059</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a596baa7-7821-4e93-924f-70df4b3c9b46/episode-59-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I would love if you could join us at our first live recording of The Design Dialogues Podcast at the beautiful Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p>The panel of Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys-Jones and Gemma Gillett will discuss how they have built their businesses and some of the challenges they have faced along the way. </p><p><a href="https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator">Get your FREE ticket here</a></p><p> </p><p>Do you need some help with a key area of your systems and procesess? </p><p>Book in for a Health Check and work with me for 8 weeks.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">Find out more here</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31278854" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/005d81fb-9721-4634-a176-1cd59c26c746/audio/721da9c9-7d24-4110-82f0-e26c05a6946d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>059 A Dialogue with Shari Lyon from Fluxwood</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Shari Lyon, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/4ebeca20-2cb3-45c9-8d1f-c7eaeb94f4fd/3000x3000/episode-59-website-cover-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">afeda0db-abfc-4d16-bea1-30f1cce1594e</guid>
      <title>058 A Dialogue with Gavin &amp; Beth</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>I would love if you could join us at our first live recording of The Design Dialogues Podcast at the beautiful Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p>It will be a fun evening filled with lots of inspiration amongst the interior design community. </p><p>The panel of Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys-Jones and Gemma Gillett will discuss how they have built their businesses and some of the challenges they have faced along the way. </p><p>Get your FREE ticket here</p><p><a href="Book your FREE ticket here">https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Gavin Hepper, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-058</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/cb3f5cae-fe52-4bdb-b20e-fc2cdde7587f/photo-cover-youtube.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I would love if you could join us at our first live recording of The Design Dialogues Podcast at the beautiful Satara showroom in Sydney. </p><p>It will be a fun evening filled with lots of inspiration amongst the interior design community. </p><p>The panel of Lynne Bradley, Sally Rhys-Jones and Gemma Gillett will discuss how they have built their businesses and some of the challenges they have faced along the way. </p><p>Get your FREE ticket here</p><p><a href="Book your FREE ticket here">https://www.eventbrite.com.au/e/interior-design-panel-evening-tickets-994797755867?aff=oddtdtcreator</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="65973228" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/559de6ad-b821-4ad3-a4c5-c3fecf793d27/audio/5e802855-0def-4cda-9d7b-71868adae085/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>058 A Dialogue with Gavin &amp; Beth</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Gavin Hepper, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/be53bad5-e63b-4755-bf20-ee8850c79c5e/3000x3000/episode-5-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:08:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b6608f1-aaf0-4e40-9d14-d3e79c069e5d</guid>
      <title>057 Solo with Beth - Quiet times can be the best times in your business</title>
      <description><![CDATA[ Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your
business.

 

1.Sign up to our MAILING LIST where each month you will receive helpful
business tips straight to your inbox

 

2. Start a  HEALTH CHECK today. We will work together for 8 weeks and
improve your systems and processes.

I only have 8 spots available every month.

 

3. Start my course THE PROCESS so you know exactly what to do when in
your interior design studio.

 

4. Have a look at THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM - this is where you will find
our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior
design studio

 

5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your FREE 30 DAY
TRIAL today.
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2024 19:40:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-057</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/85593007-872a-4424-8f6a-34a6a856a0be/the-design-dialogues-podcast-episode-57-yt-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <enclosure length="11725887" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/d0bfc879-dff2-4faf-bc81-71ec9d46a387/audio/ea97d612-2e39-44df-a27f-f24efe9eb946/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>057 Solo with Beth - Quiet times can be the best times in your business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/47837e6e-b399-4077-a748-2ed8816f1462/3000x3000/the-design-dialogues-podcast-episode-57-website-cover-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:12:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d071920e-148a-460f-ae0d-48670926eb37</guid>
      <title>056 A Dialogue with Donna Allan, Anna McMillan and Nerida Thorburn</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode I am chatting with Nerida Thorburn, Anna McMillan and Donna Allan. We chat about their strong friendship they have forged and the support they give each other to help build their best businesses. </p><p> </p><p>Want to learn about More Time To Design - book in a product demonstration here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book A Product Demo</a></p><p> </p><p>Want to stay connected with everything happening at More Time To Design - sign up to our newsletter here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Newsletter Signup</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-056</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c47c4c9b-40a0-476a-bc83-c96430a6b7c4/episode-56-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode I am chatting with Nerida Thorburn, Anna McMillan and Donna Allan. We chat about their strong friendship they have forged and the support they give each other to help build their best businesses. </p><p> </p><p>Want to learn about More Time To Design - book in a product demonstration here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book A Product Demo</a></p><p> </p><p>Want to stay connected with everything happening at More Time To Design - sign up to our newsletter here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Newsletter Signup</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45241616" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/5c30415d-dbab-4a68-a0bc-5b2105a9f5c5/audio/9d07ed17-4098-4819-8ad8-b25e3fac9be6/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>056 A Dialogue with Donna Allan, Anna McMillan and Nerida Thorburn</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/42f97935-1b39-4397-9818-70a9e63919b3/3000x3000/episode-56-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04ba4358-9fb4-4871-95f0-7fe1f07ace0b</guid>
      <title>055 A Dialogue With Emma Blomfield</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode I am chatting with Emma Blomfield. We talk about how important it is to make sure you set your team up for success with good systems and processes and what it takes to build a business with many different parts.</p><p> </p><p>Want to learn about More Time To Design - book in a product demonstration here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book A Product Demo</a></p><p> </p><p>Want to stay connected with everything happening at More Time To Design - sign up to our newsletter here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Newsletter Signup</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 5 Aug 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-055</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7fa31ae0-af76-4330-bc45-20850bd8ef79/episode-55-youtube-covers.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode I am chatting with Emma Blomfield. We talk about how important it is to make sure you set your team up for success with good systems and processes and what it takes to build a business with many different parts.</p><p> </p><p>Want to learn about More Time To Design - book in a product demonstration here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book A Product Demo</a></p><p> </p><p>Want to stay connected with everything happening at More Time To Design - sign up to our newsletter here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Newsletter Signup</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46114733" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/4d0f8b50-8fa4-455e-98c6-2d80a884092f/audio/bf4d087e-0cc5-42a9-b461-392941bb0848/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>055 A Dialogue With Emma Blomfield</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/48df2713-3725-4429-8784-36c02c500314/3000x3000/episode-55-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:48:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">efee9fab-5981-45a9-a04f-37d46c660975</guid>
      <title>054 Solo With Beth - The Process of Rebranding</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Solo with Beth Episode I look at the process I recently went through to rebrand More Time To Design.  </p><p> </p><p>Want to learn about More Time To Design - book in a product demonstration here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book A Product Demo</a></p><p> </p><p>Want to stay connected with everything happening at More Time To Design - sign up to our newsletter here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Newsletter Signup</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jul 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-054</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/4c1ab74f-1e93-4e0b-a68f-036a2ffb05a4/episode-54-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this Solo with Beth Episode I look at the process I recently went through to rebrand More Time To Design.  </p><p> </p><p>Want to learn about More Time To Design - book in a product demonstration here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book A Product Demo</a></p><p> </p><p>Want to stay connected with everything happening at More Time To Design - sign up to our newsletter here</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Newsletter Signup</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="13559892" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/7a39a5c4-e138-4e43-b5e6-3bf0dca097b1/audio/59ae8753-a897-422e-a98f-5df041f1995d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>054 Solo With Beth - The Process of Rebranding</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/be157fc7-f52c-4379-a140-d7f8dd57b8f9/3000x3000/episode-54.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:14:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this Solo with Beth Episode I look at the process I recently went through to rebrand More Time To Design. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this Solo with Beth Episode I look at the process I recently went through to rebrand More Time To Design. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4776c265-bb36-40cf-8131-f62a05575f08</guid>
      <title>053 A Dialogue with Donna Guyler</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 53 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Interior Designer Donna Guyler.</p><p>Donna is a powerhouse of an interior designer and it was so interesting chatting to Donna about her journey from corporate EA to interior designer and business owner. </p><p>As part of our dialogue we had a really honest discussion about the product business that Donna has started and the unique challenges that this type of business brings. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (donna guyler, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-053</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/490d3e84-6c1c-429a-b79c-526eedfc1216/a-dialogue-with-donna-guyler-1.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 53 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Interior Designer Donna Guyler.</p><p>Donna is a powerhouse of an interior designer and it was so interesting chatting to Donna about her journey from corporate EA to interior designer and business owner. </p><p>As part of our dialogue we had a really honest discussion about the product business that Donna has started and the unique challenges that this type of business brings. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42726338" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/216e0cf1-80f8-4181-967c-a184b086b561/audio/410c840e-7ee0-47b0-b985-24ac44b35f39/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>053 A Dialogue with Donna Guyler</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>donna guyler, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/5e98f3eb-0324-4841-beea-21a9d662ca20/3000x3000/a-dialogue-with-donna-guyler.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 53 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Interior Designer Donna Guyler.

Donna is a powerhouse of an interior designer and it was so interesting chatting to Donna about her journey from corporate EA to interior designer and business owner. 

As part of our dialogue we had a really honest discussion about the product business that Donna has started and the unique challenges that this type of business brings. 

I hope you enjoy this episode. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 53 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Interior Designer Donna Guyler.

Donna is a powerhouse of an interior designer and it was so interesting chatting to Donna about her journey from corporate EA to interior designer and business owner. 

As part of our dialogue we had a really honest discussion about the product business that Donna has started and the unique challenges that this type of business brings. 

I hope you enjoy this episode. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">269b91c0-78a2-42cf-98ca-24c55dc6f655</guid>
      <title>052 A Dialogue with Selina Zwolsman from KBDI</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Book your tickets to the KBDI conference today</p><p><a href="https://www.kbdimembers.org.au/whats-on/kbdi-conference/">https://www.kbdimembers.org.au/whats-on/kbdi-conference/</a></p><p>Welcome to Episode 52 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Selina Zwolsman from KBDI and we are learning a bit more about what KDBI is and what they do. </p><p>More Time To Design is a member partner with KBDI where we offer 20% of our monthly membership for KBDI members. As the founder of MTTD I wanted to make sure we partnered with the people who had the same philosophy towards the design industry and it has been such a positive experience. Both MTTD and KBDI want to help designers build better businesses. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-052</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9b3e8854-bcbf-4159-912a-7f49bf1d0e2b/episode-52-selina-zwolsman-from-kbdi-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Book your tickets to the KBDI conference today</p><p><a href="https://www.kbdimembers.org.au/whats-on/kbdi-conference/">https://www.kbdimembers.org.au/whats-on/kbdi-conference/</a></p><p>Welcome to Episode 52 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Selina Zwolsman from KBDI and we are learning a bit more about what KDBI is and what they do. </p><p>More Time To Design is a member partner with KBDI where we offer 20% of our monthly membership for KBDI members. As the founder of MTTD I wanted to make sure we partnered with the people who had the same philosophy towards the design industry and it has been such a positive experience. Both MTTD and KBDI want to help designers build better businesses. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36694351" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/dc303b92-2763-4798-88ca-9753e11ebaed/audio/c8136eed-8639-4ea0-9380-2d25a6b19135/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>052 A Dialogue with Selina Zwolsman from KBDI</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/4d4a13b1-2737-464f-99e1-403970ba2f74/3000x3000/episode-52-selina-zwolsman-from-kbdi-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 52 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Selina Zwolsman from KBDI and we are learning a bit more about what KDBI is and what they do. 

More Time To Design is a member partner with KBDI where we offer 20% of our monthly membership for KBDI members. As the founder of MTTD I wanted to make sure we partnered with the people who had the same philosophy towards the design industry and it has been such a positive experience. Both MTTD and KBDI want to help designers build better businesses. 

I hope you enjoy this episode. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 52 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Selina Zwolsman from KBDI and we are learning a bit more about what KDBI is and what they do. 

More Time To Design is a member partner with KBDI where we offer 20% of our monthly membership for KBDI members. As the founder of MTTD I wanted to make sure we partnered with the people who had the same philosophy towards the design industry and it has been such a positive experience. Both MTTD and KBDI want to help designers build better businesses. 

I hope you enjoy this episode. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">29b6df00-c2bb-454b-b451-959ee8478281</guid>
      <title>051 Solo With Beth - Communicating Your Value</title>
      <description><![CDATA[Welcome to Episode 51 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a solo with Beth episode and to continue our theme through July of looking at the value we bring as interior designers I am talking today about how we can communicate that value when we are presenting our fee proposal. 

Having strong systems and processes around the way we deliver our fee proposals is a large part of making sure we are being paid properly for the value we bring to our clients and their projects. 

I hope you enjoy this episode. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
 Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your
business.

 

1.Sign up to our MAILING LIST where each month you will receive helpful
business tips straight to your inbox

 

2. Start a  HEALTH CHECK today. We will work together for 8 weeks and
improve your systems and processes.

I only have 8 spots available every month.

 

3. Start my course THE PROCESS so you know exactly what to do when in
your interior design studio.

 

4. Have a look at THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM - this is where you will find
our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior
design studio

 

5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your FREE 30 DAY
TRIAL today.
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Jul 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-051</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/caf2a17e-4bb2-4016-97fd-9520e8fc78c8/episode-51-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <enclosure length="15433603" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/b7b362dc-4d6b-40a3-b253-48c8b432e485/audio/ea7e02a4-29de-4375-b50d-107d69829a51/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>051 Solo With Beth - Communicating Your Value</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/47218bf7-908a-47eb-9012-b2eee099b5ea/3000x3000/episode-51-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:16:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 51 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a solo with Beth episode and to continue our theme through July of looking at the value we bring as interior designers I am talking today about how we can communicate that value when we are presenting our fee proposal. 

Having strong systems and processes around the way we deliver our fee proposals is a large part of making sure we are being paid properly for the value we bring to our clients and their projects. 

I hope you enjoy this episode. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 51 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a solo with Beth episode and to continue our theme through July of looking at the value we bring as interior designers I am talking today about how we can communicate that value when we are presenting our fee proposal. 

Having strong systems and processes around the way we deliver our fee proposals is a large part of making sure we are being paid properly for the value we bring to our clients and their projects. 

I hope you enjoy this episode. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b13df39c-5233-4f21-93da-788523931119</guid>
      <title>050 A Dialogue with Sophie McDougall-Wenn</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 50 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sophie McDougall-Wenn from Stella Design Co. </p><p>Sophie is a New Zealand based interior designer. We chat about how Sophie went from studying acting to interior design via safety hat construction. How sometimes you just need to get on with it when opportunities present themselves - and that mum guilt is real, but that it passes. </p><p>I have gotten to know Sophie over the last 12 months as she uses More Time To Design in her studio and I loved getting to know a little bit more about how she got started in interior design and also what she is seeing in kitchen design and where people are going wrong. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 1 Jul 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-050</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/920ed1ff-0035-4eca-a2e5-2f395a8dded6/episode-50-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 50 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sophie McDougall-Wenn from Stella Design Co. </p><p>Sophie is a New Zealand based interior designer. We chat about how Sophie went from studying acting to interior design via safety hat construction. How sometimes you just need to get on with it when opportunities present themselves - and that mum guilt is real, but that it passes. </p><p>I have gotten to know Sophie over the last 12 months as she uses More Time To Design in her studio and I loved getting to know a little bit more about how she got started in interior design and also what she is seeing in kitchen design and where people are going wrong. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="45062312" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f1121f38-1869-4f2d-beee-cc16f51025f5/audio/5a070e51-06ac-4a09-bb0d-71aff014e649/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>050 A Dialogue with Sophie McDougall-Wenn</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c382520d-452c-46ae-bd39-41c32a28d81f/3000x3000/episode-50-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 50 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sophie McDougall-Wenn from Stella Design Co. 

Sophie is a New Zealand based interior designer. We chat about how Sophie went from studying acting to interior design via safety hat construction. How sometimes you just need to get on with it when opportunities present themselves - and that mum guilt is real, but that it passes. 

I have gotten to know Sophie over the last 12 months as she uses More Time To Design in her studio and I loved getting to know a little bit more about how she got started in interior design and also what she is seeing in kitchen design and where people are going wrong. 

I hope you enjoy this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 50 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sophie McDougall-Wenn from Stella Design Co. 

Sophie is a New Zealand based interior designer. We chat about how Sophie went from studying acting to interior design via safety hat construction. How sometimes you just need to get on with it when opportunities present themselves - and that mum guilt is real, but that it passes. 

I have gotten to know Sophie over the last 12 months as she uses More Time To Design in her studio and I loved getting to know a little bit more about how she got started in interior design and also what she is seeing in kitchen design and where people are going wrong. 

I hope you enjoy this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e8d9074c-9bfd-4d96-91ba-8c95b4f956e3</guid>
      <title>049 A Dialogue with Sally Rhys Jones</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Are you ready to take part in our 30 Day Challenge. Start the new financial year off with 30 days of working on your systems and processes so you have your best year yet. Simple start your FREE 30 day trial of MTTD and from the 1st of July you will receive a daily email with a small actionable step to set you up for success. Sign up <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">here</a></p><p>Welcome to Episode 49 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am joined by Sally Rhys-Jones.  </p><p>We talked about her approach to building a team and why it is so important to look after ourselves as designers and business owners so we don't head towards burnout.  </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast, I would love for you to leave a review as this helps oher find the podcast. </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Sally Rhys Jones, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-049</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7b442860-9701-49e0-86fd-4f97a26d243b/episode-49-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Are you ready to take part in our 30 Day Challenge. Start the new financial year off with 30 days of working on your systems and processes so you have your best year yet. Simple start your FREE 30 day trial of MTTD and from the 1st of July you will receive a daily email with a small actionable step to set you up for success. Sign up <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">here</a></p><p>Welcome to Episode 49 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am joined by Sally Rhys-Jones.  </p><p>We talked about her approach to building a team and why it is so important to look after ourselves as designers and business owners so we don't head towards burnout.  </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast, I would love for you to leave a review as this helps oher find the podcast. </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47145838" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/c4063f5e-a952-470f-b10a-95150238f63c/audio/18952386-c4d8-4b14-855d-0f600c805ace/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>049 A Dialogue with Sally Rhys Jones</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Sally Rhys Jones, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/d43022c9-923e-4a14-b629-77ed8e7d74bb/3000x3000/photo-cover-website-and-podcast-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 49 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am joined by Sally Rhys-Jones. 

We talked about her approach to building a team and why it is so important to look after ourselves as designers and business owners so we don&apos;t head towards burnout. 

If you are enjoying the podcast, I would love for you to leave a review as this helps oher find the podcast. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 49 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am joined by Sally Rhys-Jones. 

We talked about her approach to building a team and why it is so important to look after ourselves as designers and business owners so we don&apos;t head towards burnout. 

If you are enjoying the podcast, I would love for you to leave a review as this helps oher find the podcast. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">245c405f-3608-4301-9812-a3c97a628ec1</guid>
      <title>048 Solo with Beth - Success Through Consistency and Discipline</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 48 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a solo with Beth episode. </p><p>In this episode I talk about why it is so important you are consistent and disciplined when it comes to implementing your systems and processes. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-048">Episode Website</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-048</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b1a0ebb2-9e23-42d6-8584-96a3e7e1c187/episode-48-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 48 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a solo with Beth episode. </p><p>In this episode I talk about why it is so important you are consistent and disciplined when it comes to implementing your systems and processes. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-048">Episode Website</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="11842916" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/4c90d34e-c265-40f8-9eb5-ed6d6d501aa6/audio/31238403-9076-426b-a598-44573572745c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>048 Solo with Beth - Success Through Consistency and Discipline</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/329af1d9-8f72-4c96-aa3c-3661a3727c83/3000x3000/episode-48-website-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:12:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 48 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a solo with Beth episode. 

In this episode I talk about why it is so important you are consistent and disciplined when it comes to implementing your systems and processes. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 48 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a solo with Beth episode. 

In this episode I talk about why it is so important you are consistent and disciplined when it comes to implementing your systems and processes. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">53f82451-7734-452d-8b45-f8b54e4fd04e</guid>
      <title>047 A Dialogue with Kate Lawrence</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 47 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Kate Lawrence from Kate Lawrence Interiors. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Kate about creating a niche around a paired back palette, what it is like to be your own client and what are some of the things Kate has learnt from working on her own projects and how they help her with her own design clients. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kate.</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/thethe-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-047">Episode Website</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (kate lawrence, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-047</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/19e16713-d782-415e-9d15-e9a2509f19b3/episode-47-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 47 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Kate Lawrence from Kate Lawrence Interiors. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Kate about creating a niche around a paired back palette, what it is like to be your own client and what are some of the things Kate has learnt from working on her own projects and how they help her with her own design clients. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kate.</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/thethe-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-047">Episode Website</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33524549" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/28edef54-e6cd-44a9-927c-208113f51cde/audio/6ad1e17a-76d9-4a51-819b-e31dc86894a8/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>047 A Dialogue with Kate Lawrence</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>kate lawrence, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/c6b479b1-5fa7-4674-ae7f-2afa63a5d932/3000x3000/episode-47-the-design-dialogues-podcast-podcast-cover.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 47 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Kate Lawrence from Kate Lawrence Interiors. 

In this episode I talk with Kate about creating a niche around a paired back palette, what it is like to be your own client and what are some of the things Kate has learnt from working on her own projects and how they help her with her own design clients. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kate.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 47 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Kate Lawrence from Kate Lawrence Interiors. 

In this episode I talk with Kate about creating a niche around a paired back palette, what it is like to be your own client and what are some of the things Kate has learnt from working on her own projects and how they help her with her own design clients. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kate.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54e9113b-3410-47b4-9d78-2e3d433d0807</guid>
      <title>046 A Dialogue With Jane Langof</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 46 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Langof of Feng Shui Concepts</p><p>In this chat with Jane I learn so much about Feng Shui and some of the things Jane considers when she is looking at a home but we also have a great discussion about life as a working mum </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode. I know you are really going to enjoy hearing Jane’s story. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 4 Jun 2024 00:51:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-046</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/723e7826-935c-4901-a803-f1a57754e2af/episode-46-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 46 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Langof of Feng Shui Concepts</p><p>In this chat with Jane I learn so much about Feng Shui and some of the things Jane considers when she is looking at a home but we also have a great discussion about life as a working mum </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode. I know you are really going to enjoy hearing Jane’s story. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37341352" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/630ab8e9-26b7-46b1-b938-25eb55f5333f/audio/0b434735-57d8-4318-82e5-f9e5277286e5/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>046 A Dialogue With Jane Langof</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b18292d8-09df-4611-9458-bd6a8e96a3f5/3000x3000/episode-46-a-dialogue-with-jane-langof.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 46 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Langof of Feng Shui Concepts

In this chat with Jane I learn so much about Feng Shui and some of the things Jane considers when she is looking at a home but we also have a great discussion about life as a working mum 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode. I know you are really going to enjoy hearing Jane’s story. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 46 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Langof of Feng Shui Concepts

In this chat with Jane I learn so much about Feng Shui and some of the things Jane considers when she is looking at a home but we also have a great discussion about life as a working mum 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode. I know you are really going to enjoy hearing Jane’s story. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">03a1fed1-3286-4e01-b4a0-4abad6c197e5</guid>
      <title>045 Solo with Beth - What is stopping you from starting?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Solo with Beth - What is stopping you from starting? </p><p>Knowing that you need to work on your systems and processes and actually working on them are two very different things. In this episode I look at some of the things to think about to set yourself up for success when you start looking at how to improve your system and processes. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 May 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-045</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e282e94c-d584-4496-aada-fa94a2d939b3/episode-45-solo-with-beth-youtube-cover.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Solo with Beth - What is stopping you from starting? </p><p>Knowing that you need to work on your systems and processes and actually working on them are two very different things. In this episode I look at some of the things to think about to set yourself up for success when you start looking at how to improve your system and processes. </p><p>I hope you enjoy this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="12733169" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/3b3947bd-87a7-488c-a71b-37189198b003/audio/9a6cf276-54fc-449a-9740-5e260713ddf2/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>045 Solo with Beth - What is stopping you from starting?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/8705b093-992d-4256-8c2f-782ae7a1029b/3000x3000/episode-2045.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:13:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Solo with Beth - What is stopping you from starting? 

Knowing that you need to work on your systems and processes and actually working on them are two very different things. In this episode I look at some of the things to think about to set yourself up for success when you start looking at how to improve your system and processes. 

I hope you enjoy this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Solo with Beth - What is stopping you from starting? 

Knowing that you need to work on your systems and processes and actually working on them are two very different things. In this episode I look at some of the things to think about to set yourself up for success when you start looking at how to improve your system and processes. 

I hope you enjoy this episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cc3c4b93-c4c6-475f-84da-3ae6d2d3aa45</guid>
      <title>044 A Dialogue with Tameka Moffat</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 44 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tameka Moffat from Tameka Moffatt Design. </p><p>In this chat with Tameka we talk about how she became an interior designer, how she manages to balance a firm working on both commercial and residential projects and so much more. </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of Tameka’s wisdom. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 May 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Tameka Moffat, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>http://moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-044</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/04af43ce-a223-4eb3-a514-6034582d1498/tameka-moffat-tameka-moffatt-design-youtube-covers.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 44 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tameka Moffat from Tameka Moffatt Design. </p><p>In this chat with Tameka we talk about how she became an interior designer, how she manages to balance a firm working on both commercial and residential projects and so much more. </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of Tameka’s wisdom. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34491288" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/eeb0354c-9bc2-403b-a6b7-696c4e94dbb5/audio/46346a4d-a4c0-4496-939c-381b74edd914/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>044 A Dialogue with Tameka Moffat</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Tameka Moffat, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e98301bc-7ce7-450b-b121-68dfc2a76e71/3000x3000/episode-2044.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 44 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tameka Moffat from Tameka Moffatt Design. 

In this chat with Tameka we talk about how she became an interior designer, how she manages to balance a firm working on both commercial and residential projects and so much more. 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of Tameka’s wisdom. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 44 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tameka Moffat from Tameka Moffatt Design. 

In this chat with Tameka we talk about how she became an interior designer, how she manages to balance a firm working on both commercial and residential projects and so much more. 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of Tameka’s wisdom. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fc36a88b-f556-4a27-b002-f66a226bd375</guid>
      <title>043 A Dialogue With Melissa Lunardon</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 43 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Melissa Lunardon from ML Interior Design. </p><p>In this chat with Melissa we talk about some of the things you need to think about when you are growing your business and how you can become more of a CEO rather than just a designer. </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of the wisdom that Melissa has to share </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Melissa Lunardon, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-043</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e8ac1961-87fd-451a-8b02-cf7797cfc311/you-tube-cover-melissa-lunardon.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 43 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Melissa Lunardon from ML Interior Design. </p><p>In this chat with Melissa we talk about some of the things you need to think about when you are growing your business and how you can become more of a CEO rather than just a designer. </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of the wisdom that Melissa has to share </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37633506" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/dd076e98-6e16-4e7d-9b6f-2c12f07b53bf/audio/a51b8fce-b2d8-45af-a94f-68bb9d3b214c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>043 A Dialogue With Melissa Lunardon</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Melissa Lunardon, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/4ee88c16-2b64-4bca-b330-da96f7972fa8/3000x3000/episode-2043.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 43 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Melissa Lunardon from ML Interior Design. 

In this chat with Melissa we talk about some of the things you need to think about when you are growing your business and how you can become more of a CEO rather than just a designer. 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of the wisdom that Melissa has to share 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 43 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Melissa Lunardon from ML Interior Design. 

In this chat with Melissa we talk about some of the things you need to think about when you are growing your business and how you can become more of a CEO rather than just a designer. 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to hear all of the wisdom that Melissa has to share 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">042a16d4-425a-42f4-a6f5-8859fc3de7bc</guid>
      <title>042 Solo with Beth - Time is Money</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 42 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a Solo with Beth Episode and we are talking about time and money. </p><p>I strongly believe that our fee proposals should not be an exchange of time for money. We bring so much value to our projects and our fee proposals should be based on that value. But what is the monetary value of that value. </p><p>Keep track of out time and make data driven decisions when it comes to our fee proposals is SO important. </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to here why and how making data driven decisions is going to increase your studios revenue. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 6 May 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-042</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/7e801f30-7aa6-4ecf-ba14-9b9df2638bea/youtube-cover-solo-with-beth-42.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 42 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a Solo with Beth Episode and we are talking about time and money. </p><p>I strongly believe that our fee proposals should not be an exchange of time for money. We bring so much value to our projects and our fee proposals should be based on that value. But what is the monetary value of that value. </p><p>Keep track of out time and make data driven decisions when it comes to our fee proposals is SO important. </p><p>Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to here why and how making data driven decisions is going to increase your studios revenue. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="8017337" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/edce4648-8b33-4113-a98d-2edf46f53336/audio/176acaae-a2c1-45c9-ad17-b0c6dac69a08/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>042 Solo with Beth - Time is Money</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/878c6b92-5927-4908-9c2c-2624a08baa22/3000x3000/episode-2042.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 42 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a Solo with Beth Episode and we are talking about time and money. 

I strongly believe that our fee proposals should not be an exchange of time for money. We bring so much value to our projects and our fee proposals should be based on that value. But what is the monetary value of that value. 

Keep track of out time and make data driven decisions when it comes to our fee proposals is SO important. 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to here why and how making data driven decisions is going to increase your studios revenue. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 42 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week it is a Solo with Beth Episode and we are talking about time and money. 

I strongly believe that our fee proposals should not be an exchange of time for money. We bring so much value to our projects and our fee proposals should be based on that value. But what is the monetary value of that value. 

Keep track of out time and make data driven decisions when it comes to our fee proposals is SO important. 

Make sure to LISTEN to the episode to here why and how making data driven decisions is going to increase your studios revenue. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c20f9de8-b83a-4eaa-be64-1ddcfa27f44e</guid>
      <title>041 A Dialogue with Nikki Quitner</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 41 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with one of the regulars, architect Nikki Quittner. </p><p>In this episode Nikki and I chat about some of the things interior designers should consider when they come on to a project with an architect. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Nikki.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (nikki quittner, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-041</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9786e180-38e5-4b2b-b244-0514c53b04b7/you-tube-cover-nikki-quittner.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 41 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with one of the regulars, architect Nikki Quittner. </p><p>In this episode Nikki and I chat about some of the things interior designers should consider when they come on to a project with an architect. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Nikki.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40473539" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/bd7bc7fd-0033-450e-abf4-08c7d61b604b/audio/49982d8d-0327-48e6-821e-7655fcf4a6bd/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>041 A Dialogue with Nikki Quitner</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>nikki quittner, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/bff2abde-31a1-4013-a62e-4ac70a71028e/3000x3000/episode-2041.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 41 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with one of the regulars, architect Nikki Quittner. 

In this episode Nikki and I chat about some of the things interior designers should consider when they come on to a project with an architect. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Nikki.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 41 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with one of the regulars, architect Nikki Quittner. 

In this episode Nikki and I chat about some of the things interior designers should consider when they come on to a project with an architect. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Nikki.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9711835c-4fd1-4c15-a1d3-89063fa3355a</guid>
      <title>040 A Dialogue With Naomi Brand</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Naomi Brand from Brand Collective. </p><p>I loved my chat with Naomi. It is full of so many little chestnuts of information that will help you grow your business. We talk about why it is so important to work out what your niche is, and how design school is just the first step in the education process. </p><p>One of the really interesting things that came out of our discussion was about the transferable skills that Naomi recognised when she was first getting into the industry. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Naomi.</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues/episode-040">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2024 06:36:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Naomi Brand, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-040</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/87ce21be-9fd8-4d10-b2d5-dcd01e91ecb2/you-tube-cover-naomi-brand.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Naomi Brand from Brand Collective. </p><p>I loved my chat with Naomi. It is full of so many little chestnuts of information that will help you grow your business. We talk about why it is so important to work out what your niche is, and how design school is just the first step in the education process. </p><p>One of the really interesting things that came out of our discussion was about the transferable skills that Naomi recognised when she was first getting into the industry. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Naomi.</p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues/episode-040">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32709529" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/40402006-ad54-41ad-8fbf-c1ed431b6586/audio/da582a2a-0b4c-418f-bb9b-e40f7ae2f200/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>040 A Dialogue With Naomi Brand</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Naomi Brand, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/a4ae9b35-0a83-491c-ac30-603120416176/3000x3000/episode-2040.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:34:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Naomi Brand from Brand Collective. 

I loved my chat with Naomi. It is full of so many little chestnuts of information that will help you grow your business. We talk about why it is so important to work out what your niche is, and how design school is just the first step in the education process. 

One of the really interesting things that came out of our discussion was about the transferable skills that Naomi recognised when she was first getting into the industry. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Naomi.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Naomi Brand from Brand Collective. 

I loved my chat with Naomi. It is full of so many little chestnuts of information that will help you grow your business. We talk about why it is so important to work out what your niche is, and how design school is just the first step in the education process. 

One of the really interesting things that came out of our discussion was about the transferable skills that Naomi recognised when she was first getting into the industry. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Naomi.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4bb87bd-6210-4aa8-a351-3cf22f363dd9</guid>
      <title>039 Solo with Beth - Why business process are important when it comes to problematic clients</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast and this is one of my solo with Beth Episodes.</p><p>Today I wanted to talk to you a little bit about problematic clients and why having strong business systems and process is so important when it comes to dealing with them.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-039</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/0373b7d7-5c6e-4f15-9bf3-831153ad2af2/you-tube-guest-circle-post-solo-with-beth-39.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast and this is one of my solo with Beth Episodes.</p><p>Today I wanted to talk to you a little bit about problematic clients and why having strong business systems and process is so important when it comes to dealing with them.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="12164328" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/551a78e8-cb87-4c76-a291-e3b3a699c961/audio/913ee465-9804-435c-b912-0364420f8b77/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>039 Solo with Beth - Why business process are important when it comes to problematic clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f528b92a-6ffb-49ce-adc2-53449d2b5fe2/3000x3000/episode-2039.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:12:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast and this is one of my Solo with Beth Episodes.

Today I wanted to talk to you a little bit about problematic clients and why having strong business systems and process is so important when it comes to dealing with them. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to episode 39 of The Design Dialogues Podcast and this is one of my Solo with Beth Episodes.

Today I wanted to talk to you a little bit about problematic clients and why having strong business systems and process is so important when it comes to dealing with them. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b4b15de-1d0b-4735-baca-99f0b8d66f43</guid>
      <title>038 A Dialogue with Zoe Fitchett</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 38 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Zoe Fitchett from Wind and Water Interiors. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Zoe about what is holistic and biophilic interior design. It was such an interesting chat and I definitely finished the dialogue knowing a lot more about holistic and biophilic design. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Zoe.. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/epsiode-038">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Apr 2024 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske, Zoe Fitchett)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-038</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/ab4ee199-7706-4a76-b462-48b82f18b595/you-tube-cover-zoe-fitchett.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 38 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Zoe Fitchett from Wind and Water Interiors. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Zoe about what is holistic and biophilic interior design. It was such an interesting chat and I definitely finished the dialogue knowing a lot more about holistic and biophilic design. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Zoe.. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/epsiode-038">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="25309562" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/fe830905-cc35-44e4-a969-0b28d07056cf/audio/5367e50e-4968-4eb3-978b-342747b09fc6/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>038 A Dialogue with Zoe Fitchett</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske, Zoe Fitchett</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/af842091-0087-4244-a029-71bcb6a4501e/3000x3000/episode-2038.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:26:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 38 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Zoe Fitchett from Wind and Water Interiors. 

In this episode I talk with Zoe about what is holistic and biophilic interior design. It was such an interesting chat and I definitely finished the dialogue knowing a lot more about holistic and biophilic design. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Zoe.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 38 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Zoe Fitchett from Wind and Water Interiors. 

In this episode I talk with Zoe about what is holistic and biophilic interior design. It was such an interesting chat and I definitely finished the dialogue knowing a lot more about holistic and biophilic design. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Zoe.

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d5d9f96-df03-4811-ae31-ab8fd78bc699</guid>
      <title>037 A Dialogue with Jennifer Tutty</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 37 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jennifer Tutty from Studio Legal. </p><p>Studio Legal is a legal firm that specialises in the creative industries.</p><p>In this episode I talk with Jennifer about what you need to know from a legal perspective when it comes to running our interior design studios. </p><p>Getting your legal documents sorted and knowing what your obligations are is so important and I found this dialogue with Jennifer so interesting. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jennifer. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-037">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Apr 2024 00:45:30 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Jennifer Tutty, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-037</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/adca870a-b297-4b3e-9bb4-41352ddeac62/you-tube-cover-jennifer-tutty.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 37 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jennifer Tutty from Studio Legal. </p><p>Studio Legal is a legal firm that specialises in the creative industries.</p><p>In this episode I talk with Jennifer about what you need to know from a legal perspective when it comes to running our interior design studios. </p><p>Getting your legal documents sorted and knowing what your obligations are is so important and I found this dialogue with Jennifer so interesting. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jennifer. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-037">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="51612987" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/20bee201-736b-41b7-93e4-ff28a8ef1a2a/audio/1647233a-3380-48ae-9445-42f7b0df3c64/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>037 A Dialogue with Jennifer Tutty</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Jennifer Tutty, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/18cfed93-84e5-43de-ae46-7abae58ff68f/3000x3000/episode-2037.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:53:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 37 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jennifer Tutty from Studio Legal. 

Studio Legal is a legal firm that specialises in the creative industries.

In this episode I talk with Jennifer about what you need to know from a legal perspective when it comes to running our interior design studios. 

Getting your legal documents sorted and knowing what your obligations are is so important and I found this dialogue with Jennifer so interesting. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jennifer. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 37 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jennifer Tutty from Studio Legal. 

Studio Legal is a legal firm that specialises in the creative industries.

In this episode I talk with Jennifer about what you need to know from a legal perspective when it comes to running our interior design studios. 

Getting your legal documents sorted and knowing what your obligations are is so important and I found this dialogue with Jennifer so interesting. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jennifer. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5c820214-aa17-4356-805c-7aaaf2c4b8df</guid>
      <title>036 Solo with Beth - When life gets a little disrupted.</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 36 of The Design Dialogue Podcast. I had a different episode planned for today but the last few weeks have been really hectic in my family, nothing serious just hectic.</p><p>Having strong systems and process in your business is something I have always known is important but on this particular project it has really brought home to me how important having systems and processes set up in your business from the beginning is. It is really not something that you want to do on the fly.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-036">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Mar 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-036</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 36 of The Design Dialogue Podcast. I had a different episode planned for today but the last few weeks have been really hectic in my family, nothing serious just hectic.</p><p>Having strong systems and process in your business is something I have always known is important but on this particular project it has really brought home to me how important having systems and processes set up in your business from the beginning is. It is really not something that you want to do on the fly.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-036">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9545395" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/ad135255-f46f-41d0-a7ca-1f74a5b84115/audio/dd565893-eb86-4100-869d-a8f408f49ec2/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>036 Solo with Beth - When life gets a little disrupted.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/030701ec-3df5-48e0-ad1e-5983278274fe/3000x3000/episode-2036.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 36 of The Design Dialogue Podcast. I had a different episode planned for today but the last few weeks have been really hectic in my family, nothing serious just hectic.

Having strong systems and process in your business is something I have always known is important but on this particular project it has really brought home to me how important having systems and processes set up in your business from the beginning is. It is really not something that you want to do on the fly.

Hope you enjoy the episode 

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 36 of The Design Dialogue Podcast. I had a different episode planned for today but the last few weeks have been really hectic in my family, nothing serious just hectic.

Having strong systems and process in your business is something I have always known is important but on this particular project it has really brought home to me how important having systems and processes set up in your business from the beginning is. It is really not something that you want to do on the fly.

Hope you enjoy the episode 

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4947c8c2-8b4f-4283-863b-275287001c99</guid>
      <title>035 A Dialogue with Jane Fyfe</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 35 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Fyfe from Design Home on Churchill. </p><p>Design Home on Churchill is a beautiful co working space that Jane has created in Perth that just sounds like the most wonderful place to be involved in. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Jane about how she has gone about creating this unique, interior design specific co working space. </p><p>Jane has so much wisdom to share with our design community and the designers involved in Design Home on Churchill are very lucky to have her as a mentor and friend. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jane. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/epsiode-035">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Jane Fyfe, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-035</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 35 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Fyfe from Design Home on Churchill. </p><p>Design Home on Churchill is a beautiful co working space that Jane has created in Perth that just sounds like the most wonderful place to be involved in. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Jane about how she has gone about creating this unique, interior design specific co working space. </p><p>Jane has so much wisdom to share with our design community and the designers involved in Design Home on Churchill are very lucky to have her as a mentor and friend. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jane. </p><p>If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/epsiode-035">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="40586388" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/e7b0365d-af4c-43ec-a2da-6c7f3561a611/audio/a6c38faa-8c9c-4ca0-826f-9620ec7de936/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>035 A Dialogue with Jane Fyfe</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Jane Fyfe, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/db007f4c-88bb-45fb-ab27-fd2bf0671f29/3000x3000/episode-2035.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 35 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Fyfe from Design Home on Churchill. 

Design Home on Churchill is a beautiful co working space that Jane has created in Perth that just sounds like the most wonderful place to be involved in. 

In this episode I talk with Jane about how she has gone about creating this unique, interior design specific co working space. 

Jane has so much wisdom to share with our design community and the designers involved in Design Home on Churchill are very lucky to have her as a mentor and friend. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jane. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 35 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Fyfe from Design Home on Churchill. 

Design Home on Churchill is a beautiful co working space that Jane has created in Perth that just sounds like the most wonderful place to be involved in. 

In this episode I talk with Jane about how she has gone about creating this unique, interior design specific co working space. 

Jane has so much wisdom to share with our design community and the designers involved in Design Home on Churchill are very lucky to have her as a mentor and friend. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Jane. 

If you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review as this helps others find the podcast. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3feeb7e4-f4a8-49d4-87bf-1632a819fb28</guid>
      <title>034 A Dialogue with Sheshi Rogers</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 34 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sheshi Rogers from Seed Creative. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Sheshi about what is a brand, what to think about when you are engaging a brand strategist to help you develop your brand. We also talk about some of the things that might be happening in your business that are good indicators that you need to revisit your branding. </p><p>I loved chatting with Sheshi about all these things - brand identity is such an important part of our business and learning more about it is so helpful.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-034">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Sheshi Rogers, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-034</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 34 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sheshi Rogers from Seed Creative. </p><p>In this episode I talk with Sheshi about what is a brand, what to think about when you are engaging a brand strategist to help you develop your brand. We also talk about some of the things that might be happening in your business that are good indicators that you need to revisit your branding. </p><p>I loved chatting with Sheshi about all these things - brand identity is such an important part of our business and learning more about it is so helpful.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-034">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="49697062" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/08d76eed-48c7-4496-b7dc-943fbd25b610/audio/e22a234f-d446-469e-b989-9434b2df93cf/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>034 A Dialogue with Sheshi Rogers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Sheshi Rogers, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/81f3c8ac-186e-4c87-aa96-f7f70c780b2a/3000x3000/episode-2034.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 34 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sheshi Rogers from Seed Creative. 

In this episode I talk with Sheshi about what is a brand, what to think about when you are engaging a brand strategist to help you develop your brand. We also talk about some of the things that might be happening in your business that are good indicators that you need to revisit your branding. 

I loved chatting with Sheshi about all these things - brand identity is such an important part of our business and learning more about it is so helpful. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 34 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Sheshi Rogers from Seed Creative. 

In this episode I talk with Sheshi about what is a brand, what to think about when you are engaging a brand strategist to help you develop your brand. We also talk about some of the things that might be happening in your business that are good indicators that you need to revisit your branding. 

I loved chatting with Sheshi about all these things - brand identity is such an important part of our business and learning more about it is so helpful. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f7b1afaf-4402-4c37-be8d-4c5b105d2383</guid>
      <title>033 A Dialogue with Tess Lawry</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 33 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tess Lawry from Feather and Lawry. Tess is an interior designer based in the regional Queensland town of Toowoomba.  </p><p>In this episode I talk with Tess about what it is like to start and grow a business in a regional center and what it’s like to run a site that is 4 hours away by plane.  </p><p>I found this chat so insightful with Tess. I hope you enjoy it. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want to learn more about More Time To Design - <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/">click here</a></p><p>Book in a demonstration with our team to see how More Time To Design can help you build a better interior design business - <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">click here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Mar 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Tess Lawry, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-033</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 33 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tess Lawry from Feather and Lawry. Tess is an interior designer based in the regional Queensland town of Toowoomba.  </p><p>In this episode I talk with Tess about what it is like to start and grow a business in a regional center and what it’s like to run a site that is 4 hours away by plane.  </p><p>I found this chat so insightful with Tess. I hope you enjoy it. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Want to learn more about More Time To Design - <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/">click here</a></p><p>Book in a demonstration with our team to see how More Time To Design can help you build a better interior design business - <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">click here</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43845634" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/4676f8a8-ea95-46ee-9552-2f5f5edc7585/audio/2284be6e-321a-459f-9da8-7f2356675ed8/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>033 A Dialogue with Tess Lawry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Tess Lawry, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b2b59afc-aba7-4c63-9dc4-fcae47ca2360/3000x3000/episode-2033.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to episode 33 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tess Lawry from Feather and Lawry. Tess is an interior designer based in the regional Queensland town of Toowoomba.  

In this episode I talk with Tess about what it is like to start and grow a business in a regional center and what it’s like to run a site that is 4 hours away by plane. 

I found this chat so insightful with Tess. I hope you enjoy it. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to episode 33 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Tess Lawry from Feather and Lawry. Tess is an interior designer based in the regional Queensland town of Toowoomba.  

In this episode I talk with Tess about what it is like to start and grow a business in a regional center and what it’s like to run a site that is 4 hours away by plane. 

I found this chat so insightful with Tess. I hope you enjoy it. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9b3d228-309e-49e0-b743-530b2f750f59</guid>
      <title>032 A Dialogue With Penny Wilson</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 32 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Penny Wilson from TwoPence.</p><p>This is our second episode with Penny who is a digital marketing expert. Make sure to check out our first chat with Penny back at Episode 05.</p><p>In this episode I talk with Penny about how important it is to have a strategy around your digital marketing and some ways to make sure you are getting the most out of your effort.</p><p>This is a really great chat with Penny and she has so many tips to help us with our digital marketing.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-episode-032">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 00:28:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske, Penny Wilson)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-032</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 32 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Penny Wilson from TwoPence.</p><p>This is our second episode with Penny who is a digital marketing expert. Make sure to check out our first chat with Penny back at Episode 05.</p><p>In this episode I talk with Penny about how important it is to have a strategy around your digital marketing and some ways to make sure you are getting the most out of your effort.</p><p>This is a really great chat with Penny and she has so many tips to help us with our digital marketing.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-episode-032">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37560782" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/cba9641f-5fb9-4209-9d20-b0adb608d8ad/audio/81ea9482-7815-491c-b923-e679bfb632d7/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>032 A Dialogue With Penny Wilson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske, Penny Wilson</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/ace1ce94-a059-4993-9e64-6cb1261ae620/3000x3000/episode-2032.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 32 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Penny Wilson from TwoPence. 

This is our second episode with Penny who is a digital marketing expert. Make sure to check out our first chat with Penny back at Episode 05. 

In this episode I talk with Penny about how important it is to have a strategy around your digital marketing and some ways to make sure you are getting the most out of your effort. 

This is a really great chat with Penny and she has so many tips to help us with our digital marketing. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 32 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Penny Wilson from TwoPence. 

This is our second episode with Penny who is a digital marketing expert. Make sure to check out our first chat with Penny back at Episode 05. 

In this episode I talk with Penny about how important it is to have a strategy around your digital marketing and some ways to make sure you are getting the most out of your effort. 

This is a really great chat with Penny and she has so many tips to help us with our digital marketing. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">022d9ade-49d1-4148-a6c9-9bf2530a8e74</guid>
      <title>031 A Dialogue with Jane Ledger</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 31 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Ledger from Jane Ledger Interiors.  </p><p>Jane is a perth based interior designer and also has the successful podcast, Inside Design with Jane Ledger. Jane started the podcast to help potential clients understand better what we do as interior designers and most importantly the value we bring to their projects.  </p><p>With over 10 years of industry experience jane is a wealth of knowledge and I loved my chat with Jane. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-031">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Feb 2024 19:15:36 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Jane Ledger, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-031</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode 31 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Ledger from Jane Ledger Interiors.  </p><p>Jane is a perth based interior designer and also has the successful podcast, Inside Design with Jane Ledger. Jane started the podcast to help potential clients understand better what we do as interior designers and most importantly the value we bring to their projects.  </p><p>With over 10 years of industry experience jane is a wealth of knowledge and I loved my chat with Jane. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-031">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50591495" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/e56448c6-f588-4118-9c52-097300e8be95/audio/f44a9b67-69d8-4edc-8822-bc28ae08ab82/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>031 A Dialogue with Jane Ledger</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Jane Ledger, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/483ba6a5-c77e-405e-94b4-52db33b970d4/3000x3000/episode-2031.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode 31 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Ledger from Jane Ledger Interiors. 

Jane is a perth based interior designer and also has the successful podcast, Inside Design with Jane Ledger. Jane started the podcast to help potential clients understand better what we do as interior designers and most importantly the value we bring to their projects. 

With over 10 years of industry experience jane is a wealth of knowledge and I loved my chat with Jane. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode 31 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Jane Ledger from Jane Ledger Interiors. 

Jane is a perth based interior designer and also has the successful podcast, Inside Design with Jane Ledger. Jane started the podcast to help potential clients understand better what we do as interior designers and most importantly the value we bring to their projects. 

With over 10 years of industry experience jane is a wealth of knowledge and I loved my chat with Jane. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06bafdea-a3ef-4c35-ae43-747d6ca57ad8</guid>
      <title>030 A Dialogue with Gavin Hepper</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 30 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Gavin Hepper from Concept by Gavin Hepper about his journey from trade to designer and his philosophy around not taking the qualities of materials at face value. The impetus for this dialogue was Gavin’s thoughts on the engineered stone ban but I learnt so much from talking with Gavin about how he runs his studio and how he helps his clients make the best decisions for their homes. </p><p>Please make sure to reach out to Gavin if you have any questions about what we discussed as I know he will love to share his knowledge. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-030">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Feb 2024 23:34:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Gavin Hepper, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-030</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 30 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Gavin Hepper from Concept by Gavin Hepper about his journey from trade to designer and his philosophy around not taking the qualities of materials at face value. The impetus for this dialogue was Gavin’s thoughts on the engineered stone ban but I learnt so much from talking with Gavin about how he runs his studio and how he helps his clients make the best decisions for their homes. </p><p>Please make sure to reach out to Gavin if you have any questions about what we discussed as I know he will love to share his knowledge. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-030">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="44439554" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/0e8dc78c-f914-4f0d-9a1f-8b5ba8050eac/audio/6dc778c5-ed68-49ba-8b41-65be38b7b0d0/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>030 A Dialogue with Gavin Hepper</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Gavin Hepper, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/754add27-dfd4-4940-957c-efcee861319a/3000x3000/episode-2030.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to episode 30 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Gavin Hepper from Concept by Gavin Hepper about his journey from trade to designer and his philosophy around not taking the qualities of materials at face value. The impetus for this dialogue was Gavin’s thoughts on the engineered stone ban but I learnt so much from talking with Gavin about how he runs his studio and how he helps his clients make the best decisions for their homes. 

Please make sure to reach out to Gavin if you have any questions about what we discussed as I know he will love to share his knowledge. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to episode 30 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Gavin Hepper from Concept by Gavin Hepper about his journey from trade to designer and his philosophy around not taking the qualities of materials at face value. The impetus for this dialogue was Gavin’s thoughts on the engineered stone ban but I learnt so much from talking with Gavin about how he runs his studio and how he helps his clients make the best decisions for their homes. 

Please make sure to reach out to Gavin if you have any questions about what we discussed as I know he will love to share his knowledge. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">46f87305-7851-4628-957b-955b61e39313</guid>
      <title>029 A Dialogue with Vito Manzullo</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 29 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Vito Marzullo from Anterior XL about all things natural stone and porcelain. What Vito doesn’t know about stone and porcelain is not worth knowing. This dialogue gets quite technical in parts but it was so interesting to hear from Vito about what as designers we should be thinking about when we are designing and specifying natural stone and porcelain slabs.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 5 Feb 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Vito Manzullo, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-029</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to episode 29 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Vito Marzullo from Anterior XL about all things natural stone and porcelain. What Vito doesn’t know about stone and porcelain is not worth knowing. This dialogue gets quite technical in parts but it was so interesting to hear from Vito about what as designers we should be thinking about when we are designing and specifying natural stone and porcelain slabs.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="50143443" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/ebf6b033-cca1-4f61-9cfb-d665392024e8/audio/09d9a0b5-b9c7-4b4e-b1f5-28b011f67f57/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>029 A Dialogue with Vito Manzullo</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Vito Manzullo, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/47db308b-4342-439e-a14a-5ccbcf8f35a2/3000x3000/episode-2029.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:52:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to episode 29 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Vito Marzullo from Anterior XL about all things natural stone and porcelain. What Vito doesn’t know about stone and porcelain is not worth knowing. This dialogue gets quite technical in parts but it was so interesting to hear from Vito about what as designers we should be thinking about when we are designing and specifying natural stone and porcelain slabs. 

Hope you enjoy the episode 

Beth xx


</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to episode 29 of The Design Dialogues Podcast. This week I am chatting with Vito Marzullo from Anterior XL about all things natural stone and porcelain. What Vito doesn’t know about stone and porcelain is not worth knowing. This dialogue gets quite technical in parts but it was so interesting to hear from Vito about what as designers we should be thinking about when we are designing and specifying natural stone and porcelain slabs. 

Hope you enjoy the episode 

Beth xx


</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a76da8c9-cf5f-4b24-b4a5-931d34adc61c</guid>
      <title>028 Solo with Beth - The challenges of implementing a new system in your business.</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast it is a Solo with Beth episode. I look at what some of the challenges are that you can come across when you are trying out and putting into place new systems and processes in your business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-028">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jan 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-028</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast it is a Solo with Beth episode. I look at what some of the challenges are that you can come across when you are trying out and putting into place new systems and processes in your business.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-028">Episode Website</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="11089755" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/45a450fc-b917-4fd4-b448-228eb2f18274/audio/d36531d0-25ab-4e1d-a28c-b042347987da/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>028 Solo with Beth - The challenges of implementing a new system in your business.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/196b0fd2-a07f-4558-b127-4063f2390ec1/3000x3000/episode-2028.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this week&apos;s episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast it is a Solo with Beth episode. I look at what some of the challenges are that you can come across when you are trying out and putting into place new systems and processes in your business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this week&apos;s episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast it is a Solo with Beth episode. I look at what some of the challenges are that you can come across when you are trying out and putting into place new systems and processes in your business.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, small business</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1c4c6bde-416e-40f8-a9ec-58f647188e0e</guid>
      <title>027 A Dialogue with Kylie Wilks</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode Twenty Seven of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Kylie Wilks from Felt and Stone. </p><p>Kylie is based in Inverell which is about 6 hours north west of Sydney. It was so great talking to Kylie about what it is like to be an interior designer in the country. </p><p>With a creative background and working alongside her husband who is a builder for 20 years Kylie’s experience has helped her set up her design studio that fills the gap in the rural setting where more homes are built by customs builders then larger project builders. </p><p>As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kylie. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-027">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave A Review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Kylie Wilks, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-027</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode Twenty Seven of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Kylie Wilks from Felt and Stone. </p><p>Kylie is based in Inverell which is about 6 hours north west of Sydney. It was so great talking to Kylie about what it is like to be an interior designer in the country. </p><p>With a creative background and working alongside her husband who is a builder for 20 years Kylie’s experience has helped her set up her design studio that fills the gap in the rural setting where more homes are built by customs builders then larger project builders. </p><p>As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. </p><p>I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kylie. </p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-027">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave A Review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="47242806" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/a29788a9-8b1f-4be3-b107-a641e6eb9516/audio/ee5b88f4-9635-4172-8593-7ae48b5ec27c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>027 A Dialogue with Kylie Wilks</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Kylie Wilks, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9459c525-61b7-459e-b127-3a671c3ef542/3000x3000/episode-2027.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:49:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode Twenty Seven of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Kylie Wilks from Felt and Stone. 

Kylie is based in Inverell which is about 6 hours north west of Sydney. It was so great talking to Kylie about what it is like to be an interior designer in the country. 

With a creative background and working alongside her husband who is a builder for 20 years Kylie’s experience has helped her set up her design studio that fills the gap in the rural setting where more homes are built by customs builders then larger project builders. 

As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kylie. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode Twenty Seven of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Kylie Wilks from Felt and Stone. 

Kylie is based in Inverell which is about 6 hours north west of Sydney. It was so great talking to Kylie about what it is like to be an interior designer in the country. 

With a creative background and working alongside her husband who is a builder for 20 years Kylie’s experience has helped her set up her design studio that fills the gap in the rural setting where more homes are built by customs builders then larger project builders. 

As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Kylie. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5034d4b6-b35f-4287-8468-10d64eb38645</guid>
      <title>026 A Dialogue with Justine McLean</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode Twenty Six of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Justine McLean from the Flossi Files. </p><p>I really enjoyed this dialogue with Justine and I think it is a timely discussion for the start of the year. Justine is passionate about financial literacy for business owners and I think the start of the year is always a good time to review your numbers and see how well your financial systems are set up. Just like with the business process that I feel so passionate about (and why I started More Time To Design) - all these systems are so important to get right to make sure that your business is profitable and most importantly sustainable. </p><p>We talk about some of the financial foundations that business owners have and also why it is also so important to have a financial forecast in your business. </p><p>As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. </p><p> I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Justine.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-026">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Justine McLean, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-026</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode Twenty Six of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Justine McLean from the Flossi Files. </p><p>I really enjoyed this dialogue with Justine and I think it is a timely discussion for the start of the year. Justine is passionate about financial literacy for business owners and I think the start of the year is always a good time to review your numbers and see how well your financial systems are set up. Just like with the business process that I feel so passionate about (and why I started More Time To Design) - all these systems are so important to get right to make sure that your business is profitable and most importantly sustainable. </p><p>We talk about some of the financial foundations that business owners have and also why it is also so important to have a financial forecast in your business. </p><p>As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. </p><p> I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Justine.</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-026">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61480168" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/1beb578b-ae0e-47ae-9169-81aafa0ca162/audio/7f672e50-40eb-492a-afec-87980ca0a644/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>026 A Dialogue with Justine McLean</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Justine McLean, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/66e65a8d-32e6-4174-9f27-c5acb1f0c031/3000x3000/episode-2026.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode Twenty Six of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Justine McLean from the Flossi Files. 

I really enjoyed this dialogue with Justine and I think it is a timely discussion for the start of the year. Justine is passionate about financial literacy for business owners and I think the start of the year is always a good time to review your numbers and see how well your financial systems are set up. Just like with the business process that I feel so passionate about (and why I started More Time To Design) - all these systems are so important to get right to make sure that your business is profitable and most importantly sustainable. 

We talk about some of the financial foundations that business owners have and also why it is also so important to have a financial forecast in your business.
 
As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Justine. 

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode Twenty Six of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Justine McLean from the Flossi Files. 

I really enjoyed this dialogue with Justine and I think it is a timely discussion for the start of the year. Justine is passionate about financial literacy for business owners and I think the start of the year is always a good time to review your numbers and see how well your financial systems are set up. Just like with the business process that I feel so passionate about (and why I started More Time To Design) - all these systems are so important to get right to make sure that your business is profitable and most importantly sustainable. 

We talk about some of the financial foundations that business owners have and also why it is also so important to have a financial forecast in your business.
 
As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. 

I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Justine. 

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e23abace-1b40-43ce-81ea-9b630401a8ef</guid>
      <title>025 A Dialogue with Manon Roux</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Manon Roux from Atelier Roux. New York based Manon runs a successful design studio after a winding path led her to design.  </p><p>In this episode we talk about some key things that Manon has changed in her processes that have really pushed her business to the next level.  </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-025">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review for the podcast here</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book in a More Time To Design Demo</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 8 Jan 2024 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-025</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Manon Roux from Atelier Roux. New York based Manon runs a successful design studio after a winding path led her to design.  </p><p>In this episode we talk about some key things that Manon has changed in her processes that have really pushed her business to the next level.  </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-025">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review for the podcast here</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">Book in a More Time To Design Demo</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="46049115" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/13005ca0-5321-4335-a71a-9b094ea4dac6/audio/d181bffd-cc4a-4a75-893f-32be618edd5c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>025 A Dialogue with Manon Roux</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/bdd4a4bc-c23c-4c87-9a81-e4393f5290c6/3000x3000/episode-2024.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This week I am talking with Manon Roux from Atelier Roux. New York based Manon runs a successful design studio after a winding path led her to design. 

In this episode we talk about some key things that Manon has changed in her processes that have really pushed her business to the next level. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This week I am talking with Manon Roux from Atelier Roux. New York based Manon runs a successful design studio after a winding path led her to design. 

In this episode we talk about some key things that Manon has changed in her processes that have really pushed her business to the next level. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">58bec65a-25bb-4278-b4fc-3b7567ba0397</guid>
      <title>024 Solo with Beth - End of Year Wrap Up</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week it is a solo with Beth episode and it is our last episode of 2023. I look back on the year and want to take the opportunity to thank everyone who has listened to the podcast over the last 6 months. ⁠</p><p>The podcast will be back on January 9th - I look forward to seeing you for our next Design Dialogue. ⁠</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Dec 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-024</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week it is a solo with Beth episode and it is our last episode of 2023. I look back on the year and want to take the opportunity to thank everyone who has listened to the podcast over the last 6 months. ⁠</p><p>The podcast will be back on January 9th - I look forward to seeing you for our next Design Dialogue. ⁠</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="12033088" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/2ec9823e-cbcd-49c2-b0e6-517306de9f90/audio/a0a22b19-0d7d-44c8-aef8-5e3960fd2b3a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>024 Solo with Beth - End of Year Wrap Up</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/108b12fb-2d8a-4ea2-8c76-3e89f212392f/3000x3000/episode-2025.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:12:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This week it is a Solo with Beth episode and it is our last episode of 2023. I look back on the year and want to take the opportunity to thank everyone who has listened to the podcast over the last 6 months. ⁠
⁠
The podcast will be back on January 9th - I look forward to seeing you for our next Design Dialogue. ⁠

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This week it is a Solo with Beth episode and it is our last episode of 2023. I look back on the year and want to take the opportunity to thank everyone who has listened to the podcast over the last 6 months. ⁠
⁠
The podcast will be back on January 9th - I look forward to seeing you for our next Design Dialogue. ⁠

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21106253-edfc-4927-959a-f181048ea4ab</guid>
      <title>023 A Dialogue with Nat Spadavecchia</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode Twenty Three of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Nat Spadavecchia from The Palm Co. I have known Nat since the early days of her business - she actually designed my wedding stationary back in the days when The Palm Co was still finding it’s path.  </p><p>In this episode we talk about those early days of Nat’s business and how at first niching down into something didn’t feel quite right but how relatively quickly it became evident that it was the way to go. </p><p>Nat generously shares with us some great things to think about when you are considering which photographer to choose to capture your projects and also some tips if you are styling the project. </p><p>As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Dec 2023 23:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-23</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Episode Twenty Three of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Nat Spadavecchia from The Palm Co. I have known Nat since the early days of her business - she actually designed my wedding stationary back in the days when The Palm Co was still finding it’s path.  </p><p>In this episode we talk about those early days of Nat’s business and how at first niching down into something didn’t feel quite right but how relatively quickly it became evident that it was the way to go. </p><p>Nat generously shares with us some great things to think about when you are considering which photographer to choose to capture your projects and also some tips if you are styling the project. </p><p>As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39666460" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/725bec6f-7b80-45b1-ad0c-27aaf6fbb227/audio/fea1d05d-6e2d-4b06-9601-5316975b9912/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>023 A Dialogue with Nat Spadavecchia</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b0fbb109-b6f1-4832-964f-999ee9af6300/3000x3000/episode-2023.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Welcome to Episode Twenty Three of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Nat Spadavecchia from The Palm Co. I have known Nat since the early days of her business - she actually designed my wedding stationary back in the days when The Palm Co was still finding it’s path.  

In this episode we talk about those early days of Nat’s business and how at first niching down into something didn’t feel quite right but how relatively quickly it became evident that it was the way to go. 

Nat generously shares with us some great things to think about when you are considering which photographer to choose to capture your projects and also some tips if you are styling the project. 

As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Welcome to Episode Twenty Three of the Design Dialogues Podcast - this week I am talking with Nat Spadavecchia from The Palm Co. I have known Nat since the early days of her business - she actually designed my wedding stationary back in the days when The Palm Co was still finding it’s path.  

In this episode we talk about those early days of Nat’s business and how at first niching down into something didn’t feel quite right but how relatively quickly it became evident that it was the way to go. 

Nat generously shares with us some great things to think about when you are considering which photographer to choose to capture your projects and also some tips if you are styling the project. 

As always if you are enjoying the podcast I would love for you to leave a review. Reviews are one of the best ways for people to find the podcast. If you are unsure of how to leave a review I will put in the show notes some simple instructions to follow. I really do appreciate you taking the time to leave a review. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">114ad19e-75e5-41ba-9f32-97f6052df531</guid>
      <title>022 A Dialogue with Catherine Heraghty</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Catherine Heraghty from The Stables. I have known Catherine since we were both a bit younger and were starting our business journeys. Catherine has built an impressive body of work over the years with her beautiful aesthetic which is instantly recognisable. </p><p>In this episode we talk about the early days of Instagram and the impact this has had on Catherine's business, how she manages a team that works remotely and how this works so well for her and her team. We also touch on how the changes in building since covid and how she navigates this with her clients. One of the other things we talk about is her working relationship with Nat from The Palm Co and how this is so important to the way she captures her project. We have Nat on the podcast next week so we get to hear the photographers perspective on this as well. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-21">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-022</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Catherine Heraghty from The Stables. I have known Catherine since we were both a bit younger and were starting our business journeys. Catherine has built an impressive body of work over the years with her beautiful aesthetic which is instantly recognisable. </p><p>In this episode we talk about the early days of Instagram and the impact this has had on Catherine's business, how she manages a team that works remotely and how this works so well for her and her team. We also touch on how the changes in building since covid and how she navigates this with her clients. One of the other things we talk about is her working relationship with Nat from The Palm Co and how this is so important to the way she captures her project. We have Nat on the podcast next week so we get to hear the photographers perspective on this as well. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-21">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54246130" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/9074c9e8-968e-4e22-b766-a6f191c614c4/audio/d4ac621a-4545-48a3-b709-60ef7f48d416/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>022 A Dialogue with Catherine Heraghty</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b4617e86-31d6-4fc9-a81b-19f683954bf7/3000x3000/episode-2022.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This week I am talking with Catherine Heraghty from The Stables. I have known Catherine since we were both a bit younger and were starting our business journeys. Catherine has built an impressive body of work over the years with her beautiful aesthetic which is instantly recognisable. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx

In this episode we talk about the early days of instagram and the impact this has had on Catherines business, how she manages a team that works remotely and how this works so well for her and her team. We also touch on how the changes in building since covid and how she navigates this with her clients. One of the other things we talk about is her working relationship with Nat from The Palm Co and how this is so important to the way she captures her project. We have Nat on the podcast next week so we get to hear the photographers perspective on this as well. 
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This week I am talking with Catherine Heraghty from The Stables. I have known Catherine since we were both a bit younger and were starting our business journeys. Catherine has built an impressive body of work over the years with her beautiful aesthetic which is instantly recognisable. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx

In this episode we talk about the early days of instagram and the impact this has had on Catherines business, how she manages a team that works remotely and how this works so well for her and her team. We also touch on how the changes in building since covid and how she navigates this with her clients. One of the other things we talk about is her working relationship with Nat from The Palm Co and how this is so important to the way she captures her project. We have Nat on the podcast next week so we get to hear the photographers perspective on this as well. 
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c89ffc1b-22f9-47e9-ac92-c8da303bf14b</guid>
      <title>021 Solo with Beth - How do we decide what goes into MTTD</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Solo with Beth episode I lift the curtain on the thinking behind how we decide what features and functions we develop in More Time To Design. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-21">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-21</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this Solo with Beth episode I lift the curtain on the thinking behind how we decide what features and functions we develop in More Time To Design. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-21">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="12481977" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/337f9051-21bb-41a2-915c-36565cdc93c0/audio/c45e4c25-eb8d-4aeb-b7cc-17858816cd64/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>021 Solo with Beth - How do we decide what goes into MTTD</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/72ff13e6-7bc2-40c0-a494-3bf717c7f95b/3000x3000/episode-2021.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this Solo with Beth episode I lift the curtain on the thinking behind how we decide what features and functions we develop in More Time To Design. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this Solo with Beth episode I lift the curtain on the thinking behind how we decide what features and functions we develop in More Time To Design. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design, interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce3967bb-b59f-4165-a63e-94b6b13ae551</guid>
      <title>020 A Dialogue with Adam Jones</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Adam Jones from Quercus and Co. In this dialogue with Adam we talk about how he started Quercus & Co, the way the use of wallpaper has changed over time and his newest collaboration with Kate Nixon. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-020">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Adam Jones, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-020</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Adam Jones from Quercus and Co. In this dialogue with Adam we talk about how he started Quercus & Co, the way the use of wallpaper has changed over time and his newest collaboration with Kate Nixon. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-020">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="43703110" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/88bfc7f0-b3a8-4a91-9e94-31d8ff1808a8/audio/041afc15-dfe7-40d2-af1a-b0d85d9b2a36/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>020 A Dialogue with Adam Jones</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Adam Jones, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/236b2c0b-eeae-40fc-bef8-49c90e20a57b/3000x3000/episode-2020.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:45:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This week I am talking with Adam Jones from Quercus and Co. In this dialogue with Adam we talk about how he started Quercus &amp; Co, the way the use of wallpaper has changed over time and his newest collaboration with Kate Nixon. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This week I am talking with Adam Jones from Quercus and Co. In this dialogue with Adam we talk about how he started Quercus &amp; Co, the way the use of wallpaper has changed over time and his newest collaboration with Kate Nixon. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>wallpaper, interior design, interiordesign, software, fabric</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e35899c-3788-46e5-b409-b0cb5987be8b</guid>
      <title>019 A Dialogue with Kate Nixon</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Kate Nixon. Kate is a designer, stylist and editor. This dialogue with Kate is filled with so much - from her perspective of running a design studio and the systems she has in place to do this and the different challenges she has faced in the business. Kate also shares her insights from working as the interiors editor at House and Garden magazine on what to think about when you are approaching a magazine with a project.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-019">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 6 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Kate Nixon, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-019</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week I am talking with Kate Nixon. Kate is a designer, stylist and editor. This dialogue with Kate is filled with so much - from her perspective of running a design studio and the systems she has in place to do this and the different challenges she has faced in the business. Kate also shares her insights from working as the interiors editor at House and Garden magazine on what to think about when you are approaching a magazine with a project.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-019">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42259061" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/b3a0f512-5b17-438f-9373-3a28a9f3f1fd/audio/b28492e1-4aa7-40b6-aa36-724dc443e276/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>019 A Dialogue with Kate Nixon</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Kate Nixon, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/832701c0-5d4e-42ba-a921-2a29c3f0dba2/3000x3000/episode-2019.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This week I am talking with Kate Nixon. Kate is a designer, stylist and editor. This dialogue with Kate is filled with so much - from her perspective of running a design studio and the systems she has in place to do this and the different challenges she has faced in the business. Kate also shares her insights from working as the interiors editor at House and Garden magazine on what to think about when you are approaching a magazine with a project.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This week I am talking with Kate Nixon. Kate is a designer, stylist and editor. This dialogue with Kate is filled with so much - from her perspective of running a design studio and the systems she has in place to do this and the different challenges she has faced in the business. Kate also shares her insights from working as the interiors editor at House and Garden magazine on what to think about when you are approaching a magazine with a project.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">341ac244-5a90-40dc-8a1e-55617449d504</guid>
      <title>018 A Dialogue with Simone Mathews</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode I talk to Simone Matthews from SOUL Home. In this great dialogue we talk about what to think about if you are designing a holiday home, the joys and challenges of buying things in Bali and then her second passion of educating people on how to build and renovate well.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-018">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-018</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode I talk to Simone Matthews from SOUL Home. In this great dialogue we talk about what to think about if you are designing a holiday home, the joys and challenges of buying things in Bali and then her second passion of educating people on how to build and renovate well.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-018">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="72874153" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f26b672b-9fd8-4c27-abd9-b8678acf29f8/audio/f4073057-84ab-4262-ae19-88fa4d793137/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>018 A Dialogue with Simone Mathews</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9adac28d-d6f4-4588-907a-2ce50b7edb15/3000x3000/episode-2018.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:15:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this week’s episode I talk to Simone Matthews from SOUL Home. In this great dialogue we talk about what to think about if you are designing a holiday home, the joys and challenges of buying things in Bali and then her second passion of educating people on how to build and renovate well.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this week’s episode I talk to Simone Matthews from SOUL Home. In this great dialogue we talk about what to think about if you are designing a holiday home, the joys and challenges of buying things in Bali and then her second passion of educating people on how to build and renovate well.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2a11c971-3f3d-408a-96a5-4de64f74ba53</guid>
      <title>016 A Dialogue with Vanessa Katsanevakis</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode I chat with Vanessa Katsanevakis from Sussez Taps. It was such an interesting discussion around brand, company fundamentals and how easy it is to make decisions when you have these strong brand and company fundamentals. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-016">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Vanessa Katsanevakis, Sussex Taps, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-016</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode I chat with Vanessa Katsanevakis from Sussez Taps. It was such an interesting discussion around brand, company fundamentals and how easy it is to make decisions when you have these strong brand and company fundamentals. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-016">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview"><strong>Leave a review for the podcast here</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo"><strong>Book in a More Time To Design Demo</strong></a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39316628" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/81433c4e-4557-4e25-b6c0-9acee5c69f76/audio/789a64b6-c2ba-404f-b577-f484cfd2e793/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>016 A Dialogue with Vanessa Katsanevakis</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Vanessa Katsanevakis, Sussex Taps, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/daf82a5c-7f60-4db7-a175-0acd06c4cd77/3000x3000/episode-2016.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode I chat with Vanessa Katsanevakis from Sussex Taps. It was such an interesting discussion around brand, company fundamentals and how easy it is to make decisions when you have these strong brand and company fundamentals. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode I chat with Vanessa Katsanevakis from Sussex Taps. It was such an interesting discussion around brand, company fundamentals and how easy it is to make decisions when you have these strong brand and company fundamentals. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e5e54a5-09c2-4433-b789-e49cec92a153</guid>
      <title>015 A Dialogue with Emma McMillan</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast I am chatting with Emma McMillan from Not Just About Copy. As someone who doesn’t like writing (and is not very good at it) I found this dialogue so helpful and actually made me want to practice my writing. We talk about things to think about when you need to write a piece of copy, what is a copy coach and of course we talked about Chat GPT.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-014">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Sign up to our mailing list</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Oct 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Emma McMillan, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-015</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast I am chatting with Emma McMillan from Not Just About Copy. As someone who doesn’t like writing (and is not very good at it) I found this dialogue so helpful and actually made me want to practice my writing. We talk about things to think about when you need to write a piece of copy, what is a copy coach and of course we talked about Chat GPT.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-014">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Sign up to our mailing list</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="39412341" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/dfc381c7-eb26-442f-87e6-6703c1189f84/audio/ddc08838-0645-4f69-8bce-289760ef4741/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>015 A Dialogue with Emma McMillan</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Emma McMillan, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/961ca71c-a2c2-4354-9a2d-d0526dcafbcb/3000x3000/episode-2015.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:41:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast I am chatting with Emma McMillan from Not Just About Copy. As someone who doesn’t like writing (and is not very good at it) I found this dialogue so helpful and actually made me want to practice my writing. We talk about things to think about when you need to write a piece of copy, what is a copy coach and of course we talked about Chat GPT. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this week’s episode of The Design Dialogues podcast I am chatting with Emma McMillan from Not Just About Copy. As someone who doesn’t like writing (and is not very good at it) I found this dialogue so helpful and actually made me want to practice my writing. We talk about things to think about when you need to write a piece of copy, what is a copy coach and of course we talked about Chat GPT. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">827f1a43-7aa5-47d9-8d70-4491bb8a7c33</guid>
      <title>014 A Dialogue with Lynne Bradley</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast I am chatting with interior design, Lynne Bradley. Lynne was so generous in our dialogue sharing her business journey, many of the things she has learnt along the way, some really helpful information for designers just starting in business and some really insightful thoughts on the value of having your worked published. I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Lynne. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-014">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 2 Oct 2023 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-014</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast I am chatting with interior design, Lynne Bradley. Lynne was so generous in our dialogue sharing her business journey, many of the things she has learnt along the way, some really helpful information for designers just starting in business and some really insightful thoughts on the value of having your worked published. I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Lynne. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-014">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="62327789" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/deb784f8-3c86-4c99-b5b3-056cf5d2b496/audio/056d1b76-dbfd-4d8d-a965-1d783a20fb9c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>014 A Dialogue with Lynne Bradley</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/3f13440c-a920-4f17-a431-6f2667a44b77/3000x3000/episode-2014.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:04:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this week&apos;s episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast I am chatting with interior design, Lynne Bradley. Lynne was so generous in our dialogue sharing her business journey, many of the things she has learnt along the way, some really helpful information for designers just starting in business and some really insightful thoughts on the value of having your worked published. I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Lynne. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this week&apos;s episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast I am chatting with interior design, Lynne Bradley. Lynne was so generous in our dialogue sharing her business journey, many of the things she has learnt along the way, some really helpful information for designers just starting in business and some really insightful thoughts on the value of having your worked published. I hope you enjoy my dialogue with Lynne. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5bd99630-7fa7-4889-ae03-9af7a6ed3544</guid>
      <title>013 Solo with Beth - Lessons I have learnt from the first year of More Time To Design</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks Solo with Beth episode, I reflect on what I have learnt from the first year of More Time To Design.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/episode-012">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a Review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Sep 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-013</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks Solo with Beth episode, I reflect on what I have learnt from the first year of More Time To Design.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/episode-012">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a Review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="12266310" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/26301af1-7d33-4618-9b2c-68babf9a5e27/audio/cdf309cb-57e9-4f65-bcd1-8908d8710ba1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>013 Solo with Beth - Lessons I have learnt from the first year of More Time To Design</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/30f573d1-9af1-4257-a863-fa353898cc52/3000x3000/episode-2013.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:12:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this weeks Solo with Beth episode, I reflect on what I have learnt from the first year of More Time To Design.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this weeks Solo with Beth episode, I reflect on what I have learnt from the first year of More Time To Design.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">677dbc41-d58c-44cc-a474-78a50212982b</guid>
      <title>012 A Dialogue with Jennifer Crawford</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode I speak to architect Jennifer Crawford. I speak to Jennifer about the junction between architecture and interior design and how the two professions can work together well. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/episode-012">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a Review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Jennifer Crawford, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-012</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode I speak to architect Jennifer Crawford. I speak to Jennifer about the junction between architecture and interior design and how the two professions can work together well. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/episode-012">Episode Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a Review</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="60883740" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/1a20cc81-d34e-442a-a653-8db1247cad74/audio/e0eac0bb-a927-4310-92f7-0baf9ddb4c7b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>012 A Dialogue with Jennifer Crawford</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Jennifer Crawford, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/b35fc6c8-6fc5-4d2d-9de7-1b8f2856ab18/3000x3000/episode-2012.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this week&apos;s episode I speak to architect Jennifer Crawford. I speak to Jennifer about the junction between architecture and interior design and how the two professions can work together well. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this week&apos;s episode I speak to architect Jennifer Crawford. I speak to Jennifer about the junction between architecture and interior design and how the two professions can work together well. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, architecture, software management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8d47be01-8d81-4e62-a534-972b201a680e</guid>
      <title>011 A Dialogue with Rachael Turner</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast we meet Rachael Turner from Front Porch Properties. It is a a great dialogue about what it is like to be a female builder and what Rachael sees as holes in the industry that she is looking to fix. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>If you would like to book in a demonstration of More Time To Design - follow the link <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">here</a></p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>2.59 Rachael talks about how she became a licenced builder</p><p>14.46 Rachael talks about relationship between Interior Designer and Builder</p><p>18.31 Rachael talks about her new joinery line</p><p>29.25 Rachael talk about how she built her team</p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE RACHAEL</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.frontporchpropteris.com">https://www.frontporchproperties.com.au</a></p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/frontporchproperties">Instagram @frontporchproperties</a></p><p><strong>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</strong></p><p>Episode 008 - Solo with Beth - Why you need to know how you are spending your time</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008</a></p><p>Episode 007 - A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007</a></p><p>Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesing.com/leaveareview">Leave a review for the podcast here</a> </p><p>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Subscribe to our newsletter</a> </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">Learn about More Time To Design</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">Start your 30 day FREE trial</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH BETH</p><p>Website</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact</a></p><p>Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more%5C_time%5C_to%5C_design">https://www.instragram.com/more\_time\_to\_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Sep 2023 19:12:30 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (rachael turner, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-011</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this weeks episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast we meet Rachael Turner from Front Porch Properties. It is a a great dialogue about what it is like to be a female builder and what Rachael sees as holes in the industry that she is looking to fix. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>If you would like to book in a demonstration of More Time To Design - follow the link <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/productdemo">here</a></p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>2.59 Rachael talks about how she became a licenced builder</p><p>14.46 Rachael talks about relationship between Interior Designer and Builder</p><p>18.31 Rachael talks about her new joinery line</p><p>29.25 Rachael talk about how she built her team</p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE RACHAEL</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.frontporchpropteris.com">https://www.frontporchproperties.com.au</a></p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/frontporchproperties">Instagram @frontporchproperties</a></p><p><strong>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</strong></p><p>Episode 008 - Solo with Beth - Why you need to know how you are spending your time</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008</a></p><p>Episode 007 - A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007</a></p><p>Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesing.com/leaveareview">Leave a review for the podcast here</a> </p><p>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Subscribe to our newsletter</a> </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">Learn about More Time To Design</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">Start your 30 day FREE trial</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH BETH</p><p>Website</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact</a></p><p>Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more%5C_time%5C_to%5C_design">https://www.instragram.com/more\_time\_to\_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="55516308" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/e5159d8a-c8b2-44e5-889e-e345c1ad22e5/audio/9114c8fd-4716-4676-b74e-20b30ce0679e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>011 A Dialogue with Rachael Turner</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>rachael turner, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/f424aff0-1334-4bf8-b8a9-fd273ffd6ceb/3000x3000/episode-2011-20.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:57:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this weeks episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast we meet Rachael Turner from Front Porch Properties. It is a a great dialogue about what it is like to be a female builder and what Rachael sees as holes in the industry that she is looking to fix. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this weeks episode of The Design Dialogues Podcast we meet Rachael Turner from Front Porch Properties. It is a a great dialogue about what it is like to be a female builder and what Rachael sees as holes in the industry that she is looking to fix. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>building, joinery, interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">737027b7-71d5-4a1b-bd5a-1dad36312d9f</guid>
      <title>010 A Dialogue with Ruby Shields</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I interview Ruby Shields, a recent graduate in interior design. Ruby shares her journey from advertising to interior design, emphasizing the importance of following one's passion and not being deterred by others' opinions. She also discusses the importance of looking beyond the image on platforms like Pinterest and delving into the work of the creator behind it. Ruby advises new designers to experiment, not self-edit too early, and to sit on their designs before finalizing them. She also encourages designers to network, attend events, and visit suppliers and showrooms to make industry connections. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>8.49 Ruby talks about why she made the decision to change career from advertising to interior design and what things she considered when she was choosing where to study. </p><p>18.40 Ruby talks about why Pinterest is one of the last places she goes to for inspiration</p><p>22.18 Ruby talks about some tips for new designers on how to develop their style</p><p>32.07 Ruby talks about building your brand</p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE GUEST</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/rubyshields_design">Instagram @rubyshields_design</a></p><p><strong>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/002">Episode 002 - A Dialogue with Jane Mow</a></p><p>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/002">Episode 007 - A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</a></p><p>In this episode we meet Maria Georgiou, a rendering expert. We discussed the importance of rendering in interior design. Maria talks about accessibility of rendering technology and the benefits it brings to designers, such as the ability to make changes quickly and present realistic visuals to clients. Maria also touches on the topic of AI in design and how it can be seen as another tool to enhance the design process.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</a></p><p>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it's like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review for the podcast here</a></p><p><strong>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Subscribe to our newsletter</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">Learn about More Time To Design</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">Start your 30 day FREE trial</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>CONNECT WITH BETH</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design">Instagram</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 4 Sep 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Ruby Shields, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-010</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I interview Ruby Shields, a recent graduate in interior design. Ruby shares her journey from advertising to interior design, emphasizing the importance of following one's passion and not being deterred by others' opinions. She also discusses the importance of looking beyond the image on platforms like Pinterest and delving into the work of the creator behind it. Ruby advises new designers to experiment, not self-edit too early, and to sit on their designs before finalizing them. She also encourages designers to network, attend events, and visit suppliers and showrooms to make industry connections. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>8.49 Ruby talks about why she made the decision to change career from advertising to interior design and what things she considered when she was choosing where to study. </p><p>18.40 Ruby talks about why Pinterest is one of the last places she goes to for inspiration</p><p>22.18 Ruby talks about some tips for new designers on how to develop their style</p><p>32.07 Ruby talks about building your brand</p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE GUEST</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/rubyshields_design">Instagram @rubyshields_design</a></p><p><strong>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/002">Episode 002 - A Dialogue with Jane Mow</a></p><p>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients. </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/002">Episode 007 - A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</a></p><p>In this episode we meet Maria Georgiou, a rendering expert. We discussed the importance of rendering in interior design. Maria talks about accessibility of rendering technology and the benefits it brings to designers, such as the ability to make changes quickly and present realistic visuals to clients. Maria also touches on the topic of AI in design and how it can be seen as another tool to enhance the design process.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</a></p><p>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it's like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">Leave a review for the podcast here</a></p><p><strong>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Subscribe to our newsletter</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">Learn about More Time To Design</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">Start your 30 day FREE trial</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>CONNECT WITH BETH</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design">Instagram</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="61142875" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/97f22723-36e9-4770-9c85-c9ba58041a76/audio/bada8975-eff1-49f7-bbe3-69267e9e9dce/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>010 A Dialogue with Ruby Shields</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Ruby Shields, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/2a3929a7-a7e6-4557-a847-7e89a7b445f9/3000x3000/episode-2010.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I interview Ruby Shields, a recent graduate in interior design. Ruby shares her journey from advertising to interior design, emphasizing the importance of following one&apos;s passion and not being deterred by others&apos; opinions. She also discusses the importance of looking beyond the image on platforms like Pinterest and delving into the work of the creator behind it. Ruby advises new designers to experiment, not self-edit too early, and to sit on their designs before finalizing them. She also encourages designers to network, attend events, and visit suppliers and showrooms to make industry connections. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, I interview Ruby Shields, a recent graduate in interior design. Ruby shares her journey from advertising to interior design, emphasizing the importance of following one&apos;s passion and not being deterred by others&apos; opinions. She also discusses the importance of looking beyond the image on platforms like Pinterest and delving into the work of the creator behind it. Ruby advises new designers to experiment, not self-edit too early, and to sit on their designs before finalizing them. She also encourages designers to network, attend events, and visit suppliers and showrooms to make industry connections. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software, studio management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">610139af-4a48-4573-a0c7-c8b1ad3c859f</guid>
      <title>009 A Dialogue with Nikki Quittner</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Nikki Quittner from Test Before You Invest. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Nikki about her business journey and why she feels so strongly about how architecture services should be available to everyone and the impact this can have on how people approach their projects. Nikki emphasizes the need for architects to help clients manage their expectations and navigate the complex process of building or renovating a home. Nikki offers affordable architectural advice through consultations, workshops, and design feasibility reports. She also addresses the rising costs of construction and the need for clients to re-evaluate their needs and priorities when it comes to building or renovating a home. Nikki believes that architects have a responsibility to present options that prioritize functionality and sustainability over excessive size and cost.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>6.34 Nikki talks about how she came to her thinking about making architecture more accessible to everyone</p><p>10.57 Nikki talks about helping clients see the value an architect can bring to a project</p><p>28.46 Nikki and Beth talk about the current state of the building industry</p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE GUEST</strong></p><p><a href="https://www,testbeforeyouinvest.com.au">https://www.testbeforeyouinvest.com.au</a></p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/test_before_you_invest">Instagram @test_before_you_invest</a></p><p><a href="https://au.linkedin.com/company/test-before-you-invest">https://au.linkedin.com/company/test-before-you-invest</a></p><p><a href="https://www.facebook.com/TestBeforeYouInvest">https://www.facebook.com/TestBeforeYouInvest</a></p><p><strong>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</strong></p><p>Episode 008 - Solo with Beth - Why you need to know how you are spending your time</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008</a></p><p>Episode 007 - A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007</a></p><p>Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003</a></p><p>Leave a review for the podcast here </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview</a></p><p>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</p><p>Subscribe to our newsletter </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup</a></p><p>Learn about More Time To Design</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support</a></p><p>30 day free trial</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">https://www.moretimetodesign.com</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH BETH</p><p>Website</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact</a></p><p>Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design">https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Aug 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (nikki quittner, beth bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-009</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Nikki Quittner from Test Before You Invest. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Nikki about her business journey and why she feels so strongly about how architecture services should be available to everyone and the impact this can have on how people approach their projects. Nikki emphasizes the need for architects to help clients manage their expectations and navigate the complex process of building or renovating a home. Nikki offers affordable architectural advice through consultations, workshops, and design feasibility reports. She also addresses the rising costs of construction and the need for clients to re-evaluate their needs and priorities when it comes to building or renovating a home. Nikki believes that architects have a responsibility to present options that prioritize functionality and sustainability over excessive size and cost.</p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>6.34 Nikki talks about how she came to her thinking about making architecture more accessible to everyone</p><p>10.57 Nikki talks about helping clients see the value an architect can bring to a project</p><p>28.46 Nikki and Beth talk about the current state of the building industry</p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE GUEST</strong></p><p><a href="https://www,testbeforeyouinvest.com.au">https://www.testbeforeyouinvest.com.au</a></p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/test_before_you_invest">Instagram @test_before_you_invest</a></p><p><a href="https://au.linkedin.com/company/test-before-you-invest">https://au.linkedin.com/company/test-before-you-invest</a></p><p><a href="https://www.facebook.com/TestBeforeYouInvest">https://www.facebook.com/TestBeforeYouInvest</a></p><p><strong>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</strong></p><p>Episode 008 - Solo with Beth - Why you need to know how you are spending your time</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-008</a></p><p>Episode 007 - A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-007</a></p><p>Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">https://www.moretimeotdesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003</a></p><p>Leave a review for the podcast here </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview</a></p><p>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</p><p>Subscribe to our newsletter </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup</a></p><p>Learn about More Time To Design</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support</a></p><p>30 day free trial</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">https://www.moretimetodesign.com</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH BETH</p><p>Website</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact</a></p><p>Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design">https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="37387746" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/83ccf9f3-da38-440f-968e-8f48390c7d41/audio/744afaa3-6f7b-44df-bd6f-308312ecd551/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>009 A Dialogue with Nikki Quittner</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>nikki quittner, beth bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9da18d5c-c40b-419a-89de-4c6e2d3c7d27/3000x3000/episode-209-20-1.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:38:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode we meet Nikki Quittner from Test Before You Invest. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Nikki about her business journey and why she feels so strongly about how architecture services should be available to everyone and the impact this can have on how people approach their projects. Nikki emphasizes the need for architects to help clients manage their expectations and navigate the complex process of building or renovating a home. Nikki offers affordable architectural advice through consultations, workshops, and design feasibility reports. She also addresses the rising costs of construction and the need for clients to re-evaluate their needs and priorities when it comes to building or renovating a home. Nikki believes that architects have a responsibility to present options that prioritize functionality and sustainability over excessive size and cost.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode we meet Nikki Quittner from Test Before You Invest. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Nikki about her business journey and why she feels so strongly about how architecture services should be available to everyone and the impact this can have on how people approach their projects. Nikki emphasizes the need for architects to help clients manage their expectations and navigate the complex process of building or renovating a home. Nikki offers affordable architectural advice through consultations, workshops, and design feasibility reports. She also addresses the rising costs of construction and the need for clients to re-evaluate their needs and priorities when it comes to building or renovating a home. Nikki believes that architects have a responsibility to present options that prioritize functionality and sustainability over excessive size and cost.

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interior design, software, architecture, studio management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">592b5c35-5eb3-4852-aba4-275e2ed7e948</guid>
      <title>008 Solo with Beth : Why you need to know how you are spending your time.</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode I talk about why it is so important to know where and how you are spending your time in your design studio and why it is one of the most important things to get right in your studio. I also talk about how using a system like More Time to Design can help you make data based decisions. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>KEY PARTS OF THE EPISODE</p><p>3.05 Beth gives an example of the difference when you are making data driven decisions.</p><p>8.52 Beth shows how tracking your time is important to help set your revenue goals.</p><p>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/trailer">Episode 004 - Solo with Beth. Why you need to think like a General Manager</a></p><p>In the first of our solo episodes with Beth we learn about Beth’s business journey and why thinking like a general manager is so important when it comes to running a successful business.   </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</a></p><p>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it’s like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.  </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-002">Episode 002 - A Dialogue with Jane Mow</a></p><p>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">LEAVE A REVIEW FOR THE PODCAST HERE</a></p><p>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</p><p><a href="https://moretimetodesign.squarespace.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/https//www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Subscribe to our Newsletter here</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/">Learn about More Time To Design</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH BETH</p><p><a href="mailto:beth@moretimetodesign.com?subject=Enquiry%20from%20podcastpage">Contact Beth</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/more_time_to_design">Instagram @more_time_to_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Aug 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-008</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode I talk about why it is so important to know where and how you are spending your time in your design studio and why it is one of the most important things to get right in your studio. I also talk about how using a system like More Time to Design can help you make data based decisions. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>KEY PARTS OF THE EPISODE</p><p>3.05 Beth gives an example of the difference when you are making data driven decisions.</p><p>8.52 Beth shows how tracking your time is important to help set your revenue goals.</p><p>YOUR MAY ALSO FIND INTERESTING (OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUES EPISODES)</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/trailer">Episode 004 - Solo with Beth. Why you need to think like a General Manager</a></p><p>In the first of our solo episodes with Beth we learn about Beth’s business journey and why thinking like a general manager is so important when it comes to running a successful business.   </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-003">Episode 003 - A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</a></p><p>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it’s like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.  </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-002">Episode 002 - A Dialogue with Jane Mow</a></p><p>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients.</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/leaveareview">LEAVE A REVIEW FOR THE PODCAST HERE</a></p><p>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</p><p><a href="https://moretimetodesign.squarespace.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/https//www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">Subscribe to our Newsletter here</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/">Learn about More Time To Design</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH BETH</p><p><a href="mailto:beth@moretimetodesign.com?subject=Enquiry%20from%20podcastpage">Contact Beth</a></p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/more_time_to_design">Instagram @more_time_to_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="11871338" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/33d40a55-91eb-427d-b694-c11b2619bbff/audio/b123aa7c-7767-4d34-9a09-961e451f0ff1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>008 Solo with Beth : Why you need to know how you are spending your time.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e8392321-3ccd-4354-bf68-dee676c2ba30/3000x3000/episode-208.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:12:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this week’s episode I talk about why it is so important to know where and how you are spending your time in your design studio and why it is one of the most important things to get right in your studio. I also talk about how using a system like More Time to Design can help you make data based decisions. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this week’s episode I talk about why it is so important to know where and how you are spending your time in your design studio and why it is one of the most important things to get right in your studio. I also talk about how using a system like More Time to Design can help you make data based decisions. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software, time management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aa0fd199-4a9b-4ffb-a4f4-0bdba28b553b</guid>
      <title>007 A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Maria Giorgio, a rendering expert. We discussed the importance of rendering in interior design. Maria talks about the accessibility of rendering technology and the benefits it brings to designers, such as the ability to make changes quickly and present realistic visuals to clients. Maria also touches on the topic of AI in design and how it can be seen as another tool to enhance the design process. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</p><p>9.18 Maria talks about the way in which renders and the process have improved</p><p>14.24 Maria talks about how to use renders in your workflow</p><p>25.31 Maria talks about how to work with someone putting together your renders.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Maria Georgiou, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-007</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Maria Giorgio, a rendering expert. We discussed the importance of rendering in interior design. Maria talks about the accessibility of rendering technology and the benefits it brings to designers, such as the ability to make changes quickly and present realistic visuals to clients. Maria also touches on the topic of AI in design and how it can be seen as another tool to enhance the design process. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</p><p>9.18 Maria talks about the way in which renders and the process have improved</p><p>14.24 Maria talks about how to use renders in your workflow</p><p>25.31 Maria talks about how to work with someone putting together your renders.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="54121160" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/c9dad699-6469-42da-86f2-7fdb175fbc9f/audio/1440c432-1434-4b37-b689-ea57e881c340/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>007 A Dialogue with Maria Georgiou</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Maria Georgiou, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/ffc89a80-55d3-42a3-aa0d-6f2e95c870b6/3000x3000/episode-207.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:56:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode we meet Maria Georgiou, a rendering expert. We discussed the importance of rendering in interior design. Maria talks about the accessibility of rendering technology and the benefits it brings to designers, such as the ability to make changes quickly and present realistic visuals to clients. Maria also touches on the topic of AI in design and how it can be seen as another tool to enhance the design process. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode we meet Maria Georgiou, a rendering expert. We discussed the importance of rendering in interior design. Maria talks about the accessibility of rendering technology and the benefits it brings to designers, such as the ability to make changes quickly and present realistic visuals to clients. Maria also touches on the topic of AI in design and how it can be seen as another tool to enhance the design process. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software, 3d renders, studio management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5e0cb3d-45b0-462d-8db0-bd9ad79c2ea4</guid>
      <title>006 A Dialogue with Rhiannon Lee</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Rhiannon Lee from Oleander and Finch. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Rhiannon about her business path from being an interior designer to working with new interior designers on their businesses and setting them up for success from the start. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Rhiannon Lee from Oleander and Finch discusses her journey as a designer and mentor in the creative industry. She talks about the importance of sharing knowledge and breaking the culture of secrecy within the design community. Rhiannon also shares her experiences working with clients in different countries and the challenges of running a small business. She emphasizes the need for focus and consistency in order to achieve success and advises against getting distracted by competition, comparison, and perfectionism. Rhiannon also discusses her upcoming projects, including the launch of a community for interior designers and her new podcast, "Designing Success from Study to  Studio."</p><p>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</p><p>07.14 Rhiannon talks about her transition from designer to mentor for new designers. </p><p>13.21 Rhiannon talks about the secrecy that can be found amongst interior designers and why she feels it is getting better. </p><p>20.48 Rhiannon talks through the decision about having only one instagram account across two very different audiences. </p><p>29.09 Rhiannon talks about how important it is to be consistent with your marketing and that it is going to take a lot longer than you think it will</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Aug 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Rhiannon Lee, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-006</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Rhiannon Lee from Oleander and Finch. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Rhiannon about her business path from being an interior designer to working with new interior designers on their businesses and setting them up for success from the start. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Rhiannon Lee from Oleander and Finch discusses her journey as a designer and mentor in the creative industry. She talks about the importance of sharing knowledge and breaking the culture of secrecy within the design community. Rhiannon also shares her experiences working with clients in different countries and the challenges of running a small business. She emphasizes the need for focus and consistency in order to achieve success and advises against getting distracted by competition, comparison, and perfectionism. Rhiannon also discusses her upcoming projects, including the launch of a community for interior designers and her new podcast, "Designing Success from Study to  Studio."</p><p>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</p><p>07.14 Rhiannon talks about her transition from designer to mentor for new designers. </p><p>13.21 Rhiannon talks about the secrecy that can be found amongst interior designers and why she feels it is getting better. </p><p>20.48 Rhiannon talks through the decision about having only one instagram account across two very different audiences. </p><p>29.09 Rhiannon talks about how important it is to be consistent with your marketing and that it is going to take a lot longer than you think it will</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="42703769" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/934349b0-6c0c-4896-8672-de71270fb2db/audio/73a11c20-f182-4142-8681-5a893de9674c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>006 A Dialogue with Rhiannon Lee</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Rhiannon Lee, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/69613cf5-34a9-46f6-be20-aec48b2fbfc2/3000x3000/episode-206.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode we meet Rhiannon Lee from Oleander and Finch. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Rhiannon about her business path from being an interior designer to working with new interior designers on their businesses and setting them up for success from the start. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode we meet Rhiannon Lee from Oleander and Finch. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Rhiannon about her business path from being an interior designer to working with new interior designers on their businesses and setting them up for success from the start. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>saas, interiordesign, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">310a9323-1c4e-4eb7-99c3-2291f042cde6</guid>
      <title>005 A Dialogue with Penny Wilson</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, your host Beth Bieske interviews Penny Wilson, a social media and digital marketing expert. They discuss the importance of having a digital marketing strategy and how it goes beyond just posting on social media. Penny emphasizes the need to identify objectives, understand the target audience, and differentiate yourself from competitors. She also highlights the importance of regularly revisiting and revising the strategy as the business evolves. The episode concludes with a discussion on the role of analytics in assessing the effectiveness of the strategy. Overall, the episode provides valuable insights into developing a comprehensive digital marketing strategy.</p><p>Key parts in the Dialogue. </p><p>11.38 Penny talks about the difference between working with an agency or having a marketing person in house</p><p>18.32 Penny talks about why it is so important to have a digital marketing strategy that means more than just posting on instagram. </p><p>24.32 Penny talks about being on your objections for being in the digital space.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Jul 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Penny Wilson, Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-005</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Design Dialogues podcast, your host Beth Bieske interviews Penny Wilson, a social media and digital marketing expert. They discuss the importance of having a digital marketing strategy and how it goes beyond just posting on social media. Penny emphasizes the need to identify objectives, understand the target audience, and differentiate yourself from competitors. She also highlights the importance of regularly revisiting and revising the strategy as the business evolves. The episode concludes with a discussion on the role of analytics in assessing the effectiveness of the strategy. Overall, the episode provides valuable insights into developing a comprehensive digital marketing strategy.</p><p>Key parts in the Dialogue. </p><p>11.38 Penny talks about the difference between working with an agency or having a marketing person in house</p><p>18.32 Penny talks about why it is so important to have a digital marketing strategy that means more than just posting on instagram. </p><p>24.32 Penny talks about being on your objections for being in the digital space.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36465311" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/1d00ecc6-b495-4477-9048-9271b5cd10d6/audio/7e0b82f1-3a14-4da1-95fa-0a414b3f5cfb/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>005 A Dialogue with Penny Wilson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Penny Wilson, Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/252df4b4-4599-484f-9ef8-b49ad01fc465/3000x3000/episode-205.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode we meet Penny Wilson from Two Pence Social and is a digital marketing guru. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Penny about the importance of having a strong digital marketing strategy and why it is so much more than just about Instagram posts. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode we meet Penny Wilson from Two Pence Social and is a digital marketing guru. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Penny about the importance of having a strong digital marketing strategy and why it is so much more than just about Instagram posts. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>social media, interiordesign, software, studio management, digital media</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">40c009bf-7aed-47e6-8392-a5fdebebde7f</guid>
      <title>004 Solo with Beth: Why you need to think like a General Manager</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Beth Bieske, the founder of More Time to Design and host of the Design Dialogues podcast, shares her background and business journey in this episode. Starting as a florist, then studing interior design and working for renowned design studios and eventually starting her own design studio, The Navy Edit. As a general manager, she emphasizes the need for a strategic mindset and organized approach to ensure smooth operations and maximize profitability. In future episodes, she will delve into managing the business side of a design studio and offer tips on improving systems and processes. </p><p> </p><p><strong>Key Parts of the episode</strong></p><p>5.50 Beth talks about how she got her first design job at Blainey North</p><p>9.25 Beth talk about why it is important to have system and processes in place. </p><p>11.04 We look at what role a general manager plays in a design studio</p><p>14.10 Why it is so important to have the mindset of a general manager regardless of the size of your studio.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jul 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-004</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Beth Bieske, the founder of More Time to Design and host of the Design Dialogues podcast, shares her background and business journey in this episode. Starting as a florist, then studing interior design and working for renowned design studios and eventually starting her own design studio, The Navy Edit. As a general manager, she emphasizes the need for a strategic mindset and organized approach to ensure smooth operations and maximize profitability. In future episodes, she will delve into managing the business side of a design studio and offer tips on improving systems and processes. </p><p> </p><p><strong>Key Parts of the episode</strong></p><p>5.50 Beth talks about how she got her first design job at Blainey North</p><p>9.25 Beth talk about why it is important to have system and processes in place. </p><p>11.04 We look at what role a general manager plays in a design studio</p><p>14.10 Why it is so important to have the mindset of a general manager regardless of the size of your studio.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17867799" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/8f4c049e-4a1a-4839-957e-d1ad2f2a097b/audio/46d5aa60-e3e7-443c-a2eb-be8dce101dee/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>004 Solo with Beth: Why you need to think like a General Manager</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/aeb6e0ad-18cf-49f3-b44d-f0d8a5eaa19e/3000x3000/episode-204.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:18:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the first of our solo episodes with Beth we learn about Beth’s business journey and why thinking like a general manager is so important when it comes to running a successful business.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the first of our solo episodes with Beth we learn about Beth’s business journey and why thinking like a general manager is so important when it comes to running a successful business.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>general manager, interiordesign, systems and processes, software</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">88c85862-1783-45f3-b0fb-8e52f32eb474</guid>
      <title>003 A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it’s like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.  </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Some of the key points discussed are  </p><ul><li>1. The importance of educating clients about the benefits of natural stone, such as its durability and ability to be refinished.     </li><li>2. Gemma also encourages designers to spend time with tradespeople to learn more about materials and techniques, and to build strong relationships with reliable tradespeople.     </li><li>3. Gemma and Beth also talk about the need for designers to be be confident in their knowledge and not be afraid to ask questions or challenge narratives that may not be accurate. </li></ul><p>Key Parts in the Design Dialogue</p><p>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</p><p>07.36 - Gemma and Beth discuss the health of the Australian interior design scene</p><p>11.02 - Gemma talks about how she navigates living out of Sydney and having Sydney based clients. </p><p>23.25 - Gemma and Beth discuss the the juggle of small children and growing a business</p><p>38.51 - Gemma and Beth discuss natural stone and how as interior designers it is our role to educate clients through the selections process</p><p>1.00.45 - Gemma goes into detail about the different things that affect the price of joinery.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Gemma Gillett)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-003</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it’s like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.  </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p>Some of the key points discussed are  </p><ul><li>1. The importance of educating clients about the benefits of natural stone, such as its durability and ability to be refinished.     </li><li>2. Gemma also encourages designers to spend time with tradespeople to learn more about materials and techniques, and to build strong relationships with reliable tradespeople.     </li><li>3. Gemma and Beth also talk about the need for designers to be be confident in their knowledge and not be afraid to ask questions or challenge narratives that may not be accurate. </li></ul><p>Key Parts in the Design Dialogue</p><p>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</p><p>07.36 - Gemma and Beth discuss the health of the Australian interior design scene</p><p>11.02 - Gemma talks about how she navigates living out of Sydney and having Sydney based clients. </p><p>23.25 - Gemma and Beth discuss the the juggle of small children and growing a business</p><p>38.51 - Gemma and Beth discuss natural stone and how as interior designers it is our role to educate clients through the selections process</p><p>1.00.45 - Gemma goes into detail about the different things that affect the price of joinery.</p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="76481559" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/f0231280-9c84-4d4e-adf5-ab85c028237f/audio/00254ff4-eb2f-4eb8-94fd-8f976daa8f0b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>003 A Dialogue with Gemma Gillett</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Gemma Gillett</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/e81e4e2e-3c54-4800-9664-7e9b3d626756/3000x3000/episode-203.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:19:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it’s like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.  

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode we meet interior designer Gemma Gillett from Studio Gemma. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Gemma about her journey to starting her own interior design firm, what it’s like working with a small family and the joy of joinery.  

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software, project management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a12d45b2-59e6-4121-8151-5937c4dc37d9</guid>
      <title>002 A Dialogue with Jane Mow</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>EPISODE SUMMARY</strong></p><p>1. A personal brand stylist can help align your appearance with your business or personal brand, elevating what you wear to match the perception and reality of what you can deliver.</p><p>2. Your clothing and style should communicate professionalism, expertise, and trust to potential clients or customers, especially in industries like interior design where visual aesthetics play a significant role.</p><p>3. Finding a balance between aligning with your target market's expectations and retaining your authentic style is crucial. You want to look the part without feeling like you're wearing a costume, ensuring that your clothing still reflects your personality and makes you feel confident.</p><p>4. Working with clients transitioning into a client-facing role and helping them adjust to their new identity.</p><p>5. Immersion process of understanding the client's business, ideal client, and long-term goals.</p><p>6.Analyzing existing patterns and aligning personal style with the client's brand and projects.</p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>05.58 - Jane talks about why have a personal brand is so important</p><p>16.41 - Jane talks about why knowing who your ideal client is so important before you even start thinking about what clothes you are going to wear. </p><p>32.30 - Jane talks about just some of the things you need to think about when you are planning a brand photo shoot. </p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE GUEST</strong></p><p><a href="http://www.janemow.com">www.janemow.com</a></p><p>Instragram @janemowstylist</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/janemowstylist">https://www.instagram.com/janemowstylist</a></p><p><strong>RESOURCES MENTIONED</strong></p><p>Connect with Jane for a 30 min chat to see how you can work together</p><p><a href="https://calendly.com/janemow/30mins">https://calendly.com/janemow/30mins</a></p><p>Check out Jane’s style program, Magnetize Your Style</p><p><a href="https://mys.janemow.com/">https://mys.janemow.com/</a></p><p><strong>OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUE EPISODES YOU MIGHT FIND INTERESTING</strong></p><p>A Dialogue with Kylie Tyrrell</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-001">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-001</a></p><p><strong>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</strong></p><p>Subscribe to our newsletter </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup</a></p><p>Learn about More Time To Design</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support</a></p><p>Start your 30 day free trial</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">https://www.moretimetodesign.com</a></p><p><strong>CONNECT WITH BETH</strong></p><p>Website</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact</a></p><p>Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design">https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Jane Mow)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogues-podcast/episode-002</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients. </p><p>Hope you enjoy the episode</p><p>Beth xx</p><p><strong>EPISODE SUMMARY</strong></p><p>1. A personal brand stylist can help align your appearance with your business or personal brand, elevating what you wear to match the perception and reality of what you can deliver.</p><p>2. Your clothing and style should communicate professionalism, expertise, and trust to potential clients or customers, especially in industries like interior design where visual aesthetics play a significant role.</p><p>3. Finding a balance between aligning with your target market's expectations and retaining your authentic style is crucial. You want to look the part without feeling like you're wearing a costume, ensuring that your clothing still reflects your personality and makes you feel confident.</p><p>4. Working with clients transitioning into a client-facing role and helping them adjust to their new identity.</p><p>5. Immersion process of understanding the client's business, ideal client, and long-term goals.</p><p>6.Analyzing existing patterns and aligning personal style with the client's brand and projects.</p><p><strong>KEY PARTS IN THE DIALOGUE</strong></p><p>05.58 - Jane talks about why have a personal brand is so important</p><p>16.41 - Jane talks about why knowing who your ideal client is so important before you even start thinking about what clothes you are going to wear. </p><p>32.30 - Jane talks about just some of the things you need to think about when you are planning a brand photo shoot. </p><p><strong>HOW CAN YOU CONNECT WITH THE GUEST</strong></p><p><a href="http://www.janemow.com">www.janemow.com</a></p><p>Instragram @janemowstylist</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/janemowstylist">https://www.instagram.com/janemowstylist</a></p><p><strong>RESOURCES MENTIONED</strong></p><p>Connect with Jane for a 30 min chat to see how you can work together</p><p><a href="https://calendly.com/janemow/30mins">https://calendly.com/janemow/30mins</a></p><p>Check out Jane’s style program, Magnetize Your Style</p><p><a href="https://mys.janemow.com/">https://mys.janemow.com/</a></p><p><strong>OTHER DESIGN DIALOGUE EPISODES YOU MIGHT FIND INTERESTING</strong></p><p>A Dialogue with Kylie Tyrrell</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-001">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast/episode-001</a></p><p><strong>FIND OUT ABOUT MORE TIME TO DESIGN</strong></p><p>Subscribe to our newsletter </p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup</a></p><p>Learn about More Time To Design</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/support</a></p><p>Start your 30 day free trial</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com">https://www.moretimetodesign.com</a></p><p><strong>CONNECT WITH BETH</strong></p><p>Website</p><p><a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact">https://www.moretimetodesign.com/contact</a></p><p>Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design">https://www.instragram.com/more_time_to_design</a></p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="56179609" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/2930b2ba-85bd-471f-8c82-407e14a618cd/audio/7a198977-9bac-41b5-9ea9-30f423536f32/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>002 A Dialogue with Jane Mow</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Jane Mow</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/2fa932e7-8e38-43e6-9b72-3988e51832e3/3000x3000/episode-202.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:58:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode we meet Jane Mow who is a personal brand stylist. In this Design Dialogue we talk to Jane about the importance of having a strong personal brand and why it is crucial when it comes to attracting your ideal clients. 

Hope you enjoy the episode

Beth xx
</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>interiordesign, software, personal brand stylist, studio management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">80af3e10-2c85-4eb7-9536-6a6dba624064</guid>
      <title>Welcome to The Design Dialogues Podcast</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to The Design Dialogues Podcast. </p><p>Key parts from this episode.</p><ul><li>Beth Bieske, founder of More Time to Design, introduces herself as the host of the Design Dialogues podcast and shares her background as an interior designer and studio owner.</li><li>The podcast aims to create a community for designers and professionals in the industry, providing inspiration and information to help build successful businesses.</li><li>Weekly episodes will feature conversations with interior designers and industry professionals such as copywriters, stylists, photographers, architects, social media managers, and interior design mentors.</li><li>Regular guests will offer in-depth discussions on specific topics, and listeners are encouraged to submit questions and suggest topics for future episodes.</li><li>Beth's personal experience in starting and growing her own studio enables her to address the universal challenges faced by interior designers, and she aims to provide practical guidance and insights to help her audience navigate the industry.</li></ul><p>Important Links</p><p>More Time To Design: <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com" target="_blank">https://www.moretimetodesign.com</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 19:04:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>beth@moretimetodesign.com (Beth Bieske)</author>
      <link>https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-design-dialogue-podcast</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to The Design Dialogues Podcast. </p><p>Key parts from this episode.</p><ul><li>Beth Bieske, founder of More Time to Design, introduces herself as the host of the Design Dialogues podcast and shares her background as an interior designer and studio owner.</li><li>The podcast aims to create a community for designers and professionals in the industry, providing inspiration and information to help build successful businesses.</li><li>Weekly episodes will feature conversations with interior designers and industry professionals such as copywriters, stylists, photographers, architects, social media managers, and interior design mentors.</li><li>Regular guests will offer in-depth discussions on specific topics, and listeners are encouraged to submit questions and suggest topics for future episodes.</li><li>Beth's personal experience in starting and growing her own studio enables her to address the universal challenges faced by interior designers, and she aims to provide practical guidance and insights to help her audience navigate the industry.</li></ul><p>Important Links</p><p>More Time To Design: <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com" target="_blank">https://www.moretimetodesign.com</a></p><p> </p>
<p><p><strong>Want to work together? Here are the ways I can help you in your business.</strong></p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>1.Sign up to our <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/newslettersignup">MAILING LIST</a> where each month you will receive helpful business tips straight to your inbox</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>2. Start a&nbsp; <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/sphealthcheck">HEALTH CHECK</a>&nbsp;today. We will work together for 8 weeks and improve your systems and processes.</p><p>I only have 8 spots available every month.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>3. Start my course&nbsp;<a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/the-process-1">THE PROCESS</a>&nbsp;so you know exactly what to do when in your interior design studio.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>4. Have a look at <a href="https://www.moretimetodesign.com/theresourcestockroom" target="_blank">THE RESOURCE STOCKROOM</a> - this is where you will find our short courses and free resources to help you run a better interior design studio</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>5. Want to use our tool MTTD in your studio? Start your <a href="https://app.moretimetodesign.com/?schedule-item=&amp;subnav=join-us">FREE 30 DAY TRIAL</a> today.</p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6903057" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/bd9e5ab6-26e8-47a5-a831-e74f32d629a2/episodes/050bbc21-476e-4e52-8b46-77583f0c8afb/audio/fbe017b3-f037-4526-a6d1-a417bff53d7e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=Qb_qohbx"/>
      <itunes:title>Welcome to The Design Dialogues Podcast</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Beth Bieske</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/64085506-7caf-4da2-b5ca-6b0e2106ed45/9e771859-7633-4445-bd00-074aeca43890/3000x3000/podcast-introduction.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:07:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In our trailer of the Design Dialogues podcast, host Beth Bieske introduces herself as the founder of More Time to Design and shares her passion for creating a community of like-minded designers. Beth discusses her vision for the podcast, which will feature conversations with professionals in the design industry and provide inspiration and information to help interior designers build successful businesses. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In our trailer of the Design Dialogues podcast, host Beth Bieske introduces herself as the founder of More Time to Design and shares her passion for creating a community of like-minded designers. Beth discusses her vision for the podcast, which will feature conversations with professionals in the design industry and provide inspiration and information to help interior designers build successful businesses. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>trailer</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>